<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" >

<channel>
	<title>DVRCMS.Com</title>
	<atom:link href="https://www.dvrcms.com/tag/quick-guide/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>https://www.dvrcms.com</link>
	<description>Survelliance CMS and VMS Support</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Sat, 06 Apr 2024 17:15:38 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en-US</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>
	hourly	</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>
	1	</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>https://wordpress.org/?v=6.9.4</generator>
	<itunes:subtitle>DVRCMS.Com</itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary>Survelliance CMS and VMS Support</itunes:summary>
	<itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
	<item>
		<title>EZCloud Quick Install Guide v2</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/ezcloud-quick-install-guide-v2/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/ezcloud-quick-install-guide-v2/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sat, 06 Apr 2024 17:15:23 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cms software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DDNS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[EZStation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[EZView]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Internet Explorer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Latest]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mainstream]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QR code]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Quick Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[set up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshoot]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Uniview]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[web browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows PC]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=12431</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[EZCloud is Uniview’s remote connection backend that allows for P2P device management. EZCloud provides the user with an abundance of ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="EZCloud Quick Install Guide v2" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/ezcloud-quick-install-guide-v2/#more-12431" aria-label="Read more about EZCloud Quick Install Guide v2">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin: 6pt 44.95pt 0pt 10pt;">EZCloud is Uniview’s remote connection backend that allows for P2P device management. EZCloud provides the user with an abundance of features that make sharing device access easier and more secure. The integrator and installer can use EZCloud to connect to customer devices and troubleshoot.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 4.5pt;"><a id="_bookmark0"></a><span style="color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">EZCLOUD</span> <span style="color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">REGISTRATION</span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.32; margin: 6pt 44.95pt 0pt 10pt;">Uniview provides a web portal to sign up and register an account with EZCloud. <a href="http://en.ezcloud.uniview.com/" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #005db9; font-size: 11pt;">http://en.ezcloud.uniview.com</span></a> It is recommended that Internet Explorer 8 or higher be used to view the web portal.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 10pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image1-620w270h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img fetchpriority="high" decoding="async" width="620" height="270" class="wp-image-12432 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image1-620w270h.jpeg" alt="image1 620w270h" title="EZCloud Quick Install Guide v2 21" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image1-620w270h.jpeg 620w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image1-620w270h-300x131.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image1-620w270h-240x105.jpeg 240w" sizes="(max-width: 620px) 100vw, 620px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 2.8pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 10pt;">There are a few aspects to note about the web <span style="font-size: 11pt;">portal:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin: 0pt 66.95pt 0pt 46.05pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>A QR Code is displayed on the right side of the page. Scanning this code will download the EZView phone application onto the smart phone for use.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.31; margin: 0pt 68.25pt 0pt 46.05pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>On the upper right, there are Login and Sign up links for setting up and managing EZCloud accounts. The Help link provides a Quick Guide developed by Uniview for a more in-depth review of how P2P functions</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.72; margin: 0pt 137.05pt 0.3pt 10pt;">An account can also be registered through the EZView smart phone application. See Adding A Device -&gt; EZView</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 4.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">ACCOUNT</span> SIGN <span style="font-size: 11pt;">UP</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image2-622w265h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" width="622" height="265" class="wp-image-12433 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image2-622w265h.png" alt="image2 622w265h" title="EZCloud Quick Install Guide v2 22" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image2-622w265h.png 622w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image2-622w265h-300x128.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image2-622w265h-240x102.png 240w" sizes="(max-width: 622px) 100vw, 622px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.31; margin: 2.8pt 44.95pt 0pt 10pt;">Signing up an account is very similar to most other online account registration as seen from the image above. Enter in the proper information requested such as the Username, Password and a valid Email</p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.32; margin: 2.05pt 44.95pt 0pt 10pt;">address. Click the Acquire button to receive a registration email which provides a Verification Code. Please note that the email may take several minutes to arrive.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.31; margin: 0pt 44.95pt 0pt 10pt;">Enter the Verification Code into the box provided and click the Sign-up button to register the new EZCloud account.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.31; margin: 0pt 44.95pt 0pt 10pt;">PRO TIP: Integrators and Installers can setup an account and then share device access to customer accounts for managing multiple devices and providing support later.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image3-622w255h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" width="622" height="255" class="wp-image-12434 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image3-622w255h.png" alt="image3 622w255h" title="EZCloud Quick Install Guide v2 23" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image3-622w255h.png 622w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image3-622w255h-300x123.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image3-622w255h-240x98.png 240w" sizes="(max-width: 622px) 100vw, 622px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 4.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">ACCOUNT</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">LOGIN</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.32; margin: 2.8pt 44.95pt 0pt 10pt;">Login either with the Username or registered Email address created previously for account management. If the password has been forgotten, there is a link provide for password retrieval.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 4.5pt;"><span style="color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">EZCLOUD</span> <span style="color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">MANAGEMENT</span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin: 6pt 44.95pt 0pt 10pt;">Once the register code is located, there are three different ways to add and manage devices on an existing EZCloud account; through the EZCloud web portal, through the EZView smart phone application and through the EZStation CMS.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2>EZCloud Quick Install Guide v2</h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 4.5pt;"><a id="_bookmark1"></a><span style="font-size: 11pt;">REGISTER</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">CODE</span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin: 6.05pt 44.95pt 0pt 10pt;">The Register Code is a unique 26 digit &amp; character string that is used to connect a device to the EZCloud service. This code also comes in a QR format for quick scanning. There are a few places you can find the Register Code:</p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin: 9.6pt 49.9pt 0pt 48.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>On a sticker found on the recorder itself. It is typically located on the top (black chassis) or the bottom (white chassis) of the recorder. See the image below for an example.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 44.8pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image4-532w211h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="532" height="211" class="wp-image-12435 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image4-532w211h.jpeg" alt="image4 532w211h" title="EZCloud Quick Install Guide v2 24" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image4-532w211h.jpeg 532w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image4-532w211h-300x119.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image4-532w211h-240x95.jpeg 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 532px) 100vw, 532px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.34; margin: 2.8pt 44.95pt 0pt 46.05pt;">Note the QR Code on the sticker for quick adding the device to an EZCloud account via the EZView smart phone application (more on the EZView app later in this guide).</p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.32; margin: 9.55pt 49.9pt 0pt 48.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Within the recorder interface – right click on the Live View screen and select Main Menu (login if needed). Navigate to System, Network and then the myCloud tab (as seen from the image <span style="font-size: 11pt;">below).</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image5-508w286h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="508" height="286" class="wp-image-12436 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image5-508w286h.jpeg" alt="image5 508w286h" title="EZCloud Quick Install Guide v2 25" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image5-508w286h.jpeg 508w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image5-508w286h-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image5-508w286h-240x135.jpeg 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 508px) 100vw, 508px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.31; margin: 0pt 42.3pt 0pt 48.45pt;">The myCloud feature is toggled on by default. Please note that a new myCloud account cannot be registered from the recorder interface.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.31; margin: 0pt 48.05pt 0pt 48.45pt;">NOTE: On some device firmware versions Uniview uses the title myCloud rather than EZCloud. The URL containing myCloud will redirect to the proper EZCloud URL accordingly.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.31; margin: 0pt 47.3pt 0pt 48.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Using the Wizard – upon first booting a new recorder, the startup Wizard will appear with the QR code to download the EZView smart phone application and to scan to add the device (after registering an account via the phone app). The EZView phone app will be discussed in more detail later in this guide.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 46pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image6-508w286h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="508" height="286" class="wp-image-12437 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image6-508w286h.jpeg" alt="image6 508w286h" title="EZCloud Quick Install Guide v2 26" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image6-508w286h.jpeg 508w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image6-508w286h-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image6-508w286h-240x135.jpeg 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 508px) 100vw, 508px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.32; margin: 5.15pt 52.85pt 0pt 48.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>On a web browser – enter in the IP address of the device (local, remote or domain) and accessing the web interface. In the web interface, there is a similar menu to the one found on the recorder’s interface (see above). Once logged in, navigate to the Settings tab, then Network, then the myCloud submenu.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image7-625w274h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="625" height="274" class="wp-image-12438 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image7-625w274h.jpeg" alt="image7 625w274h" title="EZCloud Quick Install Guide v2 27" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image7-625w274h.jpeg 625w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image7-625w274h-300x132.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image7-625w274h-240x105.jpeg 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 625px) 100vw, 625px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.31; margin: 0pt 44.95pt 0pt 48.45pt;">NOTE: Currently (as of December 2015), the web interface of Uniview devices will only work properly on Internet Explorer version 8 or higher.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 4.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">EZCLOUD</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">WEB</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 82pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image8-431w205h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="431" height="205" class="wp-image-12439 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image8-431w205h.png" alt="image8 431w205h" title="EZCloud Quick Install Guide v2 28" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image8-431w205h.png 431w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image8-431w205h-300x143.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image8-431w205h-240x114.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 431px) 100vw, 431px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.32; margin: 2.8pt 42.3pt 0pt 10pt;">Once logged into the EZCloud web portal (as described in the <a href="#_bookmark0"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #005db9; font-size: 11pt;">EZCloud</span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #005db9; font-size: 11pt;"> Registration</span></a> guide section above), the backend will appear as the image shown above. To add a device, click the + Add Device button and a new webpage will display with entry boxes for both the Register Code and Device Name. The Register Code is the 26 digit and character string detailed in the section above. The Device Name is a title that represents the device being registered (e.g. Office B, 123 Elm St, ABC Company, etc.)</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image9-452w290h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="452" height="290" class="wp-image-12440 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image9-452w290h.png" alt="image9 452w290h" title="EZCloud Quick Install Guide v2 29" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image9-452w290h.png 452w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image9-452w290h-300x192.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image9-452w290h-240x154.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 452px) 100vw, 452px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin: 7.7pt 44.95pt 0pt 10pt;">After clicking the Add button, the Device List will appear again with the newly registered device listed under My Cloud Devices. If the P2P service plug-in was not previously installed, the follow message will appear on the upper most portion of the web page:</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image10-620w26h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="620" height="26" class="wp-image-12441 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image10-620w26h.jpeg" alt="image10 620w26h" title="EZCloud Quick Install Guide v2 30" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image10-620w26h.jpeg 620w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image10-620w26h-300x13.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image10-620w26h-240x10.jpeg 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 620px) 100vw, 620px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.32; margin: 2.05pt 44.95pt 0pt 10pt;">Click the Download link and install the plug-in (the computer may have to be restarted to complete the install) After rebooting the Windows PC and accessing the EZCloud backend again, there may be a similar message on the lower portion of the web page as follows:</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image11-629w34h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="629" height="34" class="wp-image-12442 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image11-629w34h.png" alt="image11 629w34h" title="EZCloud Quick Install Guide v2 31" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image11-629w34h.png 629w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image11-629w34h-300x16.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image11-629w34h-240x13.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 629px) 100vw, 629px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.31; margin: 7.9pt 44.95pt 0pt 10pt;">On the management page, there are three different sections: My Cloud Devices, Shared Cloud Devices and Sharing Records.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.4pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image12-455w326h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="455" height="326" class="wp-image-12443 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image12-455w326h.png" alt="image12 455w326h" title="EZCloud Quick Install Guide v2 32" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image12-455w326h.png 455w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image12-455w326h-300x215.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image12-455w326h-240x172.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 455px) 100vw, 455px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: #099bdd; width: 471.25pt; height: .6pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 1.8pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 10pt;"><a id="_bookmark2"></a><span style="color: #044d6d; font-size: 11pt;">MY</span> <span style="color: #044d6d; font-size: 11pt;">CLOUD</span> <span style="color: #044d6d; font-size: 11pt;">DEVICES</span></h1>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.32; margin: 2.05pt 44.95pt 0pt 10pt;">The My Cloud Devices section of the EZCloud management page lists all added devices to the registered account. The devices can be navigated using a simple interface utilizing arrows to browse through the results (see toolbar at the bottom of each section).</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.31; margin: 0.05pt 44.95pt 0pt 10pt;">As with the following sections, there are multiple columns that denote information that pertains to the recorder(s) registered to the account.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 48.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Device Name – the name given to the device when it was first <span style="font-size: 11pt;">registered.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 1.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 48.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Device Type – the model # of the registered <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 1.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 48.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Device IP – the external IP address of the registered <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 1.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 48.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Latest Online Time – the time the device was last detected to be <span style="font-size: 11pt;">online</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 1.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 48.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Status – indicates whether the device is Online, Offline or having a network <span style="font-size: 11pt;">error</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 1.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 48.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image13-523w281h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="523" height="281" class="wp-image-12444 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image13-523w281h.png" alt="image13 523w281h" title="EZCloud Quick Install Guide v2 33" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image13-523w281h.png 523w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image13-523w281h-300x161.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image13-523w281h-240x129.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 523px) 100vw, 523px" /></a></span>Share Device – a link that provides a menu to share the registered <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device:</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.32; margin: 6.4pt 48.05pt 0pt 48.45pt;">NOTE: The ‘Share To’ input box receives the email or username of the account being shared to. A date and time can be set indicating how long the device will be shared. A specific user group can be selected defining the rights given to the shared device. Finally, a description can be entered to let the user know details that represent the device.</p>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 48.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Change Name – a link that allows the user to change the name of the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.31; margin: 1.3pt 79.9pt 0pt 48.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Retrieve Password – allows the user to generate an overriding password in the case of a forgotten password:</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 48.4pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image14-492w281h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="492" height="281" class="wp-image-12445 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image14-492w281h.png" alt="image14 492w281h" title="EZCloud Quick Install Guide v2 34" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image14-492w281h.png 492w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image14-492w281h-300x171.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image14-492w281h-240x137.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 492px) 100vw, 492px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.32; margin: 2.8pt 48.05pt 0pt 48.45pt;">NOTE: All information will be entered automatically into the above form as it pulls it from the registered device. By clicking the Acquire button, the form will send an email with the verification code. Enter the verification code into the input box and click Retrieve to receive a password. <strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">The generated password will</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">only work for the valid date and only if</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">the device</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;"> is properly</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">set to</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">the</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">valid</span> <span style="font-size: 11pt;">date.</span> </strong>If the date is set incorrectly on the device, adjust accordingly on the Retrieve Password web page.</p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.32; margin: 0pt 47.5pt 0pt 48.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Access Device – provides a link that will launch the device’s web service page, allowing remote access. NOTE: Login credentials are not needed when accessing the device since the device is already authorized by EZCloud.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: #099bdd; width: 471.25pt; height: .6pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 1.8pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 10pt;"><span style="color: #044d6d; font-size: 11pt;">SHARED</span> <span style="color: #044d6d; font-size: 11pt;">CLOUD</span> <span style="color: #044d6d; font-size: 11pt;">DEVICES</span></h1>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.32; margin: 7.6pt 44.95pt 0pt 10pt;">The Shared Cloud Devices section displays a list of devices that were shared to the registered account. The columns of information in this section are very similar to My Cloud Devices, however there are some unique information displayed for shared devices.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 48.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Owner – the name of the account that originally registered and shared the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">device</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.31; margin: 1.3pt 51.6pt 0pt 48.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Valid Until – when sharing a device, a specific date and time can be set as an expiration period which is displayed in this column</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.31; margin: 0.15pt 60.15pt 0pt 48.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Description – displays relevant information pertaining to the device created by the owner at the time of sharing the device</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.31; margin: 0.05pt 44.95pt 0pt 10pt;">All other columns such as Status, Change Name, Access Device and so forth, function exactly the same as in the <a href="#_bookmark2"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #005db9; font-size: 11pt;">My Cloud Devices</span></a> section.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: #099bdd; width: 471.25pt; height: .6pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 1.8pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 10pt;"><span style="color: #044d6d; font-size: 11pt;">SHARING</span> <span style="color: #044d6d; font-size: 11pt;">RECORDS</span></h1>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.31; margin: 7.3pt 44.95pt 0pt 10pt;">The Sharing Records section displays a list of devices that have been shared by the registered account. As with the previous sections, there are some columns of note.</p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 4.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 48.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Share To – the account name that the device was shared <span style="font-size: 11pt;">to</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.32; margin: 1.3pt 45.25pt 0pt 48.45pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>User Role – if multiple accounts were set up on the device, the sharer can opt to change user rights by selecting the applicable account for the Share To user to login with. NOTE that Share To users will not need to be supplied login credentials since the device has been pre-authorized by being registered to EZCloud.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 4.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">EZVIEW</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image15-512w290h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="512" height="290" class="wp-image-12446 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image15-512w290h.png" alt="image15 512w290h" title="EZCloud Quick Install Guide v2 35" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image15-512w290h.png 512w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image15-512w290h-300x170.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image15-512w290h-240x136.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 512px) 100vw, 512px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin: 2.8pt 44.95pt 0pt 10pt;">EZView is Uniview’s smart phone application for monitoring, configuring and managing multiple camera systems. Typically, a device will be added to an EZCloud account using the EZView app due to the ability to forgo using a computer for set up.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: #099bdd; width: 471.25pt; height: .6pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 1.8pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 10pt;"><span style="color: #044d6d; font-size: 11pt;">REGISTER</span> <span style="color: #044d6d; font-size: 11pt;">(EZVIEW)</span></h1>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.32; margin: 7.3pt 46.35pt 0pt 10pt;">On the main screen, there is an icon in the upper left-hand corner that appears to be like three lines stacked. This is the main menu button. Click the main menu button and then click the P2P Account link at the top of the menu. This will bring up a Login screen that also has a few notable links. The first is the Sign-Up link that will allow for a new account to be registered through the app (similar to the web portal method detailed earlier in this guide). The second link, Forgot Password, gives a similar menu to allow for an email verification and password change.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.32; margin: 0pt 48.05pt 0pt 10pt;">Once logged in to the registered EZCloud account, the P2P Account menu will appear (referenced above). On the P2P Account menu there are a few minor options which include the ability to change the account’s username and password. The My Sharing Records menu lists all instances of when devices have been shared from the current account and sharing can be canceled on any of these <span style="font-size: 11pt;">instances.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.1pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.32; margin: 0.05pt 44.95pt 0pt 10pt;">My Devices links to the Devices menu which displays all devices added to EZView (includes MyCloud Devices). See the third image above; there are different icons that indicate what kind of device is being listed. The light blue recorder with a cloud symbol indicates a device added via EZCloud and the teal recorder with the share icon indicates devices that have been shared via EZCloud.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: #099bdd; width: 471.25pt; height: .6pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 1.8pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 10pt;"><span style="color: #044d6d; font-size: 11pt;">ADD</span> <span style="color: #044d6d; font-size: 11pt;">A</span> <span style="color: #044d6d; font-size: 11pt;">DEVICE</span> <span style="color: #044d6d; font-size: 11pt;">(EZVIEW)</span></h1>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.31; margin: 7.3pt 44.95pt 0pt 10pt;">To add a new device to EZCloud, click the small + icon in the upper right-hand corner of the Devices menu. Below is an image of the Add Device menu.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 181pt;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image16-169w290h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="169" height="290" class="wp-image-12447 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image16-169w290h.jpeg" alt="image16 169w290h" title="EZCloud Quick Install Guide v2 36" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image16-169w290h.jpeg 169w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image16-169w290h-105x180.jpeg 105w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 169px) 100vw, 169px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 2.8pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 10pt;">The Add Device menu contains the following <span style="font-size: 11pt;">options:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin: 0.05pt 44.65pt 0pt 46.05pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Add By – gives three different options to add devices: P2P, IP/Domain and EZDDNS. This guide will cover the P2P method of adding a device (EZCloud).</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.31; margin: 0pt 49.25pt 0pt 46.05pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Scan – this option appears when P2P mode is selected (default). Scan allows the user to scan a QR code to quickly enter in the Register code. QR codes are found in a variety of locations (detailed in the <a href="#_bookmark1"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #005db9; font-size: 11pt;">Register Code</span></a> section earlier in this guide).</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 46.05pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Name – enter in the name of the device for personal <span style="font-size: 11pt;">reference.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.31; margin: 1.55pt 52.35pt 0pt 46.05pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Register Code – either automatically grabbed via QR code scan or may be entered in manually to register the device (see <a href="#_bookmark1"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #005db9; font-size: 11pt;">Register Code</span></a> section).</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.32; margin: 0.15pt 47.2pt 0pt 46.05pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Live View and Playback – allows the user to select the quality of the video for live and playback. The options are Smooth, Balanced and Clear. Smooth mode is essentially Sub Stream and Clear mode is Mainstream. Balanced will only work if Sub Stream is enabled as it fluctuates between Sub and Mainstream depending on bandwidth usage.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin: 0pt 44.95pt 0pt 10pt;">The Save button in the upper right (looks like a floppy disk) will add the device to the logged in registered account. The Start Live Preview button will not only add the device, but it will also launch all cameras in Live View.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 9.65pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 10pt;">NOTE: A registered EZCloud account must be logged in before adding a new device via <span style="font-size: 11pt;">P2P.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 5.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 4.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">EZSTATION</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image17-623w333h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="623" height="333" class="wp-image-12448 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image17-623w333h.jpeg" alt="image17 623w333h" title="EZCloud Quick Install Guide v2 37" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image17-623w333h.jpeg 623w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image17-623w333h-300x160.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image17-623w333h-240x128.jpeg 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 623px) 100vw, 623px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.33; margin: 2.8pt 44.95pt 0pt 10pt;">EZStation is Uniview’s CMS software that allows for monitoring, configuring and managing multiple camera systems on a Windows PC. NOTE: Currently (as of December 2015) there is no CMS software developed for Apple Mac computers.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="background: #099bdd; width: 471.25pt; height: .6pt; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 1.8pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 10pt;"><span style="color: #044d6d; font-size: 11pt;">REGISTER</span> <span style="color: #044d6d; font-size: 11pt;">(EZSTATION)</span></h1>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.32; margin: 7.3pt 44.95pt 0pt 10pt;">Registration of a new EZCloud account is straight forward; on the Home Screen (shown above) click the Device Management tile and then click the Cloud Device on the left toolbar under the Device tab. By clicking the Register button, the EZStation software will launch an Internet Explorer browser window to register an account online. The process of registering on the EZCloud web portal is located in the <a href="#_bookmark0"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #005db9; font-size: 11pt;">EZCloud</span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #005db9; font-size: 11pt;"> Registration</span></a> section of this guide.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.32; margin: 2.8pt 44.95pt 0pt 10pt;">Once registered (or if already registered) click the Login button to enter in the login credentials for the EZCloud account of choice. Other options include Auto Login, applying for an account from the login menu and account password recovery.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.1; margin-left: 8.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 1pt;"><span style="background: #099bdd; width: 9425; height: 12; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 1.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 10pt;"><span style="color: #044d6d; font-size: 11pt;">DEVICE</span> <span style="color: #044d6d; font-size: 11pt;">MANAGEMENT</span> <span style="color: #044d6d; font-size: 11pt;">(EZSTATION)</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0.3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image18-620w382h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="620" height="382" class="wp-image-12449 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image18-620w382h.jpeg" alt="image18 620w382h" title="EZCloud Quick Install Guide v2 38" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image18-620w382h.jpeg 620w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image18-620w382h-300x185.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image18-620w382h-240x148.jpeg 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 620px) 100vw, 620px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.32; margin: 0.05pt 44.95pt 0pt 10pt;">There are two main sections of interest here: the My Cloud Device list and the Shared Cloud Device list. Above those two lists are a header with the currently logged in EZCloud account, a Refresh link to refresh the current lists, a Switch Account link which launches a new login menu for account switching and a Logout link.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.45pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 1.85pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 10pt;"><span style="color: #0573a4; font-size: 11pt;">MY</span> <span style="color: #0573a4; font-size: 11pt;">CLOUD</span> <span style="color: #0573a4; font-size: 11pt;">DEVICE</span> <span style="color: #0573a4; font-size: 11pt;">(EZSTATION)</span></h1>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.31; margin: 7.25pt 44.95pt 0pt 10pt;">The My Cloud Device list is dedicated to managing devices that have been added to the registered EZCloud account. The toolbar has the following features:</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image19-627w22h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="627" height="22" class="wp-image-12450 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image19-627w22h.png" alt="image19 627w22h" title="EZCloud Quick Install Guide v2 39" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image19-627w22h.png 627w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image19-627w22h-300x11.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image19-627w22h-240x8.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 627px) 100vw, 627px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 46.05pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>My Cloud Device(x) where x indicates the number of devices in the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">list.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.31; margin: 1.3pt 89.2pt 0pt 46.05pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Add – registers a new device to the currently logged in EZCloud account. Prompts for Registration Code and Device Name.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 46.05pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Edit – can change the device name either locally or both locally and on the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">cloud.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 1.6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 46.05pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Delete – removes device from the list (NOTE: it will also remove it from the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">account).</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 1.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 46.05pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Sharing – share the selected device with another <span style="font-size: 11pt;">account.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.31; margin: 1.3pt 61.9pt 0pt 46.05pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Sharing Records – lists the devices that were shared from this account along with applicable <span style="font-size: 11pt;">information.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 46.05pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Search Bar – search for a registered device in the list by entering a <span style="font-size: 11pt;">keyword(s).</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 0.1; margin-left: 8.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 1.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 10pt;"><span style="color: #0573a4; font-size: 11pt;">SHARED</span> <span style="color: #0573a4; font-size: 11pt;">CLOUD</span> <span style="color: #0573a4; font-size: 11pt;">DEVICE</span> <span style="color: #0573a4; font-size: 11pt;">(EZSTATION)</span></h1>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.32; margin: 7.3pt 44.95pt 0pt 10pt;">The Shared Cloud Device list displays the devices that have been shared to the currently logged in account. If the integrator opts to share cloud devices with the end user, then the end user will be utilizing this list to see the status and have access to those devices. The toolbar has the following <span style="font-size: 11pt;">features:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.35pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image20-600w24h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="600" height="24" class="wp-image-12451 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image20-600w24h.png" alt="image20 600w24h" title="EZCloud Quick Install Guide v2 40" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image20-600w24h.png 600w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image20-600w24h-300x12.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image20-600w24h-240x10.png 240w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 600px) 100vw, 600px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 46.05pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Shared Cloud Device(x) where x indicates the number of devices in the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">list.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 1.65pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 46.05pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Edit – allows changing of the device name either locally or both locally and on the <span style="font-size: 11pt;">cloud.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.31; margin: 1.25pt 68.6pt 0pt 46.05pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Cancel Sharing – essentially removes a device from being shared to the currently logged in <span style="font-size: 11pt;">account.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 46.05pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18.05pt; font-style: initial; font-weight: initial; font-size: 11pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span>Search Bar – search for a shared device in the list by entering a <span style="font-size: 11pt;">keyword(s).</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.32; margin: 11.5pt 44.95pt 0pt 10pt;">Viewing and configuring the cloud devices listed in the Cloud Device menu is the same as any of the other device types on the Device Management page. Please see Uniview’s help file by clicking the User Manual button the topmost toolbar in the upper right of the EZStation software, to learn about how to group devices to prepare them for live viewing.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 3pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 4.5pt;"><span style="color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">ADDITIONAL</span> <span style="color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">INFORMATION</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 10pt;">Cloud Update (firmware) will not function unless the device is registered to an EZCloud <span style="font-size: 11pt;">account.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.31; margin: 0.05pt 44.95pt 0pt 10pt;">EZView has a speed test function that allows the user to find the upload speed for a device registered to the currently logged in EZCloud account.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.55pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.32; margin: 0pt 44.95pt 0pt 10pt;">A device can only be registered to one EZCloud account. All other accounts need the device to be shared to them by the EZCloud account that the device was originally registered to unless the device is deleted from the original account’s device list.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.2pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.05pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1; margin-left: 10pt;">EZCloud may be referred to as MyCloud on older firmware <span style="font-size: 11pt;">versions.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0.15pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.32; margin: 0pt 44.95pt 0pt 10pt;">P2P refers to Peer-To-Peer. A “Cloud” device refers to, in the case of EZCloud, a device that has been registered to EZCloud for remote connection (not a remote storage medium). The way P2P works is that the device connects to the EZCloud server and then to the end user. The EZCloud acts as a go between, rather than having to open up ports (pinholes, virtual servers, etc.) to allow remote access to offsite clients. This is the preferred method of remote connection since open ports can pose a security risk and can be difficult to setup on complex networks (especially when a firewall is implemented).</p>
<p style="padding-top: 0; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.31; margin: 0.25pt 44.95pt 0pt 10pt;">Also, many satellite internet service providers and mobile hotspots will not allow ports to be opened unless a static IP is purchased (usually at a premium).</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/ezcloud-quick-install-guide-v2/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Tplink Tapo Camera Setup Guide 2024</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/tplink-tapo-camera-setup-guide-2024/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/tplink-tapo-camera-setup-guide-2024/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 23 Feb 2024 08:25:48 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IPC General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How to Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How to Set Up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[live video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[memory card]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QR code]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Quick Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SD card]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[set up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tapo Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[TP-Link]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=11104</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Tplink Tapo Camera Setup Guide 2024, Have you ever thought about receiving a notification whenever someone or something gets on ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="Tplink Tapo Camera Setup Guide 2024" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/tplink-tapo-camera-setup-guide-2024/#more-11104" aria-label="Read more about Tplink Tapo Camera Setup Guide 2024">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Tplink Tapo Camera Setup Guide 2024, Have you ever thought about receiving a notification whenever someone or something gets on your doorstep? Of course, you have seen this option of security systems in movies. The excellent news is </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Tplink Tapo camera</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"> makes it real for you.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">It means you can check out who is on your door before opening it while at your own home. You only need to check the video clip camera to see who your visitor is. </span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">So it will be easy to distance yourself from unwanted visitors and save your property more securely. Stay with us to get more information about these useful and popular cameras.  </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #777777; font-size: 11.5pt;"> </span></p>
<h2 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333399; font-size: 11pt;">What is a Tplink Tapo camera?</span></h2>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">If you need something more than a traditional camera, choose the </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Tp-link Tapo camera</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">. These security cameras will show you high-resolution videos with crystal-clear images. You can even get notifications while you are far from home because the Tapo camera will inform you whenever it detects some motions on your doorstep. </span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">You won’t miss anything by installing these new and innovative security cameras. Also, it is possible to make an honest communication with your visit while you are not home. Let’s use the Tapo camera to experience the convenience of life and peace of mind.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">You will need a digital and electronic security option to protect your property in the digital world. Since burglars and intruders are improving, you must promote your security system too. </span><span style="color: #0000ff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Tp-link</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"> cameras can protect your home and office during the day and night.   </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #777777; font-size: 11.5pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Generally, if you are looking for a camera to make your property more secure and modern, tapo cameras are the best choice. Inside its box, you will find an extraordinary camera. You may expect the camera to be heavy but lighter than expected. </span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">The lenses of this camera are lovely, and every customer is satisfied with its resolution or quality. Notice the Tapo camera has no power button because it is a plug-and-play smart device. </span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">There is also a rotating base where the camera can move 360 degrees. You can see the speaker for your audio, where you can communicate with each other. We mean the manufacturer designed the Tapo camera wisely and smoothly. </span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Based on customers’ and users’ ideas or opinions, the Tapo camera is a good product in the UK market. If you rotate the camera upwards, you will notice 2 components. The first is for the reset button, which lets you reset the camera by default.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">The second one is the micro SD slot. This is where you insert your SD card to save the recordings. Overall, people and users give this product a 5 score from 1 to 5. How about you? Is it what you need the most for your property and controlling process?  </span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<blockquote><p>Read More : <a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to-set-up-superlive-plus/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noopener">How to Set Up SuperLive Plus</a></p></blockquote>
<h2 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333399; font-size: 11pt;">How can you install a Tplink Tapo camera?</span></h2>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">As the </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Tplink Tapo camera</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"> is an electronic and digital device, you will need special expert knowledge to install it. Therefore you have to use the help of some mechanical experts to install this security option. </span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">It won’t be easy to install an electronic device on your own so ask some expert to help you. In case of incorrect installation, your Tapo camera won’t be able to show all its unique features and services. You need to spend some money on the installation of the Tplink Camera. </span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Don’t worry; it won’t be too expensive, and it won’t take long to install a Tapo camera. There are well-experienced experts and knowledgeable men in the security system market, who use their help easily and quickly. Also, you can read </span><span style="color: #0000ff; font-size: 11.5pt;">tp link powerline setup</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"> here. </span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">The configuring step is one of the most critical phases of the installation process. Remember, there is a quick guide inside the box of the Tapo camera, so use it for the complete configuration process and details. It is helpful to check out the settings for configuring afterward.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #777777; font-size: 11.5pt;"> </span></p>
<h2 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333399; font-size: 11pt;">What do we need to set up the TP-link Tapo camera? </span></h2>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">TP-link Tapo camera is one of the most secure and practical security cameras available in the UK. TP-link Tapo is an outdoor security WiFi camera that is easy, simple, and secure to set up. </span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">You will need a router, camera, and phone to set up a </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">TP link Tapo camera</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">. Don’t forget to download the Tapo app from the Apple App Store or Google Play. You must log in with your TP-Link ID in the following step. </span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">If you do not have a TP link ID, you must sign up at the beginning. There are 2 critical things for your camera setup: </span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Ethernet connection: this wired connection can power up your TP-link Tapo camera and connect it to your router. This connection is possible with an Ethernet cable. You can follow the application instructions for completing your camera setup.  </span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Wireless: it is also possible to set up a TP link Tapo camera with a wireless connection. Wireless connection also has its special instructions. You must follow the application instructions to finish the setup. So, this connection can power up your TP-link tapo camera.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Installing the camera bracket is one of the essential steps to perform. The camera can easily face the wall. You can have the cable on any side; it will be your choice. Setting up the </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">TP-link tapo</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"> is so easy. Also, you can remove it quickly.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">This camera’s assembling process depends on where you want to install the camera. After installing the camera, insert 2 screws and hold the camera at the bracket.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">There is a cover for the MicroSD slot and the reset button. You can remove the surface, white silicon rubber, around the sealing slot and need the Micro SD. You also have to consider the maximum gigabyte.  </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #777777; font-size: 11.5pt;"> </span></p>
<h3 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #993300; font-size: 14pt;">Wall mounting instructions</span></h3>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">It can be helpful to know about wall mounting instructions. We are going to explain the most critical steps in the wall mounting process:</span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Drilling demanded holes: in the first phase, you must stick the mounting template to the selected mounting area. Then drill 3 holes for screws based on the mounting template. Make a circle for better drilling performance.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Mounting camera: now is the time to insert 3 anchors into the drilled holes. Then use the screws to affix your TP-link tapo camera over the anchors. You need to rotate clockwise to secure your new camera while mounting it. Don’t forget to connect the TP-link Tapo camera to the available power outlet using the existing power adaptor. After mounting your purchased TP link Tapo camera, you have to do this process.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">This process can be helpful to mount your </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">TP-link Tapo</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"> on the ceiling. It is crucial to know that you must install a camera base on the wall first. Do not install the camera directly into your camera.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #777777; font-size: 11.5pt;"> </span></p>
<h3 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #993300; font-size: 14pt;">Installation of the waterproof cable attachment</span></h3>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Besides all the mentioned processes, you must install the waterproof cable attachments for the network interface just after installing the outdoor camera. Remember to make sure that all parts are attached wholly and securely.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">The good news is that there are proofing rings which flush and keep out the water. It is essential to install a waterproof seal to protect the power connectors. These waterproof parts are crucial because the </span><a href="https://www.tp-link.com/en/home-networking/cloud-camera/" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">TP-link Tapo camera</span></strong></a><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"> can be installed outdoors.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #777777; font-size: 11.5pt;"> </span></p>
<h2 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333399; font-size: 11pt;">How to uninstall the TP-link Tapo camera?</span></h2>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Where did you mount your TP-link Tapo camera? If you have mounted the TP-link Tapo camera on the wall, you have to spin anticlockwise to release the camera from the camera bottom. </span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">If you bought the newly designed camera base and didn’t mount it on the wall, you must insert a coin. Then, rotate anticlockwise to remove the camera. These cameras are the most secure systems with the most straightforward installation and uninstalling process.  </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #777777; font-size: 11.5pt;"> </span></p>
<h2 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333399; font-size: 11pt;">How do you set up the intelligent Tapo TP-link camera?</span></h2>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Before getting familiar with the TP-link Tapo camera setting and its features, you need to know that the TP-link tapo camera has too many types. All these intelligent cameras have the same target: home security WiFi smart cameras.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">You can understand the setup process after unboxing the purchased tapo camera. There will be a guideline in its package. We are here to give you a quick </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">start</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"> guide. A power adapter and mounting accessories are available inside the box. </span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">You set your TP-link tapo camera up on a flat surface or mount it to a wall. The first step is setting up the camera, so you will need a WiFi connection and a smartphone to configure it. </span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">At the beginning point, you have to download the Tapo app. When you enter the interface, you must register or log into your account. Plug in the camera and select the tapo in the app. </span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">The camera’s LED should alternately blink green and red; if it doesn’t, reset your camera. These smart and modern cameras have a WiFi signal, which you will connect to first. Then, you can use the app to link it to your home network. </span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Remember, you can only link to the 2.4 gigahertz spam, not the 5 gigahertz bear. You have to check your camera specifications and details, then try to connect it. In this case, you have set up your camera.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">If you want to keep your videos in local storage, insert a micro SD card into the proper place. These cameras support up to 128 gigabytes. </span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Once inserted, go to the camera settings and ensure the local recording is active. The SD card is suitable for loop recording.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"> </span></p>
<h3 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #993300; font-size: 14pt;">How do you insert a microSD card? </span></h3>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">In the first phase of most installation processes, you must loosen the screws. These cameras are also the same. You first have to reduce the firm screws. In the next step, you can insert the microSD card for local recording. </span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">After inserting the microSD card correctly, go to the TP-link Tapo camera setting and micro SD card section. In this step, you can check the status of your inserted micro SD card or format this card quickly. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #777777; font-size: 11.5pt;"> </span></p>
<h2 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333399; font-size: 11pt;">How do you set up the TP-link Tapo camera outdoors? </span></h2>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">The best WiFi camera for outdoor comes from TP-Link company. Various Tapo models of this brand are also available in the UK market. Each camera has unique specifications with different:</span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Resolution</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Motion detection capacity</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">AI person detection</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Water-resistant feature</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Dust resistant option</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Provided Micro SD card</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Able to work with Google Assistant and Amazon Alexa</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Smart security system</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Easy position</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Physical privacy mode</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Customizable settings and alarm</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">2-way audio communication</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Build in microphone</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Build in speaker</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Night vision up to 30 meters</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Although we will explain the TP-link Tapo camera for outdoor, you are free to use these cameras anywhere. You only need the mounting nails template and circles to establish a perfect view on any wall, ceiling, or pole.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Besides all the mentioned features, you can find other special features available on the TP-link Tapo camera box. You can check the working and installing procedure via the manual instructions or guideline template.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">As we have said before, downloading the camera app is the initial step of using this camera. Then, you can find all the settings and options to adjust your needs. Inside the box, you can find the complete manual. We know checking the box will increase your choice:</span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Product mounting template</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Camera bracket</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Mounting screws</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Bracket screws</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Waterproof seal</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Power adaptor (consider its power consumption)</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Cable ( it will be too long, so customers like its convenience)</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Now you are familiar with the available components of this camera. It is the time to make a connection for the power adapter. Also, the bracket is helpful to install other cameras, but first, you need to insert the cable through the hole, and then you can install the bracket.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #777777; font-size: 11.5pt;"> </span></p>
<h2 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333399; font-size: 11pt;">How to connect Tapo camera to wifi (Complete set up of TP-link Tapo camera)</span></h2>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">We are going to explain to you how to set up a Tapo camera. First, you have to install the Tapo application from the Google Store. After installation, you have to check the home screen of the table application.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">You must put your new camera into pairing mode in the next phase. For this step, it is essential to reset the camera. Therefore, you will need to find the reset button. The reset button place is different in various models of Tapo cameras.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">For example, in some cameras, the reset button is near the memory card slot. Note that the reset button is near the memory card slot in most Tapo cameras. You can squeeze and maintain the reset switch for 5 seconds.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Then the LED starts blinking; it shows your Tapo camera is in pairing mode, so after the reset process, the camera automatically goes to pairing mode. You can add your new camera to the </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Tapo app for PC</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"> in this part of the complete setup procedure.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">It would help if you tapped on the plus button on your smartphone. Don’t forget to select your new camera model, then tap on next. You can see the smartphone screen and ensure your used camera is in pairing mode.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Thump on the attached switch and stay for a complete connection. You also must select a WiFi network that is useable for your smartphone hotspot. Enter the WiFi password or mobile hotspot password, then tap on the next and next again.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Postpone for the camera to link to the WiFi web. In the final step, you can set a new name for the device and tap on next. Don’t forget to select the location, like bedroom, then tap on next. You need to choose one icon from the available list. </span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">  </span></p>
<h2 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333399; font-size: 11pt;">How do you reset the TP-link Tapo camera? </span></h2>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">The TP-link Tapo camera’s reset process is the same as the reset procedure of the TP-link wireless modems. You have to follow the below instructions to reset your TP-link tapo camera: </span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Loosen the screws</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Press the reset button</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Keep the reset button for at least 5 seconds</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Keep the reset button until the LED flashes red</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h2 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333399; font-size: 11pt;">How can you connect to a Tplink Tapo camera?</span></h2>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Choosing and purchasing a Tp-link Tapo camera is one thing and installing it is another. You need to read the manual and instructions or watch an installation video to understand how to install a Tplink camera on a wireless router. </span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">It won’t be hard to install and use Tapo cameras as a security system. You only need to check out 3 essential steps below: </span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Download the Tapo camera application through the APP store or Google Play. You can also download it by scanning the QR code.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Open the application and log into your TP-link ID. (If you don’t have a TP link account, you need to sign up as the first step.)</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Follow the application manually to set up the Tapo camera. You need to allow the Tapo camera and permit it to access your location and other information. </span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #777777; font-size: 11.5pt;"> </span></p>
<h2 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333399; font-size: 11pt;">16 features of a Tplink Tapo camera</span></h2>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Smart door viewers and camera doorbells are previous security items that help you check who is waiting at your door. With time, the </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Tplink Tapo camera</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"> comes to the security market to protect your property more stricter. </span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">The features of this digital security device are second to none; therefore, you won’t be regretful of the money you have spent on it. Imagine you are not home, and your sister comes to your door. What will happen? </span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">The </span><a href="https://cucctv.co.uk/product-category/tp-link/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="color: #0000ff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Tp link </span></a><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">camera will inform you at the moment, so you only need to call your sister and talk to her while she is waiting at your door. The Tapo camera also makes it possible to speak through its microphone. We have mentioned some important and well-</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">done</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"> features of Tp-link cameras below:  </span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">High-quality videos</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Able to record every image with high-quality</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Full horizontal and vertical view</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Advanced night vision</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Record distance images</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Motion detection</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Sending notifications</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">It will inform you if it detects any movement</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Sound alarm</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Light alarm</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Make unwanted visitors leave the door</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Two-way audio</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Own microphone and speaker</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">High storage</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Own MicroSD card</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Able to connect with google assistant and Amazon Alexa</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #777777; font-size: 11.5pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #777777; font-size: 11.5pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-3-501w501h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="501" height="501" class="wp-image-11105 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-3-501w501h.jpeg" alt="Tapo-C310" title="Tplink Tapo Camera Setup Guide 2024 43" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-3-501w501h.jpeg 501w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-3-501w501h-300x300.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-3-501w501h-150x150.jpeg 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 501px) 100vw, 501px" /></a></span></p>
<h2 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333399; font-size: 11pt;">Does a Tplink Tapo need a subscription?</span></h2>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Please note that every fantastic security device is purchasable, and you have to subscript it. Tp-link Tapo camera offers a one-month free trial, so you need to subscript it after your free trial. The subscript procedure is the same as below: </span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Open the Tplink Tapo camera’s application and go to the Tapo care</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Sign in to your TP-link account</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Go to add plan part and choose a Tapo care plan</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Select the number of your demanded cameras and Tapo plan. The premium account can support 10 cameras.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">It is time to pay for subscript; the price depends on your chosen Tapo plan and the region of your registration.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #777777; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Complete the payment</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #777777; font-size: 11.5pt;"> </span></p>
<h2 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333399; font-size: 11pt;">Is it possible to use the Tplink Tapo camera without the internet?</span></h2>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">The good news is you can even use the </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Tp-link Tapo camera</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"> and watch videos without any internet connection. There is only one thing to be considered, your phone and the camera must use the same wireless network (such as</span><a href="https://cucctv.co.uk/product-category/tp-link/networking/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="color: #0000ff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> tp link networking</span></a><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">)</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">You also can store the videos and images on the SD card on your Tapo camera while you don’t have an internet connection. The Tp-link camera needs a WiFi connection for its setup and making a connection with your phone.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">But the recording option and showing live view are still possible when there is no internet connection. It is good to know Tapo camera will always need a WiFi connection because the IP address and router make it connect to the phone. </span></p>
<h2 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333399; font-size: 11pt;">How to view Tapo camera on a PC? (Tapo app for PC)</span></h2>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">The best and most updated feature of the </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Tplink Tapo camera on pc</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"> is the possibility of connecting your PC. The most important matter to viewing the Tplink </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">tapo camera on PC</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"> is their same router. It means your PC and camera must use the same router. </span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Go to the web to view the camera on your computer (</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Tapo app for PC</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">), then log into your account and view the camera on your PC. As the Tapo camera owns a third-party protocol, it is possible and easy to view the camera on a PC.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">The user should input the URL of the Tplink</span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;"> tapo camera on the PC</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">, player application and watch live videos on their PC. Tapo camera tries its best to make users and customers satisfied and pleasant.  </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #777777; font-size: 11.5pt;"><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-10-527w527h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="527" height="527" class="wp-image-11106 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-10-527w527h.jpeg" alt="https://cucctv.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/tapo2-800x800-1.jpg" title="Tplink Tapo Camera Setup Guide 2024 44" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-10-527w527h.jpeg 527w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-10-527w527h-300x300.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Picture-10-527w527h-150x150.jpeg 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 527px) 100vw, 527px" /></a></span></p>
<h2 style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333399; font-size: 20pt;">Conclusion</span></h2>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">We have tried to share the most important information about the </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Tplink Tapo camera</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">. We hope this article will be useful for you so you can choose your security system. </span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 11.5pt;">Tplink camera is one of the most useful security systems to protect your property and avoid unwanted visitors. Don’t hesitate and purchase one of these digital devices to make your property more secure and safer. </span></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/tplink-tapo-camera-setup-guide-2024/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>IMS300 SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM USER MANUAL</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/ims300-surveillance-system-user-manual/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/ims300-surveillance-system-user-manual/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 27 Sep 2023 18:30:21 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[administrator]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CCTV]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[E-Map]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IMS300]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iVMS320]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Local Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Quick Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Remote Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Time Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video wall]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 10]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 8]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=6243</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[IMS300 is a professional surveillance system software which support muti-user, multi-window and multi-language , voice talk, EMap, alarm and etc. ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="IMS300 SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM USER MANUAL" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/ims300-surveillance-system-user-manual/#more-6243" aria-label="Read more about IMS300 SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM USER MANUAL">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>IMS300 is a professional surveillance system software which support muti-user, multi-window and multi-language , voice talk, EMap, alarm and etc. IM300 is compatible with various access devices. This is a stable, reliable and easy operation system.</p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt; text-indent: 21pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt; text-indent: 21pt;">IMS300 is software applications for embedded network CCTV monitoring equipment including NVR,IP Camera, IP Dome, PCNVR , decoding device and AV decoding card, it can support real-time preview, remote configuration, recording,playback, alarm, electric map and etc..</p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt; margin-left: 42pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -21pt;"></span>Simple Component Design：Multiple components can be installed in one PC For a highly integrated.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt; margin-left: 42pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -21pt;"></span>550 end users System: Add as much as 50 end users, fully meet the various system permissions management solution.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt; margin-left: 42pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -21pt;"></span>Find back the password with the super user permissions batch function.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt; margin-left: 42pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -21pt;"></span>Interface container processing mode: Elaborate method of container handling, simplifies the screen and single switch, significantly improved screen operation experience.。</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt; margin-left: 42pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -21pt;"></span>Channel management mode：Add the channel management mode, adapt the IP monitoring more.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt; margin-left: 42pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -21pt;"></span>Compatible with custom tools to generate configuration files.</div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt; margin-left: 42pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -21pt;"></span>Consider more for UE ：Provide visual image type control panel based on the UE, reverse the USES the required type.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt;">Need only visible display mode:on client component interface elements,joined the need only visible display mode,the calendar,time,the toolbar,the system info,etc,.to join the design pattern.</p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt; margin-left: 49.6pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -28.35pt; font-weight: bold; font-size: 14pt;">1.2</span><strong><span style="font-size: 14pt;">Configuration requirement</span></strong><a id="_Toc26488"></a></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt; margin-left: 21.25pt; text-indent: 15.75pt;">Lowest requirement of client to run IMS300 see below table 1-1:</p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt; margin-left: 21.25pt; text-indent: 15.75pt;">Table 1-1 lowest configuration</p>
<table style="width: 14.631393298059965cm;">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.492063492063492cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt;">Parameter</p>
</td>
<td style="width: 12.139329805996473cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt;">Introduction</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.492063492063492cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt;">CPU</p>
</td>
<td style="width: 12.139329805996473cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt;">Intel Pentium IV 3.0 GHzor more</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.492063492063492cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt;">RAM</p>
</td>
<td style="width: 12.139329805996473cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt;">DDR3 1GB</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.492063492063492cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">HDD</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 12.139329805996473cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Available space is more than 10 GB</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.492063492063492cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Operation System</span></p>
</td>
<td style="width: 12.139329805996473cm;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Microsoft Windows 7</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">、</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Microsoft Windows 8.1</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">、</span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Microsoft Windows 10</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 2.492063492063492cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt;">Display Resolution</p>
</td>
<td style="width: 12.139329805996473cm; vertical-align: top;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt;"><span style="font-size: 12pt;">Resolution above </span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">1024×768, suggest to use resolution of 1280×1024 Hardware support version above DirectX9.0c</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="text-align: right; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt; margin-left: 21.25pt;">
<p><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -21.25pt; font-weight: bold; font-size: 22pt;">2</span><span style="font-size: 22pt;"><span style="font-size: 22pt;"><span style="background: #00b0f0; width: 11064; height: 115; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="font-size: 22pt;">Progarm</span><span style="font-size: 22pt;"> Install</span></strong><a id="_Toc31692"></a></p>
</div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt; margin-left: 21.25pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-size: 10.5pt;"><strong><span style="font-size: 12pt;"> Below shows detailed installation procedure of <a href="https://store-4k2f863x.mybigcommerce.com/template/datasheets/IMS300_V1_03_005.exe" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">IMS300</a></span><span style="font-size: 12pt;">：</span></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: initial;"> Step one: Double click IMS_300_V1.1.2 Trial.exe to install this program;</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: initial;"> Step two: Complete the installation following the guide, click</span><span style="color: initial;">【</span><span style="color: initial;">Next</span><span style="color: initial;">】</span><span style="color: initial;">, see “Figure 2-1”:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="513" height="400" class="wp-image-6244 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image1.png" alt="image1" title="IMS300 SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM USER MANUAL 46" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image1.png 513w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/image1-300x234.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 513px) 100vw, 513px" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="font-size: 9pt;">Figure 2-1</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #000000; font-size: 12pt;">    <span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/ims300-surveillance-system-user-manual/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/ganz-cortrol-vms-setup-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/ganz-cortrol-vms-setup-guide/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sun, 30 Jul 2023 11:43:01 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Access Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[analytic]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CORTROL VMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Manager]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DMS Lite]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[GANZ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Ganz CORTROL]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Intercom]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion search]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Pharos Series]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Quick Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[set up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SMART Station]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[TP-Link]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Turing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video wall]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[web browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 10]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=3770</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide, CORTROL Global provides a unified Video Management System (VMS) for enterprise networks of any size. ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/ganz-cortrol-vms-setup-guide/#more-3770" aria-label="Read more about GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide, CORTROL Global provides a unified Video Management System (VMS) for enterprise networks of any size. By uniting the actionable intelligence in a central security command center, CORTROL Global delivers situational awareness, proactively optimizing incident management for large-scale security installations.</p>
<p><strong>CORTROL Global</strong> is one of the market&#8217;s most comprehensive enterprise-level VMS solutions, featuring interactive maps linked to alarms, an exceptional event and action manager, analytics tools, video wall support, and proactive components. In addition, the edge recording ensures your data safety by synchronizing with IP storage devices, archive replication, advanced system health monitoring, and failover, which reduces the disruption of your video surveillance recordings to zero. All this, plus various customization possibilities and Ganz&#8217;s excellent technical support.</p>
<p>With CORTROL Global, you can optimize the command center&#8217;s video wall. Create custom configurations or force users to specific video walls. For example, create &#8220;Area Focused&#8221; video walls to review footage quickly.</p>
<ul>
<li>Highly secure encrypted camera and client communication</li>
<li>Powerful event and action manager</li>
<li>Real-time geolocation / map / mobile tracking</li>
<li>Multiple access control integrations, including <a href="https://www.feenics.com/acaas/" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">Feenics Keep</a> , <a href="https://www.kerisys.com/" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener">Keri<sup>® </sup>Systems Doors.net</a> , <a href="https://products.security.gallagher.com/security/global/en/products/software/command-centre/p/C201311" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">Gallagher Command Center</a> , <a href="https://www.napcosecurity.com/products/access-control/" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">NAPCO Continental</a> , and <a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/integrations" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">more</a></li>
<li>Cloud, VM Environments supported</li>
<li>Powerful FR, LPR, AI, and UICC modules</li>
<li>Intuitive configuration and deployment features will have your network up and running quickly and simply.</li>
<li>Advanced features: event &amp; action manager, powerful analytics: FR, LPR, VCA, 64-bit core, integrations/API maps &amp; mobile streaming</li>
<li>Supports  <a href="http://ganzsecurity.com/supported-cameras" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">15,</a> <a href="http://ganzsecurity.com/file?id=2040" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">000+ models of network cameras and network video servers</a> from over 190+ manufacturers</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Full HD and UHD Resolution</strong><br />
Stream up to 4k and 8k resolution.</p>
<p><strong>Advanced Event and Action Manager</strong><br />
Specify the desired outcome of your video surveillance system&#8217;s operation. Determine how the software reacts to any event caught on camera and how it turns events into an automated process. For example, send emails, activate DI/DO, interact with any other software, or bring the operator&#8217;s attention to a camera that requires immediate action. This functionality can be used for a single event or a set of sequenced circumstances to eliminate false alarms and improve the efficiency of your surveillance system.</p>
<p><strong>Multiple Integrations</strong><br />
CORTROL is engineered to unify Video Surveillance, <a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/subpage/1190/integrating-with-access-control" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">Access Control,</a> <a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/page/701/gxi-licenses" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">Video Analytics,</a> <a href="http://ganzsecurity.com/subpage/1206/halo-iot-smart-sensor" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">IoT Sensors (vaping sensors, bullying,</a> and <a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/subpage/1186/active-shooter-detection" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">gunshot detectors</a> ), <a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/subpage/1122/cortrol-lpr-module" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">license plate recognition</a> , <a href="https://ganzcloud.com/features" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">deep cloud learning</a> , <a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/subpage/1199/unifying-security-and-intercom-communications" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">intercom communications,</a> <a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/page/733/crucialtrak-multi-biometric-access-control-system" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">biometrics,</a> and other IP Systems to provide real-time situational awareness. <a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/integration" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Go to the integration section&gt;&gt;</a></p>
<p><strong>CORTROL Video Analytics (CVA)</strong><br />
<span data-preserver-spaces="true">Advanced computational neural network engine provides AI analytics to any camera in your system. For example, create Zones/Lines to alert on perimeter intrusion, loitering, and AI Classification of persons, vehicles, and animals. Become efficient with the information you see. Take advantage of the full potential of your video surveillance system with video content analysis. Improve the functionality of your surveillance while analyzing large amounts of data to determine a specific pattern in a particular task. </span></p>
<p><strong>Smarter Business Security</strong><br />
CORTROL connects video, locks, card readers, or door contacts via Cloud, delivering versatility to smart business security &#8211;  all at a very economical cost.  CORTROL Global is engineered for medium and large enterprise business space.</p>
<p><strong>Maps</strong><br />
Maps provide a complete examination of the entire installation of cameras, delivering immediate visual verification. All the alerts are integrated with the maps and can be set up to be viewed on the overview as well — you can specify the location of the alarm event immediately.</p>
<p><strong>Web Access</strong><br />
Get permanent access to live streaming and archive video through your web browser.</p>
<p><strong>Information Channels</strong><br />
Streaming branding, informational or urgent announcements</p>
<p><strong>Alarm Acknowledgement</strong><br />
Make sure that no event skips the attention of the operator. An operator must confirm all alarms, automatically generating a bookmark towards the event in the archive. By requiring the operator to record actions in a journal, there is a tracking of performed actions towards each event.</p>
<p><strong>Integrations and API</strong><br />
CORTROL offers customizable integration with other software systems in the form of a software development kit (SDK), CORTROL RESTful API.</p>
<p><strong>Mobile Applications</strong><br />
You can use your mobile device to access live and archived streams. Use PTZ presets, control 2-way audio, or the mobile phone camera to stream video and audio directly to the server.</p>
<p><strong>Live Streaming</strong><br />
The streaming server can make a live cast of videos on a website or YouTube.</p>
<p><strong>Edge Recording</strong><br />
You can synchronize all your data with IP device storage. With this feature, if the network connection with any camera is lost, the camera still records your data. It is fully transferred to your server as soon as the network connection is re-established.</p>
<h2>GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide</h2>
<p>Read Next :</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to/3675/ganz-dms-lite-user-manual/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noopener">GANZ DMS Lite User Manual</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/3233/gamut-surveillance-client-guide/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noopener">TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/2682/turing-smart-station-installation-guide/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noopener">Turing SMART Station Installation Guide</a></li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Ganz CORTROL is also available in the following editions:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/cortrolpremier" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">CORTROL Premier </a>&#8211; Standalone System 24Ch / 48Ch / 72ch / 96ch</li>
</ul>
<p><a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/cortrol" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><strong>Learn More About Ganz CORTROL VMS Editions and Features.</strong></a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="510" height="364" class="wp-image-3772" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-2.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 2" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 72" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-2.jpeg 510w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-2-300x214.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 510px) 100vw, 510px" /></p>
<p>Reiated settıngs</p>
<p>Addıtıonal admmıstnMıve tooB</p>
<p>Bıtlocker settıngs</p>
<p>Device Manager</p>
<p>System ınto</p>
<p>Have a question?</p>
<p>Get help</p>
<p>Make Window$ betten</p>
<p>G™e us feedback</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3770-bookmark0"></a> CORTROL Prerequisites</li>
</ol>
<p>There are a few requirements for the system the GANZ CORTROL Client will run on.</p>
<p>The ports for remote connections should be enabled through the firewalls (default ports are 60554 for the GANZ CORTROL Client)</p>
<p>The Bit version of Windows, 32-Bit vs. 64-Bit on the PC/Server should be confirmed.</p>
<p><strong>For Windows 7: </strong>To confirm your Windows bit version, go to Control Panel &gt; System and confirm <em>System type</em> as 32-Bit or 64-Bit.</p>
<p><strong>For Windows 10: </strong>To confirm your Windows bit version, go to “Settings &gt; System and confirm <em>System type</em> as 32-Bit or 64-Bit.</p>
<p>© Home AbOUt</p>
<p>Si Windows10</p>
<p>O Dısplay <sup>ni,me</sup> bdenmeade2</p>
<p>Rename thıs PC</p>
<p>□ Notmcatıons &amp; actıons</p>
<p>,<sub>K</sub> _ „ , _ Orgamzatıon CBCAMER1CA</p>
<p>O Power &amp; sleep</p>
<p>Managc o» dBconncct from worfc or school</p>
<p>O Battery Edrtıon Windows 10 Pro</p>
<p>= storage Versıors <sup>1703</sup></p>
<p>OS Boild 15063.483</p>
<p>Cg Tablet mode ProductlO 00342-50721-92491-AAOEM</p>
<p>O Multıtaskıno Processor Intel(R) CorefTM) İ7 6600U CPU ® 260GHz 2S1</p>
<p>GHz</p>
<p>&amp; Projecting to thrs PC ınstalled RAM 8.00 GB (736 GB usabte)</p>
<p>System type 64-bit operabng system, x64-based processor</p>
<p>X Shared expetıences <sub>Pen ând |oucf)</sub> j*, <sub>or t0UC</sub>h mput ıs avaılable «or thıs dısplay</p>
<p>O About Change product key or upgrade your edition of Wındows</p>
<p>Read the Prıvacy Statement for Wındows and Microsoft Services</p>
<p>Read the Microsoft Services Agreemcnt that applies to our Services</p>
<p>Rcad the Microsoft Softvrare Ucense Terms</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3770-bookmark2"></a> CORTROL Client Installer</li>
</ol>
<p>The CORTROL Client Installer can be found at<a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/library?cat=128" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> Ganz Security/Software i</a>ncludes both the CORTROL Management Console, and the CORTROL Client installer.</p>
<p>From the link please select and download either CORTROL Console 32bit or 64bit, depending on the Windows OS bit version of the host server.</p>
<p>For convenience, links to the 32Bit, and 64Bit versions of the CORTROL Console are provided below.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>For most browsers, any downloaded files can be found in the Windows Download folder.</p>
<p><strong><em>I</em></strong></p>
<p><strong><em>/* GANZ</em></strong></p>
<p>JyCDRTRDL<a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/file?id=1908" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> Client 32Bit</a></p>
<p><strong>İ</strong></p>
<p><strong>Z <em>GANZ</em></strong></p>
<p>y&#8217;CORTROL<a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/file?id=1907" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> Client 64Bit</a></p>
<p><em><sup><s>v</s></sup><s> — J</s></em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3770-bookmark4"></a> Client Installation</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Navigate to the Microsoft Windows download folder.</li>
<li>Double click on the CORTROL Client installer, to begin the installation process.</li>
<li>Select the installation language and click <em>Next.</em></li>
<li>Accept the terms of agreement and click <em>Next.</em></li>
<li>Accept default installation location and click <em>Next.</em> (Change location destination if required.)</li>
<li>Select the needed application language and click <em>Next.</em></li>
<li>Once installation is complete, click <em>Finish.</em></li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="466" height="299" class="wp-image-3773" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-3.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 3" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 73" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-3.jpeg 466w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-3-300x192.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 466px) 100vw, 466px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="461" height="301" class="wp-image-3774" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-4.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 4" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 74" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-4.jpeg 461w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-4-300x196.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 461px) 100vw, 461px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="474" height="316" class="wp-image-3775" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-5.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 5" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 75" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-5.jpeg 474w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-5-300x200.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 474px) 100vw, 474px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="457" height="319" class="wp-image-3776" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-6.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 6" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 76" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-6.jpeg 457w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-6-300x209.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 457px) 100vw, 457px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="476" height="374" class="wp-image-3777" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-7.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 7" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 77" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-7.jpeg 476w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-7-300x236.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 476px) 100vw, 476px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="459" height="370" class="wp-image-3778" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-8.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 8" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 78" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-8.jpeg 459w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-8-300x242.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 459px) 100vw, 459px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3770-bookmark6"></a> Client Configuration</li>
</ol>
<p>To launch the CORTROL Client interface, double click on its desktop icon. H</p>
<p>The Client will require configuration, to connect to the CORTROL Global Demo Server.</p>
<ul>
<li>Select “Disconnect”, as no server is currently configured.</li>
<li>Select “Connection” located in the top right corner.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="731" height="435" class="wp-image-3779" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-9.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 9" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 79" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-9.jpeg 731w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-9-300x179.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 731px) 100vw, 731px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>Select the “Local Server” listed under “Connections, and then select “Edit”</li>
<li>Leave the default “Server title”</li>
<li>For the “IP address and port” enter: 173.42.78.61 &#8211; Leave the default port at 60554.</li>
<li>Enter “demo” all lower case for the “Username”</li>
<li>Enter “2468” for the password.</li>
<li>Select “Remember Password” and then click on “Save”.</li>
<li>Select the “Local Server” listed under “Connections” and then click on “Connect”.</li>
<li>Click on the “X” to close / exit, “Connections”</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="405" height="359" class="wp-image-3780" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-10.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 10" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 80" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-10.jpeg 405w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-10-300x266.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 405px) 100vw, 405px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="398" height="355" class="wp-image-3781" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-11.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 11" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 81" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-11.jpeg 398w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-11-300x268.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 398px) 100vw, 398px" /></p>
<p><strong>CORTROL Client Download</strong></p>
<p>V2.0.3</p>
<p>The “Demo” user have been giving no restriction on functionality within the GANZ CORTROL Client.</p>
<p>Please reference the<a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/file?id=1932" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> CORTROL Client Manual f</a>or navigation, and usage.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="917" height="497" class="wp-image-3782" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-12.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 12" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 82" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-12.jpeg 917w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-12-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-12-768x416.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 917px) 100vw, 917px" /></p>
<p>CORTROL Client Quick Guide</p>
<p>v1.0.2</p>
<p><strong>Main window</strong></p>
<p>The main window displays content provided by the server, which depend upon the selected tab. Please see the corresponding sections of this document for detailed information about each mode.</p>
<p>The Ganz CORTROL Client application window title displays window name, display number, and computer station name.</p>
<p><strong>Upper right corner &#8211; window controls</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="200" height="34" class="wp-image-3783" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-1-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 1 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 83"></p>
<p>From this panel, the Ganz CORTROL Client application window can be:</p>
<ul>
<li>Opened in full screen mode</li>
<li>Minimized to taskbar</li>
<li>Maximized/restored to default size</li>
<li>Closed</li>
</ul>
<p>To enter full screen, F11 can also be used; to exit full screen mode, press <em>Escape</em> or <em>F11</em> on the keyboard.</p>
<p><strong>Upper panel &#8211; tabs</strong></p>
<p>I I Live £&gt; Playback Sequence Smart search /A Alerts pa~| Library</p>
<p>The upper panel contains tabs that allow you to quickly switch between main software functionality. The following tabs may be available, depending on the software version:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Live</strong>: real-time video</li>
<li><strong>Playback</strong>: recorded video</li>
<li><strong>Sequence Explorer</strong>: recorded video analysis</li>
<li><strong>Smart Search</strong>: recording motion video analysis</li>
<li><strong>Alerts</strong>: generated alerts</li>
<li><strong>Library</strong>: exported video and snapshots</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Upper panel &#8211; server connections</strong></p>
<p>S Connection (1 servers)</p>
<p>The <em>Connection</em> button opens server connection setup window and displays the number of currently configured servers.</p>
<p><strong>Upper right: main menu</strong></p>
<p>File Edit View Help</p>
<p>This section contains the main application menu items.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>File; </strong><em>Exit</em>: close the Ganz CORTROL Client Application</li>
<li><strong>Edit</strong>; <em>Settings</em>: application settings</li>
<li><strong>View</strong>: operation modes</li>
</ul>
<p>o <em>Always on top</em></p>
<p>o <em>Exclusivity Mode</em></p>
<p>o <em>Locked application</em></p>
<p><strong>Help</strong>; <em>About</em>: about Ganz CORTROL Client</p>
<p><strong>Server Connections</strong></p>
<p>If you wish to connect to a remote server, follow the steps below.</p>
<p>Select the <em>Connection</em> section in the upper panel to bring up the dialog box.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="785" height="378" class="wp-image-3784" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-2-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 2 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 84" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-2-1.jpeg 785w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-2-1-300x144.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-2-1-768x370.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 785px) 100vw, 785px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="785" height="151" class="wp-image-3785" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-3-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 3 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 85" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-3-1.jpeg 785w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-3-1-300x58.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-3-1-768x148.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 785px) 100vw, 785px" /></p>
<p>Select a server by clicking it in the item list and click <em>Connect</em> to connect with the selected server. Server resources will automatically appear in the left-hand panel.</p>
<p>Click <em>Disconnect</em> in this same dialog box to log out from the selected server.</p>
<p><strong>Video Channels</strong></p>
<p>Each video displayed in live view is placed into a &#8216;slot&#8217;, a part of the layout, called viewport.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="607" height="308" class="wp-image-3786" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-4-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 4 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 86" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-4-1.jpeg 607w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-4-1-300x152.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 607px) 100vw, 607px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="95" height="26" class="wp-image-3787" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-5-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 5 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 87"></p>
<p>X rf* Traffic Cam</p>
<p>Lower-left: Stream details</p>
<p>i f H.264 VGA 30FPS 2.5 Mb/s</p>
<p>Enabled items are highlighted yellow:</p>
<p>Upper-left: general viewport controls</p>
<p>o <strong>X: </strong>close the stream and free the viewport</p>
<p>o <strong>Lock</strong>: unlocked/locked (Unlocked video in can be replaced by other cameras)</p>
<p>o <strong>Camera name: </strong>Name given the camera</p>
<p>Upper-right: Current time on the server from which the device originates</p>
<p>o <strong>Recording status: </strong>X = not recording, yellow arrow = recording</p>
<p>o <strong>Motion detector status: </strong>running = motion present, standing still = no motion</p>
<p>o <strong>Video codec of the stream: </strong>H.264, MJPEG</p>
<p>o <strong>Picture resolution: </strong>XVGA, 2.8MP</p>
<p>o <strong>Stream frame rate: </strong>xFPS</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="379" height="37" class="wp-image-3788" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-6-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 6 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 88" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-6-1.jpeg 379w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-6-1-300x29.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 379px) 100vw, 379px" /><a id="post-3770-bookmark0"></a> o Stream bitrate: xKb/s, xMb/s</p>
<p>Lower-right: Controls</p>
<p>o <strong>Instant playback: </strong>Playback of currently select time, (Default, last five minutes)</p>
<p>o <strong>PTZ toggle: </strong>PTZ HUD and bottom panel ON/OFF</p>
<p>o <strong>DPTZ toggle: </strong>Toggle digital PTZ control</p>
<p>o <strong>Motion grid: </strong>ON/OFF</p>
<p>o <strong>Substream: </strong>Auto/main/substream</p>
<p>o <strong>Incoming audio: </strong>ON/OFF</p>
<p>o <strong>Audio OUT: </strong>Press and hold the microphone to speak</p>
<p>o <strong>Aspect ratio: </strong>Auto/stretch to fill viewport/original</p>
<p>o <strong>Notification panel toggle: </strong>Toggle display of device centric notification panel</p>
<p>o <strong>Bookmark: </strong>Bookmark current selection of time for later retrieval, review</p>
<p>o <strong>Snapshot: </strong>Export snapshot of current image to library</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="580" height="33" class="wp-image-3789" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-7-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 7 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 89" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-7-1.jpeg 580w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-7-1-300x17.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 580px) 100vw, 580px" /></p>
<p>Bottom: PTZ controls</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Presets Tours: </strong>Listing presets, with option to initiate tour</li>
<li><strong>HUD (Heads Up Display): </strong>ON/OFF (Centre: PTZ HUD controls) o Pan and tilt arrows</li>
</ul>
<p>o Zoom slider</p>
<p>o Iris slide (If camera supported)</p>
<p>o Focus slider (If camera supported)</p>
<p><strong>Instant Playback</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="798" height="406" class="wp-image-3790" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-8-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 8 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 90" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-8-1.jpeg 798w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-8-1-300x153.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-8-1-768x391.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 798px) 100vw, 798px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="87" height="35" class="wp-image-3791" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-9-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 9 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 91"> The following overlay controls are available in the instant playback mode:</p>
<p>Camera Center: P<strong>lay/Pause</strong></p>
<p>o Drag to the center of the line to pause drag right to go fast forward o Drag left to rewind fast</p>
<p>o Release from dragging to continue normal playback</p>
<p>Bottom right: Controls</p>
<p>o <strong>Place: </strong>Click to play</p>
<p>o <strong>Clock icon: </strong>Specify time, date/hours/minutes</p>
<p>o <strong>Bookmark: </strong>Bookmark current selection of time for later retrieval, review</p>
<p>o <strong>Snapshot: </strong>Snapshot of current image, saved automatically</p>
<p>o <strong>Archive: </strong>Export loaded footage displayed in timeline</p>
<p>Bottom: Navigation</p>
<p>1/9/2017 L</p>
<p>4:5607 PM</p>
<p>11/9/2017</p>
<p>5:01:07 PM</p>
<p>o <strong>Left/Right &lt;&gt; arrows</strong>: Adjust loaded video time boundaries (Default, last five minutes) ■ Drag right to go forward in time drag left to go backwards in time</p>
<p>o <strong>Vertical yellow line: </strong>Indicates current playback moment, ■ Drag it anywhere or click to move along the timeline</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="203" height="38" class="wp-image-3792" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-10-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 10 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 92"></p>
<p><strong>Playback (Archive) Mode</strong></p>
<p>For security reasons, it has been made impossible to erase recordings from individual channels and/or time periods. Recordings</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1047" height="549" class="wp-image-3793" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-11-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 11 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 93" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-11-1.jpeg 1047w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-11-1-300x157.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-11-1-1024x537.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-11-1-768x403.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1047px) 100vw, 1047px" /></p>
<p>Select <em>Playback</em> tab to switch to archive playback mode. Your current layout will be used, and recorded video streams will be displayed for channels with enabled recording.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Layouts: </strong>Double-click your desired layout to load it</li>
<li><strong>Layout templates: </strong>Double-click your desired layout template to load it</li>
<li><strong>Channels:</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>o Double-click or drag and drop the channels of your choice to fill the viewports</p>
<p>o First empty viewports are filled; then non-locked channels are replaced one by one)</p>
<p>o Each channel can be expanded to access recordings of its main or secondary stream.</p>
<p>o All footage having no associated active channels will be available under <em>Orphan archive tracks</em>.</p>
<p>The following viewport overlay controls are available in the playback mode, upon selection of a viewport:</p>
<ul>
<li>Upper left:</li>
</ul>
<p>o <strong>X: </strong>close the stream and free the viewport</p>
<p>o <strong>Lock</strong>: unlocked/locked (Unlocked video in this viewport can be replaced by other cameras)</p>
<p>o <strong>Camera name: </strong>Name given the camera</p>
<ul>
<li>Lower-right: <strong>Controls</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>o <strong>DPTZ toggle: </strong>Toggle digital PTZ control</p>
<p>o <strong>Aspect ratio: </strong>Auto/stretch to fill viewport/original</p>
<p>o <strong>Motion grid: </strong>ON/OFF</p>
<p><strong>Playback timeline</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1053" height="82" class="wp-image-3794" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-12-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 12 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 94" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-12-1.jpeg 1053w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-12-1-300x23.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-12-1-1024x80.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-12-1-768x60.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1053px) 100vw, 1053px" /></p>
<p>Right below the video stream, the <strong>Timeline </strong>is displayed:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Time intervals: </strong>Show the timeline scale;</li>
</ul>
<p>o Click and drag left/right to move the timeline</p>
<ul>
<li>The video footage outline is shown twice:</li>
</ul>
<p>o <strong>Upper timeline: </strong>Contents of currently selected stream, with corresponding channel name</p>
<p>o <strong>Lower timeline: </strong>Content summary for all channels currently present in the viewport layout</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>White line: </strong>Indicates recorded video data</li>
<li><strong>Cyan line: </strong>(A little bit wider than the white line) indicates recorded motion data</li>
<li><strong>Blue line</strong>: (A little bit wider than the cyan line) indicates recorded incoming audio data</li>
<li><strong>Yellow vertical line: </strong>Denotes current playback position</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Playback Navigation controls</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1045" height="51" class="wp-image-3795" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-13.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 13" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 95" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-13.jpeg 1045w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-13-300x15.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-13-1024x50.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-13-768x37.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1045px) 100vw, 1045px" /></p>
<p>The <strong>playback navigation controls </strong>are located at the bottom of the window:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Timestamps: </strong>Timeline start and stop</li>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="74" height="29" class="wp-image-3796" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-14.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 14" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 96"><strong>Left/Right &lt;&gt; arrows</strong>: Adjust the loaded footage time boundaries (Default, last five minutes) o Drag right to go forward in time drag left to go backwards in time</li>
</ul>
<p>Motion Search:</p>
<p>Left/Right &lt;&gt; arrows move forward or back to next recorded motion</p>
<p><strong>Playback Navigation:</strong></p>
<p>o Use the <em>Play/Pause</em> button to start playback</p>
<p>o Use the &lt;&gt; arrows near the <em>Play</em> button to go one frame back/forward</p>
<p>o -/+ steps: click to go back/forward with a step of 5 seconds, 1 minute, 1 hour or 24 hours o |&lt; &gt;| arrows: go to the very beginning/very end of the footage</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Playback speed:</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>o Drag the blob to adjust playback speed from +/-0.5x to +/-32x</p>
<p>o The <em>Pause</em> button duplicates the main pause control</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Clock icon: </strong>Specify time, date/hours/minutes</li>
<li><strong>Bookmark: </strong>Create bookmark for later retrieval, review</li>
<li><strong>Snapshot: </strong>Snapshot of current image, saved automatically</li>
<li><strong>Multi-</strong>Snapshot: Snapshot of all channels currently present in the viewport layout</li>
<li><strong>Archive: </strong>Export loaded footage displayed in timeline</li>
</ul>
<p>o Option of multi-channel, or single channel archive export</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/ganz-cortrol-vms-setup-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/avtech-cms-lite-installation-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/avtech-cms-lite-installation-guide/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 18 Jul 2023 08:47:21 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[administrator]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[AVTECH]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CCTV]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CMS LITE]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Comfast]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Config]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Internet Explorer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Local playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Play Video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Quick Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VIGI Security Manager]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=3452</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide Installation Guide, AVTECH, founded in 1996, is one of the world’s leading CCTV manufacturers with ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/avtech-cms-lite-installation-guide/#more-3452" aria-label="Read more about AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide Installation Guide, AVTECH, founded in 1996, is one of the world’s leading CCTV manufacturers with more than 20 years of experiences in product innovation, developement and global distribution. In 2018, we&#8217;re releasing a series of compact but smart surveillance devices to re-define and transform the cold image of video surveillance.</p>
<p>Of course, we&#8217;re still capable of offering a complete suveillance system to satisfy every demand from single watch to multiple-spot monitoring, from home safety to enterprise access guarding, always stay focused on the move.</p>
<p>Prerequisite PC Setting</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3452-bookmark0"></a> Log in Windows account with administrator user level</li>
<li><a id="post-3452-bookmark1"></a> Disable Windows firewall</li>
<li><a id="post-3452-bookmark2"></a> Change the power configuration</li>
</ol>
<p>Control Panel ^ Hardware and Sound ^ Power Options ^ Change plan settings</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2172" height="934" class="wp-image-3453" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 1" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 155" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-1.jpeg 2172w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-1-300x129.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-1-1024x440.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-1-768x330.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-1-1536x661.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-1-2048x881.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-1-1200x516.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2172px) 100vw, 2172px" /></p>
<p>To avoid the abnormal shutdown caused the damage of CMS system while the CMS system is working, please change &#8220;Turn off the display&#8221; to &#8220;Never&#8221; ^ Click &#8220;Save changes&#8221;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2172" height="934" class="wp-image-3454" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-2.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 2" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 156" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-2.jpeg 2172w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-2-300x129.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-2-1024x440.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-2-768x330.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-2-1536x661.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-2-2048x881.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-2-1200x516.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2172px) 100vw, 2172px" /></p>
<p><a href="https://www.avtech.com.tw/SoftWare.aspx" rel="dofollow noopener" target="_blank">AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</a></p>
<p>4</p>
<p>Prerequisite PC Setting</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3452-bookmark3"></a> Change the user account control settings</li>
</ol>
<p>Control Panel —&gt; System and Security —&gt; Security and Maintenance —&gt; Change User Account Control settings</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2213" height="932" class="wp-image-3455" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-3.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 3" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 157" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-3.jpeg 2213w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-3-300x126.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-3-1024x431.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-3-768x323.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-3-1536x647.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-3-2048x863.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-3-1200x505.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2213px) 100vw, 2213px" /></p>
<p>For the popup window not to be blocked while installing or working the CMS system, please adjust the user account control settings to &#8220;Never notify&#8221; ^ Click &#8220;OK&#8221;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1626" height="1207" class="wp-image-3456" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-4.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 4" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 158" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-4.jpeg 1626w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-4-300x223.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-4-1024x760.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-4-768x570.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-4-1536x1140.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-4-1200x891.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1626px) 100vw, 1626px" /></p>
<h2>AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide</h2>
<p>Read More :</p>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/3325/vigi-security-manager-setup-guide/" rel="nofollow">VIGI Security Manager Setup Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/3233/gamut-surveillance-client-guide/" rel="nofollow">Gamut Surveillance Client Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/2450/flir-united-vms-installation-guide/" rel="nofollow">Comfast Long Range WiFi Access Point Setup</a></li>
</ol>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>5</p>
<p>Prerequisite PC Setting</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3452-bookmark4"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark5"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark6"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark7"></a> Change the internet settings of temporary internet files</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark4"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark5"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark8"></a> Control Panel Network and Internet Internet Options</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>□ Network and Internet</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>* t *8 * Control Panel &gt; Network and Internet &gt; v ö Search Contrc</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Control Panel Home . &#8211; .. , &gt; &gt; &lt;-■ . &#8211; .</p>
<p>Network and Sharing Center</p>
<p>&#8211; . . <sub>c</sub> . View network status and tasks Connect to a network View network computers and devices</p>
<p>System and Security</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>• Network and Internet A Ik. Internet Options</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hardware and Sound Change your homepage Manage browser add-ons Delete browsing history and cookies</p>
<p>Programs</p>
<p>User Accounts</p>
<p>Appearance and</p>
<p>Personalization</p>
<p>Clock and Region</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark10"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark11"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark9"></a> In order not to affect the UI loading of CMS system by the existing cookie, please follow the steps, &#8220;Settings&#8221; ^ Check &#8220;Every time I visit the webpage&#8221; ^ Click &#8220;OK&#8221; ^ Check &#8220;Delete browsing history on exit&#8221; ^ Click &#8220;Delete&#8221;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1038" height="1358" class="wp-image-3457" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-5.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 5" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 159" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-5.jpeg 1038w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-5-229x300.jpeg 229w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-5-783x1024.jpeg 783w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-5-768x1005.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1038px) 100vw, 1038px" /></p>
<p>?</p>
<p>V&#8217; Website Data Settings</p>
<p>X</p>
<p>Temporary Internet Files History Caches and databases</p>
<p>Internet Explorer stores copies of webpages, images, and media<br />
for fester viewing later.</p>
<p>Ch Ark for npwpr versions of stored nenes:</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>O Every time I start Internet Explorer</p>
<p>O Automatically</p>
<p>O Never</p>
<p>Disk space to use (8-1024MB)</p>
<p>(Recommended: 50-250MB)</p>
<p><strong>I 330 |jj|</strong></p>
<p>Current location:</p>
<p>C: VJsers ^t\AppData V-ocal Microsoft \Wmdows \INe tCache \</p>
<p>Move folder&#8230;</p>
<p>View objects</p>
<p>3.</p>
<p>View files</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="246" height="91" class="wp-image-3458" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-6.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 6" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 160"></p>
<p>Cancel</p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>6</p>
<p>Prerequisite PC Setting</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3452-bookmark12"></a> Check if port 80 is occupied by other programs</li>
</ol>
<p>Step 1. Go to &#8220;Run&#8221; (Windows+R) ^ Enter &#8220;cmd&#8221; ^ Click &#8220;OK&#8221;</p>
<p>Run</p>
<p>Type the name of a program, folder, document, or Internet resource, and Windows will open it for you.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1580" height="435" class="wp-image-3459" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-7.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 7" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 161" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-7.jpeg 1580w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-7-300x83.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-7-1024x282.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-7-768x211.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-7-1536x423.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-7-1200x330.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1580px) 100vw, 1580px" /></p>
<p>Step 2. Enter &#8220;<strong>netstat -nao|find &#8220;0.0.0.0:80&#8221;</strong>&#8221; ^ Click &#8220;Enter&#8221; to execute the command</p>
<p>C:\&gt; netstat -nao |find &#8220;0.0.0.0:80&#8221; PID number</p>
<p>TCP 0.0.0.0:80 0.0.0.0:0 LISTENING 4116</p>
<p>Step 3. Enter &#8220;<strong>tasklist /fi &#8220;pid eq PID number&#8221;</strong>&#8221; ^ Click &#8220;Enter&#8221; to execute the command</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">C:\&gt; tasklist /fi &#8220;pid eq 4116&#8221;</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Image Name</td>
<td>PID Session Name</td>
<td>Session#</td>
<td>Mem Usage</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>—</p>
<p>skype.exe</td>
<td>—</p>
<p>4116 Console</td>
<td>&nbsp;</p>
<p>0</td>
<td>6,476 K</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Step 4. To close the program or service, please enter &#8220;<strong>taskkill /pid PID number /F</strong>&#8221; ^ Click &#8220;Enter&#8221; to execute the command</p>
<p>C:\&gt; taskkill /pid 4116 /F</p>
<p>SUCCESS: The process with PID 4116 has been terminated.</p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>7</p>
<p>Installation</p>
<p>Procedure (Step 1 and 2)</p>
<p><strong>Overall Steps</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3452-bookmark13"></a> Start Install Application</li>
<li><a id="post-3452-bookmark14"></a> Enter Main Interface</li>
<li><a id="post-3452-bookmark15"></a> Check Hardware Requirements</li>
<li><a id="post-3452-bookmark16"></a> Choose Install Location</li>
<li><a id="post-3452-bookmark17"></a> Start Running Installer</li>
<li><a id="post-3452-bookmark18"></a> Install Necessary Packs</li>
<li><a id="post-3452-bookmark19"></a> Installation Complete</li>
<li><a id="post-3452-bookmark20"></a> Reboot Computer</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1225" height="932" class="wp-image-3460" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-8.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 8" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 162" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-8.jpeg 1225w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-8-300x228.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-8-1024x779.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-8-768x584.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-8-1200x913.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1225px) 100vw, 1225px" /></p>
<p>( Step 01 &#8211; Start Install )</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1623" height="1268" class="wp-image-3461" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-9.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 9" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 163" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-9.jpeg 1623w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-9-300x234.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-9-1024x800.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-9-768x600.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-9-1536x1200.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-9-1200x938.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1623px) 100vw, 1623px" /></p>
<p>( Step 02 &#8211; Enter Main Interface )</p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>8</p>
<p>Installation</p>
<p>Procedure (Step 3 and 4)</p>
<p><strong>3 </strong>AVTECH Trident CMS Lite v4.0.0.2 Setup &#8211; X</p>
<p><strong>License Agreement __</strong></p>
<p><strong>^0</strong></p>
<p>Please review the license terms before installing AVTECH Trident CMS Lite V4.0.0.2.</p>
<p>Press Page Down to see the rest of the agreement.</p>
<p>AVTECH HyDRA System Software License Agreement a</p>
<p>IMPORTANT NOTICE: You should read the following terms and conditions of this license agreement before using this package. Once you have installed or otherwise used this package you are bound by the terms and conditions of the license and the limited warranties.</p>
<p>GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE</p>
<p>Version 2, June 1991</p>
<p>Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.,</p>
<p>51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA</p>
<p>Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies v</p>
<p>If you accept the terms of the agreement, dick I Agree to continue. You must accept the agreement to install AVTECH Trident CMS Lite V4.0.0.2.</p>
<p>AVTECH Corporation</p>
<p>&lt; Back I Agree</p>
<p>Cancel</p>
<p>( Step 03 &#8211; License Agreement)</p>
<p>3 AVTECH Trident CMS Lite v4.0.0.2 Setup — X</p>
<p>Choose Install Location .•CP</p>
<p>Choose the folder in which to install AVTECH Trident CMS Lite V4.0.0.2.</p>
<p>Setup will install AVTECH Trident CMS Lite v4.0.0.2 in the following folder. To install in a different folder, dick Browse and select another folder. Click Next to continue.</p>
<p>Destination Folder</p>
<p>&#8216;rogramData \AVTECHCMSLite</p>
<p>Browse&#8230;</p>
<p>Space required: 954.9MB</p>
<p>Space available: 26.2GB</p>
<p>AVTECH Corporation</p>
<p>&lt; Back Next &gt;</p>
<p>Cancel</p>
<p>( Step 04 &#8211; Choose CMS Install Location )</p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>9</p>
<p>Installation</p>
<p>Procedure (Step 5 and 6)</p>
<p><strong>3 </strong>AVTECH Trident CMS Lite v4.0.0.2 Setup &#8211;</p>
<p><strong>Installing __</strong></p>
<p>Please wait while AVTECH Trident CMS Lite v4.0.0.2 is being installed.</p>
<p>Execute: C:\WINDOWS\SysWOW64Vcads &#8216;C: V&gt;rogramData\AVTECHCMSLite\VMS\syncmode*</p>
<p>Create folder: C:\programDataV\VTECHCMSLite\VMS a</p>
<p>Execute: C:\WINDOWS^ysWOW64Vcads ’C:\programData\AVTECHCMSLite’ /t /gra&#8230; Execute: C:\WINDOWS\SysWOW64Vcads •C:V’rogramData\AVTECHCMSLite\VMS*/t&#8230; Execute: C:\WINDOWS\SysWOW64Vcads &#8216;C: V&gt;rogramData\AVTECHCMSLite\VMS\av&#8230; Execute: C: \WINDOWS\SysWOW64Vcads &#8220;C: V’rogramData \AVTECHCMSLite \VMS \ac&#8230; Execute: C:\WINDOWSV5ysWOW64Vcads &#8220;C: V’rogramData \A VTECHCMSLite \VMS\c&#8230; Execute: C:\WINDOWS\SysWOW64Vcads *C: V&gt;rogramData\AVTECHCMSLite\VMS\db&#8230;</p>
<p>Execute: C:\WINDOWSV5ysWOW64Vcads •C:V’rogramData\AVTECHCMSLite\VMSVe&#8230; Execute: C:\WINDOWS^ysWOW64Vcads ‘C:V’rogramData\AVTECHCMSLite\VMS\şa&#8230;</p>
<p>Execute: C:\WINDOWSV5ysWOW64Vcads &#8220;C:\programData\AVTECHCMSLite\VMS\sy&#8230; <sub>v</sub></p>
<p>AVTECH Corporation</p>
<p>&lt; Bade Next x- Cancel</p>
<p>( Step 05 &#8211; Execute CMS Installation )</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1604" height="1251" class="wp-image-3462" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-10.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 10" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 164" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-10.jpeg 1604w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-10-300x234.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-10-1024x799.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-10-768x599.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-10-1536x1198.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-10-1200x936.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1604px) 100vw, 1604px" /></p>
<p>( Step 06 &#8211; Install Necessary Packs )</p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>10</p>
<p>Installation</p>
<p>Procedure (Step 7 and 8)</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1604" height="1251" class="wp-image-3463" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-11.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 11" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 165" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-11.jpeg 1604w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-11-300x234.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-11-1024x799.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-11-768x599.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-11-1536x1198.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-11-1200x936.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1604px) 100vw, 1604px" /></p>
<p>( Step 07 &#8211; Make Sure the Install Completed )</p>
<p>©Reboot nowi</p>
<p>OI want to manually reboot later</p>
<p>Completing the AVTECH Trident<br />
CMS Lite v4 0 0 2 Setup Wizard</p>
<p>Your computer must be restarted in order to complete the<br />
installation of AVTECH Trident CMS Lite V4.0.0.2. Do you<br />
want to reboot now?</p>
<p>Finish</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="240" height="73" class="wp-image-3464" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-12.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 12" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 166"></p>
<p>( Step 08 &#8211; Restart Windows Operating System )</p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>11</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="808" height="1099" class="wp-image-3465" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-13.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 13" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 167" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-13.jpeg 808w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-13-221x300.jpeg 221w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-13-753x1024.jpeg 753w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-13-768x1045.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 808px) 100vw, 808px" /></p>
<p>Quick Start</p>
<p>Add Devices</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2240" height="1292" class="wp-image-3466" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-14.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 14" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 168" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-14.jpeg 2240w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-14-300x173.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-14-1024x591.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-14-768x443.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-14-1536x886.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-14-2048x1181.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-14-1200x692.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2240px) 100vw, 2240px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2242" height="1215" class="wp-image-3467" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-15.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 15" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 169" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-15.jpeg 2242w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-15-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-15-1024x555.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-15-768x416.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-15-1536x832.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-15-2048x1110.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-15-1200x650.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2242px) 100vw, 2242px" /></p>
<p>( 2. Click &#8220;Add Device&#8221; )</p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>12</p>
<p>Quick Start</p>
<p>Add Devices</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2245" height="1210" class="wp-image-3468" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-16.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 16" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 170" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-16.jpeg 2245w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-16-300x162.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-16-1024x552.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-16-768x414.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-16-1536x828.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-16-2048x1104.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-16-1200x647.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2245px) 100vw, 2245px" /></p>
<p>( 3. Check the needed devices and click &#8220;Add Selected&#8221; ^ Wait for the system complete )</p>
<p><strong>S </strong>AVTECH CMS Lite</p>
<p>a</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2253" height="1186" class="wp-image-3469" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-17.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 17" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 171" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-17.jpeg 2253w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-17-300x158.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-17-1024x539.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-17-768x404.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-17-1536x809.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-17-2048x1078.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-17-1200x632.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2253px) 100vw, 2253px" /></p>
<p>( 4. The devices will display in the &#8220;Device List&#8221;)</p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>13</p>
<p><strong>AVTECH</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>-far Vîtteo</em></strong></p>
<p>Control Panel Overview</p>
<p>Main Control Panel</p>
<p><strong>S3 AVTECH CMS Lite</strong></p>
<p>a</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2248" height="1070" class="wp-image-3470" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-18.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 18" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 172" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-18.jpeg 2248w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-18-300x143.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-18-1024x487.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-18-768x366.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-18-1536x731.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-18-2048x975.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-18-1200x571.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2248px) 100vw, 2248px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Function</td>
<td>Icon</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Record Setting</td>
<td></td>
<td>Alter record setting</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Start Recording</td>
<td></td>
<td>Start record for the selected devices</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Stop Recording</td>
<td></td>
<td>Stop record for the selected devices</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Recording Playback</td>
<td>B</td>
<td>Playback record video from the CMS recorder</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Backup Recording</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Backup record data</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add to Group</td>
<td></td>
<td>Add the selected devices to the video group and play live</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add to Live</td>
<td></td>
<td>Add the selected devices to the Live View Zone</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device Playback</td>
<td></td>
<td>Playback record video from the IP Cameras</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>14</p>
<p><strong>ZW/TECH</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>-far Vidlto</em></strong></p>
<p>Control Panel Overview</p>
<p>System Configuration</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2242" height="1249" class="wp-image-3471" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-19.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 19" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 173" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-19.jpeg 2242w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-19-300x167.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-19-1024x570.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-19-768x428.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-19-1536x856.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-19-2048x1141.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-19-1200x669.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2242px) 100vw, 2242px" /></p>
<p><strong>General and Advanced Setting</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1717" height="1171" class="wp-image-3472" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-20.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 20" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 174" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-20.jpeg 1717w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-20-300x205.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-20-1024x698.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-20-768x524.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-20-1536x1048.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-20-1200x818.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1717px) 100vw, 1717px" /></p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>15</p>
<p><strong>ZW/TECH</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>-far Vidlto</em></strong></p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark21"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark22"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark23"></a> Control Panel Overview</p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark24"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark25"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark26"></a> Record Setting</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2237" height="1101" class="wp-image-3473" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-21.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 21" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 175" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-21.jpeg 2237w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-21-300x148.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-21-1024x504.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-21-768x378.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-21-1536x756.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-21-2048x1008.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-21-1200x591.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2237px) 100vw, 2237px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Function</td>
<td colspan="5">Icon</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Reload</td>
<td colspan="5">□</td>
<td>Update all the devices to the latest status</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set Folder</td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td colspan="3">Set Folder</td>
<td>Setup the folder location of the selected device</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Setup</td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3">y Setup</td>
<td></td>
<td>Initiate device&#8217;s record setting</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Clear</td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3">Clear</td>
<td></td>
<td>Erase device&#8217;s record setting</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Advanced Setting</td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>0</td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>Setup local disk, remote assess and edge record</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Choose Folder</td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>e&gt;</td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>Choose the folder location</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Folder Group List</td>
<td colspan="5"></td>
<td>Inspect the saving location</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Save</td>
<td colspan="5">H Save</td>
<td>Save the settings</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>16</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2246" height="230" class="wp-image-3474" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-22.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 22" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 176" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-22.jpeg 2246w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-22-300x31.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-22-1024x105.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-22-768x79.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-22-1536x157.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-22-2048x210.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-22-1200x123.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2246px) 100vw, 2246px" /></p>
<p><strong>ZW/TECH</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>-far Vidlto</em></strong></p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark27"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark28"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark29"></a> Control Panel Overview</p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark30"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark31"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark32"></a> Device and Local Playback</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2251" height="1333" class="wp-image-3475" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-23.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 23" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 177" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-23.jpeg 2251w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-23-300x178.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-23-1024x606.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-23-768x455.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-23-1536x910.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-23-2048x1213.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-23-1200x711.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2251px) 100vw, 2251px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">Video Function</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Function</td>
<td></td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Play</td>
<td></td>
<td>Play video</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Pause</td>
<td></td>
<td>Pause video</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Forward</td>
<td>1</td>
<td>Fastforward the video up to 32X</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Rewind</td>
<td>1</td>
<td>Backward the video up to 32X</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Custom</p>
<p>Display</td>
<td></td>
<td>Alter display</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Slow</td>
<td></td>
<td>Slow down video speed</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Snapshot</td>
<td></td>
<td>Quick screen shot</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Advanced Function</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Function</td>
<td>Icon</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Timeline Controller</td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="2">Adjust timeline display</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hour Min Sec</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>High Low</strong></p>
<p>Quality</p>
<p>Calendar</p>
<p><strong>Calendar</strong></p>
<p>Adjust picture quality</p>
<p>Change the playback date</p>
<p>Event List</p>
<p><strong>EventList</strong></p>
<p>Playback event</p>
<p>Close</p>
<p>Close the window</p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>17</p>
<p><strong>ZW/TECH</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>~Lnnovorh&#8217;an -far Vidlto</em></strong></p>
<p>Device Area</p>
<p>Add Devices</p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark33"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark34"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark35"></a> Click &#8220;Add Device&#8221; ^ Check the needed devices ^ Click &#8220;Add Selected&#8221; ^ Wait for the</p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark36"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark37"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark38"></a> system complete</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2253" height="1100" class="wp-image-3476" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-24.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 24" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 178" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-24.jpeg 2253w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-24-300x146.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-24-1024x500.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-24-768x375.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-24-1536x750.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-24-2048x1000.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-24-1200x586.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2253px) 100vw, 2253px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>strator</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>o</td>
<td>** **</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Device Add Device</td>
<td>User</td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Network Scan</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>IPADDRESS</td>
<td>PORT</td>
<td>GATEWAY</td>
<td colspan="2">MODEL</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="4">P camera 2. Check Devices</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>r</td>
<td>10.1 1.163</td>
<td>88</td>
<td>10.1.1.202</td>
<td>AVM521A</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■1</td>
<td>10.1.1 164</td>
<td>88</td>
<td>10.1.1 254</td>
<td>AVZ592</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>10.1.1.213</td>
<td>88</td>
<td>10.1.1 100</td>
<td>AVM500</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>192.168.1.66</td>
<td>80</td>
<td colspan="3">192.168 01 IC500L8_V0_A</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>192 168 1 92</td>
<td>80</td>
<td colspan="3">192 168 01 MSF12_V0_AF</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>B</td>
<td>192 168 3 133</td>
<td>88</td>
<td colspan="3">192 168 3 1 3750AFH_V0_.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>©</td>
<td colspan="4">)VR</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>T</td>
<td>192.168 10.11</td>
<td>80</td>
<td>192 16810.11</td>
<td>AVZ2017</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■1</td>
<td>19Z168.10.13</td>
<td>80</td>
<td>92.168 10.13ı</td>
<td>AVZ8136</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>✓</td>
<td>192168.10.14</td>
<td>80</td>
<td>92.16810.16</td>
<td>AVZ308</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>©</td>
<td colspan="4">4VR</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>| 192 168 10 100</td>
<td>80</td>
<td>92 168 101»</td>
<td colspan="2">AVH8516</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>3. Add Selected</strong></p>
<p>^</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="811" height="147" class="wp-image-3477" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-25.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 25" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 179" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-25.jpeg 811w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-25-300x54.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-25-768x139.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 811px) 100vw, 811px" /></p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>18</p>
<p><strong>ZW/TECH</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>~Lnnovorh&#8217;an -far Vidlto</em></strong></p>
<p>Device Area</p>
<p>Delete Devices</p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark39"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark40"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark41"></a> Choose the needed device to delete by click the right click ^ Click &#8220;Delete Device&#8221;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2242" height="1108" class="wp-image-3478" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-26.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 26" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 180" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-26.jpeg 2242w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-26-300x148.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-26-1024x506.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-26-768x380.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-26-1536x759.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-26-2048x1012.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-26-1200x593.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2242px) 100vw, 2242px" /></p>
<p><strong>Q Open this device in Live<br />
</strong> at Add to Live</p>
<p>□ Set DVR Live mode</p>
<p>&#8216;A<sup>1</sup> Alarm Out</p>
<p>Set as PTZ Device</p>
<p>O Add NVR/DVR Channel</p>
<p>Edit Device</p>
<p>[*1 Substream Setting</p>
<p>Delete Device</p>
<p>n Open Device CorTiS<br />
“S Open Remote Desktop<br />
| Backup Device Config<br />
Q3 Update Device Firmware<br />
O Restart EZ Device Service</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="892" height="242" class="wp-image-3479" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-27.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 27" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 181" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-27.jpeg 892w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-27-300x81.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-27-768x208.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 892px) 100vw, 892px" /></p>
<p>Delete Confirmation</p>
<p>^</p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>19</p>
<p><strong>ZW/TECH</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>-far Vidlto</em></strong></p>
<p>Device Area</p>
<p>Edit Devices</p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark42"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark43"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark44"></a> Choose the needed device to delete by click the right click ^ Click &#8220;Delete Device</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2242" height="1107" class="wp-image-3480" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-28.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 28" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 182" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-28.jpeg 2242w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-28-300x148.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-28-1024x506.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-28-768x379.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-28-1536x758.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-28-2048x1011.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-28-1200x593.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2242px) 100vw, 2242px" /></p>
<p><strong>Q Open this device in Live </strong>at Add to Live</p>
<p>□ Set DVR Live mode</p>
<p>&#8216;A<sup>1</sup> Alarm Out</p>
<p>Set as PTZ Device</p>
<p>O Add NVR/DVR Channel</p>
<p><em>f</em> Edit Device ,</p>
<p>, .</p>
<p>Delete Device</p>
<p>föi Open Device Config</p>
<p>71 Open Remote Desktop | Backup Device Config 53 Update Device Firmware O Restart EZ Device Service</p>
<p>^</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="849" height="375" class="wp-image-3481" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-29.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 29" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 183" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-29.jpeg 849w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-29-300x133.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-29-768x339.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 849px) 100vw, 849px" /></p>
<p>Model: AVT Series <strong>(3</strong></p>
<p>3.</p>
<p>Alter device name and update settings</p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>20</p>
<p><strong>ZW/TECH</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>-far Vidlto</em></strong></p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark45"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark46"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark47"></a> Display Layouts</p>
<p>Add to Live</p>
<p>Add devices to the LIVE View Zone.</p>
<p>Choose a needed layout to display your devices ^ Check the needed devices ^ Click</p>
<p>&#8220;Add to Live&#8221; ^ Wait for the images appear</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2186" height="1237" class="wp-image-3482" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-30.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 30" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 184" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-30.jpeg 2186w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-30-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-30-1024x579.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-30-768x435.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-30-1536x869.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-30-2048x1159.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-30-1200x679.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2186px) 100vw, 2186px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2165" height="1237" class="wp-image-3483" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-31.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 31" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 185" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-31.jpeg 2165w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-31-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-31-1024x585.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-31-768x439.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-31-1536x878.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-31-2048x1170.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-31-1200x686.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2165px) 100vw, 2165px" /></p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>21</p>
<p><strong>ZW/TECH</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>-far Vidlto</em></strong></p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark48"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark49"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark50"></a> Display Layouts</p>
<p>Drag a Device</p>
<p>Add devices to the LIVE View Zone.</p>
<p>Choose a needed layout to display your devices ^ Click on a needed device by the left click and drag it to one of the columns ^ Wait for the images appear</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2165" height="1238" class="wp-image-3484" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-32.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 32" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 186" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-32.jpeg 2165w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-32-300x172.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-32-1024x586.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-32-768x439.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-32-1536x878.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-32-2048x1171.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-32-1200x686.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2165px) 100vw, 2165px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2171" height="1235" class="wp-image-3485" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-33.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 33" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 187" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-33.jpeg 2171w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-33-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-33-1024x583.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-33-768x437.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-33-1536x874.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-33-2048x1165.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-33-1200x683.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2171px) 100vw, 2171px" /></p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>22</p>
<p><strong>ZW/TECH</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>-far Vidlto</em></strong></p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark51"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark52"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark53"></a> Display Layouts</p>
<p>Add to Group</p>
<p>Click &#8220;Add to Group&#8221; ^ Enter a name ^ Choose a layout to display ^ Select the needed devices according to the number of layout ^ Click &#8220;OK&#8221; ^ Double-click the group to open it</p>
<p><strong>D AVTECH CMS Lite &#8211; O</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1081" height="803" class="wp-image-3486" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-34.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 34" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 188" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-34.jpeg 1081w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-34-300x223.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-34-1024x761.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-34-768x570.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1081px) 100vw, 1081px" /></p>
<p><strong><em>^</em></strong> Video Group</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2236" height="1236" class="wp-image-3487" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-35.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 35" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 189" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-35.jpeg 2236w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-35-300x166.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-35-1024x566.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-35-768x425.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-35-1536x849.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-35-2048x1132.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-35-1200x663.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2236px) 100vw, 2236px" /></p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>23</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2244" height="1217" class="wp-image-3488" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-36.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 36" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 190" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-36.jpeg 2244w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-36-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-36-1024x555.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-36-768x417.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-36-1536x833.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-36-2048x1111.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-36-1200x651.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2244px) 100vw, 2244px" /></p>
<p><strong>ZW/TECH</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>-far Vidlto</em></strong></p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark54"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark55"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark56"></a> PTZ Control Panel</p>
<p>Supporting the device which equipped with PTZ function.</p>
<p>If inactivate, by clicking right click on a needed device ^ Click &#8220;Set as PTZ Device&#8221;</p>
<p>Q AVTECH CMS Lite</p>
<p>Enlarge picture by<br />
double-click it</p>
<p><strong>I CH: 1. Device-164 Time:2021/11/18 16:39:01 FR:9.I</strong></p>
<p><strong>Open this device in Live</strong></p>
<p>1</p>
<p>Add to Live</p>
<p>Alarm Out</p>
<p>Add NVR/DVR Channel</p>
<p>Edit Device</p>
<p>Suhstream Setting</p>
<p>Delete Device</p>
<p>Open Device Config</p>
<p>Open Remote Desktop</p>
<p>PTZ not supported</p>
<p>Backup Device Config</p>
<p>Update Device Firmware</p>
<p>Restart EZ Device Service</p>
<p><strong>A/TECH </strong>CMS Lite</p>
<p>Set DVR Live mode</p>
<p>2</p>
<p>Layout: 9 channel(s) &#8211; Page 1</p>
<p><s>CH T,3..992,,1,1,9,939:9. »39.</s></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="536" height="1308" class="wp-image-3489" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-37.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 37" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 191" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-37.jpeg 536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-37-123x300.jpeg 123w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-37-420x1024.jpeg 420w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 536px) 100vw, 536px" /></p>
<p>Device Name (If unavailable, it wil show &#8220;PTZ Inactive&#8221;)</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Function</td>
<td>Icon</td>
<td>Description</td>
<td>Function</td>
<td>H</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hotpoint</td>
<td>1 + 1</p>
<p>| <sup>L</sup>&#8211;<sup>L</sup>* |</td>
<td>Click to the position</td>
<td>Zoom In</td>
<td>|~ö~|</td>
<td>Pull-in picture</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>DPTZ</td>
<td>□</td>
<td>Partial enlarge</td>
<td>Zoom Out</td>
<td>□</td>
<td>Pull-out picture</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Focus In</td>
<td>□</td>
<td>Adjust definition</td>
<td>Zoom In Max</td>
<td>□</td>
<td>Pull-in picture to maximum</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Focus Out</td>
<td>□</td>
<td>Adjust definition</td>
<td>Zoom Out Max</td>
<td>□</td>
<td>Pull-out picture to maximum</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Autofocus</td>
<td>□</td>
<td>Auto-adjust definition</td>
<td>Auto Track</td>
<td></td>
<td>Auto-adjust picture</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>24</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2232" height="1205" class="wp-image-3490" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-38.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 38" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 192" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-38.jpeg 2232w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-38-300x162.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-38-1024x553.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-38-768x415.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-38-1536x829.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-38-2048x1106.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-38-1200x648.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2232px) 100vw, 2232px" /></p>
<p><strong>ZW/TECH</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>-far Vidlto</em></strong></p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark57"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark58"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark59"></a> Record</p>
<p>Local Disk Overwrite and Edge Record</p>
<p>Before start recording, please setup local disk overwrite, edge record, and other record</p>
<p>related settings.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2203" height="1212" class="wp-image-3491" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-39.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 39" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 193" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-39.jpeg 2203w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-39-300x165.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-39-1024x563.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-39-768x423.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-39-1536x845.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-39-2048x1127.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-39-1200x660.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2203px) 100vw, 2203px" /></p>
<p>1. Setup overwrite can erase the older record data automatically when out of space.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3452-bookmark60"></a> Setup edge record can get the missing date automatically back to the CMS system.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1526" height="1066" class="wp-image-3492" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-40.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 40" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 194" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-40.jpeg 1526w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-40-300x210.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-40-1024x715.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-40-768x536.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-40-1200x838.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1526px) 100vw, 1526px" /></p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>25</p>
<p><strong>ZW/TECH</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>-far Vidlto</em></strong></p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark61"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark62"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark63"></a> Record</p>
<p>Adjust Setting to the Individuals</p>
<p>Record stream, additional setting and mode can be set individually to a single device.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2209" height="1221" class="wp-image-3493" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-41.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 41" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 195" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-41.jpeg 2209w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-41-300x166.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-41-1024x566.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-41-768x425.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-41-1536x849.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-41-2048x1132.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-41-1200x663.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2209px) 100vw, 2209px" /></p>
<p>Additional Setting</p>
<p><strong><em>^</em></strong> Additional Setting &#8211; Trigger Check the trigger rules and choose the duration time. Any event occurs, it will show on Event Playback.</p>
<p>Trigger</p>
<p>T Motion T Alarm</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="131" height="47" class="wp-image-3494" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-42.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 42" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 196"></p>
<p>Duration: 10 v</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1110" height="705" class="wp-image-3495" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-43.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 43" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 197" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-43.jpeg 1110w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-43-300x191.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-43-1024x650.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-43-768x488.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1110px) 100vw, 1110px" /></p>
<p>^ Record Stream and Mode</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3452-bookmark64"></a> Manual Record: Preset mode to all the<br />
devices, all day recording.</li>
<li><a id="post-3452-bookmark65"></a> Event Record: Automatically start<br />
recording when event detects. Custom the<br />
pre-alarm and post-alarm time.</li>
<li><a id="post-3452-bookmark66"></a> Timer Record: Reserve to start<br />
recording can assign to the selected time.<br />
Mark it on the timetable.</li>
</ol>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>26</p>
<p><strong>ZW/TECH</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>-far Vidlto</em></strong></p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark67"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark68"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark69"></a> Record</p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark70"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark71"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark72"></a> Folder Location</p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark73"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark74"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark75"></a> Record data can be saved not only to the appointed folder that setup at the local disk but also save to the separate folder to manage.</p>
<p><strong>O </strong>CMS Record Setting</p>
<p><strong>AVTECH </strong>Record Setting</p>
<p>Setting up Device-163</p>
<p>Device List</p>
<p>Stream</p>
<p>Additional Setting</p>
<p><strong>Streaming URL</strong></p>
<p><strong>Event Snapshot</strong></p>
<p>Trigger</p>
<p><strong>Single Channel</strong></p>
<p>/live/video_audio/profile1</p>
<p>T PIR</p>
<p>/I ive/video_audio/ profi Ie2</p>
<p>Folder Group:</p>
<p>Stream</p>
<p>Stream</p>
<p>• Manual Record</p>
<p>Pre-Alarm (sec):</p>
<p>Post-Alarm (sec):</p>
<p>© Timer Record:</p>
<p>snapshot Folder Location</p>
<p>o</p>
<p><strong>Folder Group</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Folder Group List</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>0 (2) E:\4.0 0.1\</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device-163 Delete</p>
<p>Device-164</td>
<td>0 •</p>
<p>0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>(133) CARecord\</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Device-213</p>
<p>Device-11</p>
<p>Device-11_1</p>
<p>Device-11_2</p>
<p>Device-11_3</p>
<p>Device-11_4</p>
<p>Device-11_5</p>
<p>Device-11_6</p>
<p>^ Folder Group List Check on the devices of the local disk, and the device can also be deleted from here.</p>
<p>Footnotes: The deleted device will be automatically moved to<br />
the default location.</p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>27</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2194" height="1205" class="wp-image-3496" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-44.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 44" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 198" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-44.jpeg 2194w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-44-300x165.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-44-1024x562.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-44-768x422.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-44-1536x844.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-44-2048x1125.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-44-1200x659.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2194px) 100vw, 2194px" /></p>
<p><strong>ZW/TECH</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>~Lnnovorh&#8217;an -far Vidlto</em></strong></p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark76"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark77"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark78"></a> Record</p>
<p>Start, Stop Record</p>
<p><strong>Start recording.</strong></p>
<p>Check the needed devices ^ Click &#8220;Start Recording&#8221; then click &#8220;Start recording selected devices&#8221; ^ Wait for the red record signals appear</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2246" height="1076" class="wp-image-3497" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-45.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 45" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 199" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-45.jpeg 2246w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-45-300x144.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-45-1024x491.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-45-768x368.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-45-1536x736.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-45-2048x981.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-45-1200x575.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2246px) 100vw, 2246px" /></p>
<p><strong>Stop recording.</strong></p>
<p>Check the needed devices ^ Click &#8220;Stop Recording&#8221; ^ Wait for the red record signals disappear</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2242" height="1065" class="wp-image-3498" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-46.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 46" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 200" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-46.jpeg 2242w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-46-300x143.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-46-1024x486.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-46-768x365.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-46-1536x730.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-46-2048x973.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-46-1200x570.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2242px) 100vw, 2242px" /></p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>28</p>
<p><strong>ZW/TECH</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>-far</em></strong></p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark79"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark80"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark81"></a> Playback</p>
<p>Device Playback</p>
<p>Playback the record date from the device.</p>
<p>&#8220;Advanced Function&#8221; from the main control panel ^ Click &#8220;Device Playback&#8221; ^ Choose a type of date selector (List, Calendar or Allinone) on the needed device</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>9 Device Playback</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>-ax</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="4"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Address Name</td>
<td colspan="4"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1 10.1.1.163:88 Device-163 List Calendar</td>
<td colspan="4"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="5">1 10.1.1.213:88 Device-213 üst Calendar</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■3 192168.10.11:80 Device-11 Ust Calendar Allinone 1</td>
<td colspan="4"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1 192168.10.11:80 Device-11_1 Ust Calendar</td>
<td colspan="4">-w—• -w • <sup>—</sup>—</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1 192168.10.11:80 Device-11_2 Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
<td>Device List</td>
<td>Date Selector</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1 192168.10.11:80 Device-11_3 List Calendar</td>
<td colspan="4"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1 192168.10.11:80 Device-11_4 Ust TMendar</p>
<p>1 192168.10.11:80 Device-11_5 Ust Calendar 1</td>
<td></td>
<td>Annrprr Mamp</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>rAUUlCjj 1&#8217;401 iic</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1 192168.10.11:80 Device-11_6 Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">1 192168.10.11:80 Device-11_7 Ust Calendar 1</td>
<td></td>
<td>I 1 C*t* f apnnar</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>1 V. 1. 1 . 1 UO.OO L/C Vive 1 Uj</td>
<td>Idol volet KJai</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">■ 192168.10.11:80 Device-11_8 Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1 192168.10.11:80 Device-11_9 Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1 192168.10.11:80 Device-11_10 Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
<td>10.1.1.Z13.88 üevıce-213</td>
<td>Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1 192168.10.11:80 Device-11_11 Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1 192168.10.11:80 Device-11_12 Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
<td>192168.10.11:80 Device-11</td>
<td>Ust Calendar Allinone</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1 192168.10.11:80 Device-11_13 Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1 192168.10.11:80 Device-11_14 Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
<td>192168.10.11:80 Device-11_1</td>
<td>Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1 192168.10.11:80 Device-11_15 Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>, It</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1 192168.10.11:80 Device-11_16 Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
<td>19216810.11:80 Device-11.2</td>
<td>Ust Calenda^X</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□ igsjâyoiiaOlJeYİKd^^ LjstCfllfindnrAllinpne 1</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192168.10.13:80 Device-13_1 Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
<td>192168.10.11:80 Device-11_3</td>
<td>Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">192168.10.13:80 Device-13_2 Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">192168.10.13:80 Device-13_3 Ust Calendar</td>
<td>19216810.11:80 Device-11_4</td>
<td>Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">192168.10.13:80 Device-13.4 Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">192168.10.13:80 Device-13_5 Ust Calendar</td>
<td>192168 101180 Device-11 5</td>
<td>1 i^t C^lpnnar</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>1 1 V/KJ. 1 KJ. 1 1 AJV V/V VIVC 1 1 -J</td>
<td>Lljl VtJIVIIKJul</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192168.10.13:80 Device-13_6 Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">192168.10.13:80 Device-13_7 Ust Calendar</td>
<td>1Q? 10 11 flfl 1 6</td>
<td>1 i c*t* 1 Apnri^r</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>1 2/2__ 1 UO- 1 KJ- 1 1 .Okj L/CVILC 1 1 KJ</td>
<td>I—IjL VOICIlUOf</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192168.10.13:80 Device-13_8 Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192168.10.13:80 Device-13_9 Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>a a <em>c</em> a <em>r\</em> a a nrt * a a **7</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">192168.10.13:80 Device-13_10 Ust Calendar</td>
<td>192.168.10.11:80 Device-11_7</td>
<td>Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">192168.10.13:80 Device-13_11 Ust Calendar</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="5">192168.10.13:80 Device-13_12 Ust Calendar</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="5">192168.10.13:80 Device-13_13 Ust Calendar</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="5">192168.10.13:80 Device-13_14 Ust Calendar</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="5">192168.10.13:80 Device-13_15 Ust Calendar</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="5">192168.10.13:80 Device-13_16 Ust Calendar</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="5">192168.10.13:80 Device-13_17 Ust Calendar</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="5">192168.10.13:80 Device-13_18 Ust Calendar</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="5">192168.10.13:80 Device-13_19 Ust Calendar</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="5">Backup list</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>CH.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>4</p>
<p>Sun</td>
<td>Mon</td>
<td>Tue</td>
<td>2021/12</p>
<p>Wed</td>
<td>Thu</td>
<td>Fri</td>
<td>►</p>
<p>Sat</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>01</td>
<td>02</td>
<td>03</td>
<td>04</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>05</td>
<td>06</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>1.</td>
<td colspan="3">Choose a date</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3">2. Movable Timeline</td>
<td>5</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>2021/12/07 00:00 Hour Z&#8221;|</p>
<p><strong>^ </strong>Calendar</p>
<p>Choose a date to playback ^ Click</p>
<p>&#8220;Play&#8221; to open playback window</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1126" height="262" class="wp-image-3499" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-47.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 47" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 201" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-47.jpeg 1126w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-47-300x70.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-47-1024x238.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-47-768x179.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1126px) 100vw, 1126px" /></p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>29</p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark82"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark83"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark84"></a> Playback</p>
<p>Device Playback</p>
<p><strong>^ </strong>Allinone</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Choose a date ^ Click &#8220;Play&#8221; to open the whole channels window of NVR or DVR</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2236" height="1248" class="wp-image-3501" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-49.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 49" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 202" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-49.jpeg 2236w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-49-300x167.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-49-1024x572.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-49-768x429.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-49-1536x857.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-49-2048x1143.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-49-1200x670.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2236px) 100vw, 2236px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2236" height="1111" class="wp-image-3502" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-50.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 50" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 203" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-50.jpeg 2236w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-50-300x149.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-50-1024x509.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-50-768x382.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-50-1536x763.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-50-2048x1018.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-50-1200x596.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2236px) 100vw, 2236px" /></p>
<p>Return to the calendar</p>
<p>Backup</p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>30</p>
<p><strong>ZW/TECH</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>-far</em></strong></p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark85"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark86"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark87"></a> Playback</p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark88"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark89"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark90"></a> Recording Playback</p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark88"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark89"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark91"></a> Playback record data.</p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark92"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark93"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark94"></a> &#8220;Advanced Function&#8221; from the main control panel ^ Click &#8220;Recording Playback&#8221; ^ Choose a type of date selector (List or Calendar) on the needed device</p>
<p>O Recording Playback</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>10.1.1.164:88</td>
<td>Device-164</td>
<td>List</td>
<td>Calendai</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>10.1.1.163:88</td>
<td>Device-163</td>
<td>List</td>
<td>Calendai</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>10.1.1.213:88</td>
<td>Device-213</td>
<td>List</td>
<td>Calendai</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192168.10.11:80</td>
<td>Device-11_1</td>
<td>List</td>
<td>Calendai</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192168.10.11:80</td>
<td>Device-11_5</td>
<td>List</td>
<td>Calendai</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192168.10.100:80</td>
<td>Device-100.1</td>
<td>Uj£t__</td>
<td>Calendai</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192168.10.100:80</td>
<td>Device-100.2</td>
<td>List</td>
<td>~Calenda</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192168.10.100:80</td>
<td>Device-100.3</td>
<td>List</td>
<td>Calendai</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192168.10.14:80</td>
<td>Device-14_2</td>
<td>List</td>
<td>Calendai</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192168.10.14:80</td>
<td>Device-14_4</td>
<td>List</td>
<td>Calendai</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192168.10.13:80</td>
<td>Device-13_5</td>
<td>List</td>
<td>Calendai</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192168.10.13:80</td>
<td>Device-133</td>
<td>List</td>
<td>Calendai</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192168.10.13:80</td>
<td>Device-13_1</td>
<td>List</td>
<td>Calendai</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Address</td>
<td>Name</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>10.1.1.164:88</td>
<td>Device-164</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>10.1.1.163:88</td>
<td>Device-163</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>10.1.1.213:88</td>
<td>Device-213</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192.168.10.11:80</td>
<td>Device-11.1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192.168.10.11:80</td>
<td>Device-11_5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192.168.10.100:80</td>
<td>Device-100.1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192.168.10.100:80</td>
<td>Device-100.2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192.168.10.100:80</td>
<td>Device-100_3</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>CH.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>4</p>
<p>Sun</td>
<td>Mon</td>
<td>Tue</td>
<td>2021/12</p>
<p>Wed</td>
<td>Thu</td>
<td>Fri</td>
<td>►</p>
<p>Sat</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>01</td>
<td>02</td>
<td>03</td>
<td>04</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>05</td>
<td>06</td>
<td>KS</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>1.</td>
<td colspan="3">Choose a date</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3">2. Movable Timelint</td>
<td>5</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark95"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark96"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark97"></a><strong>^ </strong>Calendar</p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark95"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark96"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark98"></a> Choose a date to playback ^ Click</p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark95"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark96"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark99"></a> &#8220;Play&#8221; to open playback window</p>
<p>2021/12/07 00:00 Hour Z&#8221;|</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1126" height="262" class="wp-image-3503" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-51.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 51" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 204" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-51.jpeg 1126w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-51-300x70.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-51-1024x238.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-51-768x179.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1126px) 100vw, 1126px" /></p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>31</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2244" height="1225" class="wp-image-3504" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-52.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 52" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 205" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-52.jpeg 2244w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-52-300x164.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-52-1024x559.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-52-768x419.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-52-1536x839.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-52-2048x1118.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-52-1200x655.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2244px) 100vw, 2244px" /></p>
<p><strong>ZW/TECH</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>-far Vîdlto</em></strong></p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark100"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark101"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark102"></a> Video Backup</p>
<p>Backup for Device</p>
<p>From the Device Funtion on the Main Control Panel, click &#8220;Device Playback&#8221; ^ Click &#8220;Backup&#8221; on the calendar to open the windows ^ Setup the date and time ^ Choose a resolution and format for the video then click &#8221;Backup&#8221; and save the file to the customize location ^ After clicking &#8220;Confirm&#8221; it will display process in the Backup List</p>
<p><strong>^ </strong>Backup Windows</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2097" height="766" class="wp-image-3505" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-53.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 53" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 206" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-53.jpeg 2097w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-53-300x110.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-53-1024x374.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-53-768x281.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-53-1536x561.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-53-2048x748.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-53-1200x438.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2097px) 100vw, 2097px" /></p>
<p><strong>^ </strong>Backup List</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2056" height="723" class="wp-image-3506" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-54.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 54" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 207" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-54.jpeg 2056w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-54-300x105.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-54-1024x360.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-54-768x270.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-54-1536x540.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-54-2048x720.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-54-1200x422.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2056px) 100vw, 2056px" /></p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>32</p>
<p><strong>ZW/TECH</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>-far Vîdlto</em></strong></p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark103"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark104"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark105"></a> Video Backup</p>
<p>Backup for Recording</p>
<p>Check the needed device that has activated record ^ Click &#8220;Backup Recording&#8221; from the</p>
<p>main control panel Advanced Function ^ Adjust backup time ^ Choose a folder to save</p>
<p>the record data</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2297" height="1249" class="wp-image-3507" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-55.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 55" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 208" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-55.jpeg 2297w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-55-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-55-1024x557.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-55-768x418.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-55-1536x835.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-55-2048x1114.jpeg 2048w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-55-1200x653.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2297px) 100vw, 2297px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1106" height="932" class="wp-image-3508" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-56.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 56" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 209" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-56.jpeg 1106w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-56-300x253.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-56-1024x863.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-56-768x647.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1106px) 100vw, 1106px" /></p>
<p>Footnotes: It could also backup from the Recording Playback, click &#8221;Backup&#8221; from the</p>
<p>calendar to execute.</p>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>33</p>
<p><strong>ZW/TECH</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>-far Vidlto</em></strong></p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark106"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark107"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark108"></a> System Configuration</p>
<p>General Settings</p>
<p>Click &#8220;System Configuration&#8221; from the main control panel which provides with the</p>
<p>information, general and other advanced setting for CMS.</p>
<p>System General Functions</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2016" height="1472" class="wp-image-3509" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-57.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 57" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 210" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-57.jpeg 2016w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-57-300x219.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-57-1024x748.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-57-768x561.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-57-1536x1122.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-57-1200x876.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2016px) 100vw, 2016px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Function</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Path</td>
<td>File saving path (Snapshot / Video Backup)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Start-up and Exit</td>
<td>System startup and shut down</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Information</td>
<td>The limitation for live and record</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Client Mode</td>
<td>Alter data source for CMS</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>AVTECH CMS Lite Quick Guide</p>
<p>34</p>
<p><strong>ZW/TECH</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>-far Vidlto</em></strong></p>
<p><a id="post-3452-bookmark109"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark110"></a><a id="post-3452-bookmark111"></a> System Configuration</p>
<p>Advanced and Other Settings</p>
<p><em>^</em> System Advanced Functions</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1627" height="667" class="wp-image-3510" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-58.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 58" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 211" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-58.jpeg 1627w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-58-300x123.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-58-1024x420.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-58-768x315.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-58-1536x630.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-58-1200x492.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1627px) 100vw, 1627px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Function</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Schedule</td>
<td>Restart setting for the CMS</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Media Server</td>
<td>Server for instant live</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Software Decoding</td>
<td>Decoding setting for instant live</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>^ </strong>System Other Functions</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1633" height="764" class="wp-image-3511" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-59.jpeg" alt="word image 3452 59" title="AVTECH CMS LITE Installation Guide 212" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-59.jpeg 1633w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-59-300x140.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-59-1024x479.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-59-768x359.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-59-1536x719.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3452-59-1200x561.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1633px) 100vw, 1633px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Function</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Backup</td>
<td>Backup location and frequency</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/avtech-cms-lite-installation-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>FLIR United VMS Installation Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/flir-united-vms-installation-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/flir-united-vms-installation-guide/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sat, 08 Jul 2023 06:49:38 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Access Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[administrator]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CCTV]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Encoding]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[live video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network Video Recorder]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Panoramic cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Quick Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[set up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Time Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video player]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[web browser]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=2450</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[FLIR United VMS Installation Guide,FLIR United VMS delivers best-in-class video management that can grow with your security needs—from a single ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/flir-united-vms-installation-guide/#more-2450" aria-label="Read more about FLIR United VMS Installation Guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>FLIR United VMS Installation Guide,<a href="https://www.flir.com/security/united-vms/" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener noreferrer">FLIR United VMS</a> delivers best-in-class video management that can grow with your security needs—from a single location to multiple sites around the world. United VMS is a family of products including Latitude software, and Horizon and Meridian network video recorders—built on common core components. Users can monitor any number of devices sharing the same familiar user-interface, enhancing operational efficiency and improving ROI.</p>
<p>Flexible integration capabilities facilitate custom add-ons such as Radar Integration, Condition Monitoring, and Face Redaction. The Health Monitor tool proactively monitors the system and alerts security personnel to issues before downtime occurs. United VMS allows you to securely access video assets and receive event alerts anywhere, any time using dedicated workstations and the UVMS Web Client for fixed and mobile devices.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark109"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark110"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark112"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark107"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark108"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark111"></a> Getting Started
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark117"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark118"></a><strong>Version 9.2.3 Quick Guide to Control Center Skin Changes</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p>Upon Startup, or when you re-populate your layout at any time, go to the <strong>View </strong>menu, and use the drop-down menu to choose options in the Default Layout, Viewing Modes, Content Panes, and Full Screen drop-down menus.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="931" height="541" class="wp-image-2451" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-1.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 1" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 440" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-1.jpeg 931w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-1-300x174.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-1-768x446.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 931px) 100vw, 931px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="466" height="267" class="wp-image-2452" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-2.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 2" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 441" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-2.jpeg 466w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-2-300x172.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 466px) 100vw, 466px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="466" height="280" class="wp-image-2453" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-3.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 3" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 442" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-3.jpeg 466w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-3-300x180.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 466px) 100vw, 466px" /></p>
<p><strong>How the Panes and Tabs are positioned</strong></p>
<p><strong>Where did they go?</strong></p>
<p><strong>UVMS 8x</strong></p>
<p><strong>UVMS 9</strong></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark157"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark155"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark156"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark158"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark154"></a> Control Center</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="967" height="620" class="wp-image-2454" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-4.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 4" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 443" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-4.jpeg 967w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-4-300x192.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-4-768x492.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 967px) 100vw, 967px" /></p>
<p><em>Fig 1 &#8211; Control Center General View</em></p>
<h2>FLIR United VMS Installation Guide</h2>
<p>Read More :</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/installation-guide/2373/hip2p-client-setup-manual/">HIP2P Client Setup Manual</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/2228/vast-security-station-complete-guide/">VAST Security Station complete guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/1879/night-owl-x-cms-installation-setup/">Night Owl X CMS Installation Setup</a></li>
</ul>
<p>The <strong>Control Center </strong>provides users with a highly customizable platform for viewing live and recorded video.</p>
<p><strong>Features include</strong>:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark159"></a> Each Control Center enables the user to view up to sixteen live and archived video sources per monitor, with multiple monitors supported on each workstation.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark160"></a> Full control of content playback with powerful time line controls.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark161"></a> Powerful query capability to assist in locating specific content or identifying recordings associated with motion events.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark162"></a> Monitor and manage alarms.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark163"></a> With proper hardware and encoders (or IP cameras) video can be viewed at full motion (30 fps NTSC, 25 fps PAL) 4CIF quality.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark164"></a> Detailed Help information on all facets of the system.</li>
</ul>
<p>Click<a href="#post-2450-bookmark179"> here</a> to view details of how to use the Help features.</p>
<p><strong>Other major application features include:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark165"></a> Audio and video independence. Audio inputs and outputs are no longer tied to a video source. The relationship between the two types of media in the system has been transformed from one-to-one to many-to-many, giving users the ability to mix audio sources and link any combination of such sources to multiple camera scenes.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark166"></a> Sequences and Layout tours allowing multiple scenes to be displayed in predefined sequences and for defined durations.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark167"></a> PTZ Control and Digital Zoom &#8211; integrated into a single intuitive interface, which enables users to easily take advantage of the best available tool without having to switch windows. Digital and analog PTZ functions can also be controlled directly from the tile using a mouse with a scroll-wheel.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark168"></a> Multiple-source bookmarking. Bookmarks are now augmented by incidents, a powerful feature that enables users to associate multiple media sources to a single occurrence simply by highlighting multiple tiles prior to clicking the bookmark button. The set of bookmarks created this way constitutes a single incident.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark169"></a> Full alarm management capabilities.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark170"></a> Inter maps. Multiple maps and web pages can now be placed in each site.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark171"></a> Instant replays with or without alternative content arming. The user can choose to allow instant replay of the buffered video either in the next available tile or only in armed tiles specified for alternative content. Alternative content tile arming is similar to alarm arming but used for instant replays. This enables users to determine in advance where and how the alternative content is displayed.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark172"></a> Workspace customization. The location and size of all workspace areas other than the Application Menu can be modified.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark173"></a> Simplified and enhanced navigation. All logical entities are now shown in a single Navigation Tree.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark177"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark175"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark176"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark178"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark174"></a> About This File</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Welcome to the UVMS 9.2.3 Control Center Help File.</p>
<p>Version 9.2.3 Build 1111</p>
<p>WindowBlinds: DirectSkin™ Stardock®</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark182"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark180"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark181"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark183"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark179"></a> Using Help in Control Center</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Access the Help file</strong></p>
<p>Click on Help in the Main menu bar to access the Help button.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="341" height="103" class="wp-image-2455" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-5.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 5" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 444" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-5.jpeg 341w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-5-300x91.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 341px) 100vw, 341px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark187"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark185"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark186"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark188"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark184"></a> Command Line Login</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The Control Center is normally loaded on the local machine when you click on the Control Center icon.</p>
<p>When the Control Center does not have a dedicated operator (example, where it operates purely as a display manager), it may be convenient to start the application and log in using the Command line.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark189"></a> The processes described do not work if the Control Center is already running on the workstation.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark190"></a> Each of the following instances refers to a NEW installation. For systems that have been upgraded from previous versions, the file path begins:</li>
</ul>
<p>C:\Program Files (x86)\DVTEL&#8230;</p>
<p><strong>Single Directory Control Center Log On</strong></p>
<p>This procedure describes single directory Control Center log on syntax.</p>
<p><strong>Do the following:</strong></p>
<p>• From the Command Prompt, enter the following:</p>
<p>&#8220;C:\Program Files\FLIR\&lt;%SOFTWAREPREFIX%&gt;\ControlCenter\ControlCenter.exe&#8221; -u=&#8221;admin&#8221; -p=&#8221;password&#8221; -s=&#8221;server-address&#8221;</p>
<p>Command Line Login</p>
<p><strong>Multiple Directories Control Center Log On</strong></p>
<p>This procedure describes multiple directory Control Center log on syntax.</p>
<p>Where multiple directories are needed, use the Command Prompt to enter all the addresses of all the required servers:</p>
<p><strong>Do the following:</strong></p>
<p>• From the Command Prompt, enter the following:</p>
<p>&#8220;C:\Program Files\FLIR\&lt;%SOFTWAREPREFIX%&gt;\ControlCenter\ControlCenter.exe&#8221; -u=&#8221;admin&#8221; -p=&#8221;password&#8221; -s=&#8221;server-address1 server-address2 server-address3 <strong>&lt;RESULT?&gt;</strong></p>
<p><strong>Automatically Run Activities after Log On using Command</strong></p>
<p><strong>Line</strong></p>
<p>This procedure describes how to run a command to open Control Center upon computer start. You create a task in the Task Scheduler, set a trigger, and create an action with arguments, and save the task.</p>
<p><strong>Follow these steps:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark191"></a> From the UVMS 9.2.3 open <strong>Task Scheduler</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark192"></a> Create a Task:</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark193"></a> Enter a task name, navigate to <strong>Triggers</strong>, and create a new Trigger</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark194"></a> Choose Begin the task “<strong>At startup</strong>” or “<strong>At log on</strong>”</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark195"></a> (Optional and recommended) &#8211; Mark “<strong>Delay task for 1 minute</strong>” &#8211; so the computer can get ready after startup</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark196"></a> Click <strong>OK </strong>to save the trigger).</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark197"></a> Set Actions:</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark198"></a> Navigate to <strong>Actions</strong>, create a new action, and choose the <strong>Start a program </strong>option action.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark199"></a> Enter the <strong>ControlCenter.exe </strong>path: (example)</li>
</ol>
<p>C:\Program Files (x86)\&lt;%SOFTWAREPREFIX%&gt;\ControlCenter\ControlCenter.exe</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark201"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark200"></a> Add arguments:</li>
</ol>
<p>-u = &#8220;Username&#8221; -p=&#8221;Password&#8221; -s = &#8220;Server1 Server2 Server3” (or substitute &#8220;Encrypted Password&#8221; &#8211; See below)</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark202"></a> For a pop-up regarding the text in the arguments, select the <strong>No </strong>option.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark203"></a> Click <strong>OK </strong>to save the Action, and then click <strong>OK </strong>to saves the Task.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Log On via the Command Line using Encrypted Password</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="45" class="wp-image-2456" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-6.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 6" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 445"> When using Command Line Log On, the process text and arguments are readable to any operator of the target Control Center machine. To prevent exposing the normal User password, it is recommended to encrypt a password.</p>
<p><strong>Cautio n</strong></p>
<p><strong>Follow these steps:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark204"></a> From the Command Prompt, enter the following commands:</li>
</ol>
<p>cd C:\Program Files\FLIR\&lt;%SOFTWAREPREFIX%&gt;\Tools\PasswordEncryptor</p>
<p>and then:</p>
<p>[Application folder].PasswordEncryptor.exe Password</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark205"></a> Navigate to the following directory:</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>C:\Program Files\FLIR\ [Application folder] \Tools\PasswordEncryptor</strong></p>
<p>The file &#8220;<strong>encrypted.txt</strong>” contains your encrypted password</p>
<p><strong>Use Encrypted Password</strong></p>
<p>In the<a href="#post-2450-bookmark200"> Startup arguments </a>above, use the text in the <strong>encrypted.txt </strong>file as the password in the Password argument.</p>
<p>This password text only works for the Command Line Log On. When an operator tries to use this encrypted password to gain regular access to a client workstation through the Login screen, it is not accepted.</p>
<p><strong>Command Line Log On Layout Selection</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark206"></a> These processes have been created as part of the Multi-Directory Tools which enable the user to define and run Activities on a Control Center that is started using the Command Line.</p>
<p>The document <strong>&#8220;Multi-Directory Tools &#8211; User Manual &#8221; </strong>describes this feature.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark209"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark207"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark208"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark210"></a> Control Center Multi Factor Authentication (MFA)</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>For Multi Factor Authentication (MFA), enter the verification code to complete log in.</p>
<p>When Multi Factor Authentication is enabled in the Admin Center, you must</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark214"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark212"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark213"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark215"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark211"></a> Workspace</li>
</ol>
<p>One of the major Control Center features is that the user can customize the most of the workspace. Only the menu area at the top of the screen is static &#8212; every other pane can be moved or hidden. The example below shows a typical layout:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="966" height="623" class="wp-image-2457" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-7.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 7" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 446" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-7.jpeg 966w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-7-300x193.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-7-768x495.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 966px) 100vw, 966px" /></p>
<p><em>Fig 2 &#8211; Control Center General View</em></p>
<p>The following links provide detailed information on the main components in the Control Center screen:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark216"></a><strong>Menu Area </strong>&#8211; Presents these menus: File, View, Tools, Favorites, Help.</li>
<li><strong>Viewing Pane </strong>&#8211; Displays cameras, sequences, alarms, maps, instant replays and archived video clips. It is also used to receive and transmit audio. The <strong>Layout </strong>tabs, located at the top of the pane, enable the user to access the different available layouts.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark218"></a><strong>Navigation Pane</strong> &#8211; Browse for logical system entities and display or play them in the <strong>Viewing Pane</strong>, or through external output devices (i.e. analog monitors and speakers). The following panes can be displayed below the <strong>Navigation Pane </strong>(or can replace it): o <strong>PTZ Pane</strong> &#8211; Control PTZ cameras/domes and digital zoom.</li>
</ul>
<p>o <strong>Query Pane </strong>&#8211; Search for archived scenes based on a scene; date and time; and recording trigger.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Workspace Pane</strong>: This area can contain any of the panes below (but only one at a time):</li>
</ul>
<p>o <strong>Alarm Pane </strong>&#8211; Trigger and manage alarms.</p>
<p>o <strong>Events Pane </strong>&#8211; Display events the user has been configured to receive o <strong>Timeline</strong> &#8211; Displays the active viewing tile&#8217;s time line and can be used to quickly browse through a video or audio clip, and export a partial or whole video clip.</p>
<p>o <strong>Query Results</strong> &#8211; Displays query results and enables users to review them in the <strong>Viewing Pane </strong>or via analog monitors.</p>
<p>Other panes that can be opened by clicking on their corresponding icon in the Control Center screen are as follows:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Navigation Tree </strong>is used to create new cases, open exported cases and manage them.</li>
<li><strong>Export Status Pane </strong>displays the status of exported clips during their export and after the export is completed and can be used to stop exports.</li>
<li><strong>File Playback Pane </strong>synchronously plays and validates exported clips.</li>
<li><strong>CaseBuilder Query Pane </strong>is used to search for cases based on case name, serial number, the user who created the case or free text.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark227"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark225"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark226"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark228"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark224"></a> Application Menu</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Menu </strong>area (Application Menus) is stasis and its size and position remains unchanged. The Menu area consists of the following menus:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark229"></a><strong>File</strong></li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark230"></a><strong>View</strong></li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark231"></a><strong>Tools</strong></li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark232"></a><strong>Favorites</strong></li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark233"></a><strong>Help</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="849" height="318" class="wp-image-2458" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-8.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 8" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 447" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-8.jpeg 849w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-8-300x112.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-8-768x288.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 849px) 100vw, 849px" /></p>
<p><strong>File</strong></p>
<p>The <strong>File </strong>menu enables users to do the following:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark234"></a> Manage the system (connect or disconnect from the system, and change password)</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark235"></a> Open a DVT file</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark236"></a> Lock Application</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark237"></a> Exit the application</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>View</strong></p>
<p>The <strong>View </strong>menu enables users to do the following:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark238"></a> Show/hide the default audio and video layouts of the viewing pane</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark239"></a> Select pre-set viewing modes</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark240"></a> Choose panes to display (the viewing pane cannot be hidden)</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark241"></a> Enter full screen mode</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark242"></a> To view the contents of the viewing mode section, see <a href="#post-2450-bookmark247">Viewing Mode</a></p>
<p><strong>Tools</strong></p>
<p>The <strong>Tools </strong>menu opens the <strong>Options </strong>window, from which you configure a number of application settings.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="913" height="545" class="wp-image-2459" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-9.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 9" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 448" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-9.jpeg 913w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-9-300x179.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-9-768x458.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 913px) 100vw, 913px" /></p>
<p>To view the contents of the Options dialog box in detail, see<a href="#post-2450-bookmark303"> Options Menu</a>.</p>
<p><strong>Favorites</strong></p>
<p><strong>Favorites </strong>enables the user to create and save additional custom workspace configurations to best suit their security environment and maximize operation efficiency. To view the contents of the viewing mode section, see<a href="#post-2450-bookmark456"> Favorites</a>.</p>
<p><strong>Help</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="552" height="167" class="wp-image-2460" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-10.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 10" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 449" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-10.jpeg 552w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-10-300x91.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 552px) 100vw, 552px" /></p>
<p>The <strong>Help </strong>menu opens the online Help File, and enables the operator to verify if Control Center software updates are available, and to view the information held in the <strong>About </strong>screen.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark244"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark243"></a><strong>Context Menu</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>Right-click on any <strong>Control Center </strong>viewing tile or on the navigation tree to open a <strong>Context menu</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="965" height="622" class="wp-image-2461" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-11.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 11" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 450" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-11.jpeg 965w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-11-300x193.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-11-768x495.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 965px) 100vw, 965px" /></p>
<p>The Context menu varies depending on the contents of the window from which it was opened.</p>
<p>For example &#8211; when watching a Live camera, the context menu displays the <strong>Send to Query </strong>option so the user can search for clips from that camera.</p>
<p>When the user is watching a recording, the context menu removes that option, and displays the <strong>Switch to Live </strong>option.</p>
<p>Show only this tile Take snapshot Print Snapshot Lock tile Spot monitor Full Screen Remove</p>
<p>Show only this tile Take snapshot Print Snapshot Lock tile Spot monitor Full Screen Remove</p>
<p>Go to preset Switch to live</p>
<p>Clear Disarm</p>
<p>Save as preset Go to preset Send To Query</p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark245"></a><em>Context Menu when playing Live</em></p>
<p><em>Context Menu when showing Playback</em></p>
<p>This is a list of all the Context Menu entries.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Context Menu Item</strong></td>
<td><strong>Comments</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Show only this tile/ All tiles</strong></td>
<td>Changes this tile to a single-tile display</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Context Menu Item</strong></td>
<td><strong>Comments</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Take Snapshot</strong></td>
<td>Saves a snapshot of the video from the selected tile in the default export folder defined in the Tools menu. Snapshots are saved as .png files.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Print Snapshot</strong></td>
<td>Prints a snapshot of the video from the selected tile. See<a href="#post-2450-bookmark248"> Print Snapshot</a> <a href="#post-2450-bookmark248">Dialog</a></p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The &#8216;Export&#8217; Privilege must be set in the User/Privileges screen to use this function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Lock/Unlock tile</strong></td>
<td>No other content can replace this until the <strong>Lock Tile </strong>option is deselected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Show my Location</strong></td>
<td>An open GIS map is repositioned to show this camera in the center of the view tile. (Requires that GIS location has been stored for a camera and that you have defined a GIS Map).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Spot monitor</strong></td>
<td>Clicking on Spot Monitor defines this tile to be the destination for any video opened by double-clicking on a camera in the Navigation tree or a clip in the Query list.</p>
<p>The Spot Monitor will also be used when video from a remote Control Center is to be shown.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Only one tile can be set as the Spot Monitor at any one time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Enter/Exit Full Screen</strong></td>
<td>Displays this tile in full-screen mode. Revert by right-clicking again and select the <strong>Exit Full Screen </strong>option, or click the <strong>Esc </strong>keyboard key.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Remove</strong></td>
<td>Clears this tile.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Properties</strong></td>
<td>Extended OSD information that displays or conceals tile statistics in General and Advanced tabs.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The <strong>Properties </strong>option is active only when video content displays in the tile.</p>
<p><strong>General Tab</strong></p>
<p>The following information displays in the <strong>General </strong>tab:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Tile &#8211; </strong>Tile name</li>
<li><strong>Tile logical id &#8211; </strong>Tile assigned logical ID value</li>
<li><strong>Compression &#8211; </strong>Compression type as H264, H265, or MJPEG</li>
<li><strong>Resolution &#8211; </strong>Tile resolution</li>
<li><strong>Frame rate &#8211; </strong>Tile frame display rate</li>
<li><strong>Bit rate &#8211; </strong>Tile bit rate</li>
<li><strong>Zoom level &#8211; </strong>Tile display level</li>
<li><strong>Network type &#8211; </strong>Tile network type</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>This parameter displays the CLIENT stream connection type.</p>
<p><strong>Advanced Tab</strong></p>
<p>The following information displays in the <strong>Advanced </strong>tab:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Archiver name &#8211; </strong>The archiver name</li>
<li><strong>Archiver IP &#8211; </strong>Archiver IP address</li>
<li><strong>Stream source address &#8211; </strong>Stream source address</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Context Menu Item</strong></td>
<td><strong>Comments</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>
<ul>
<li><strong>Adaptive streaming enabled &#8211; </strong>Adaptive streaming status</li>
<li><strong>Adapted streaming resolution &#8211; </strong>Adaptive streaming resolution</li>
<li><strong>Adapted streaming encoder number &#8211; </strong>Adaptive streaming encoding assigned number</li>
<li><strong>Dropped frames &#8211; </strong>Number of detected dropped frames</li>
<li><strong>Dropped packets &#8211; </strong>Number of detected dropped packets</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Switch to Digital/Optical PTZ</strong></td>
<td>PTZ cameras only &#8211; activates digital PTZ functionality, taking current PTZ position as starting point.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Activate/Deactivate Privacy Masking</strong></td>
<td>Allows the operator to remove/replace the Privacy Mask (System Administrator sets whether operator/s have access to this option).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Clear</strong></td>
<td>(ioi units only)</p>
<p>Clears the current state of the ioi camera.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Save as preset</strong></td>
<td>If the user has used the in-pane controls to change the view in a viewing tile, the resulting view can be saved as a<a href="#post-2450-bookmark748"> digital preset</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Go to preset</strong></td>
<td>If <a href="#post-2450-bookmark748">digital presets </a>have been saved for the camera being displayed in this viewing pane, the user can select them by clicking on Go to preset, and then selecting the required view.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Adaptive Streaming</strong></td>
<td>Activate/Deactivate Adaptive Streaming (saves bandwidth when displaying video in smaller tiles) (Only for supported devices).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Send to Query</strong></td>
<td>Sets the selected unit as a filter in the Query pane so that all recordings from that unit can be selected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Switch to Live</strong></td>
<td>Changes contents of the tile from Recorded content to the live view of the same camera.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong>: For regular playback &#8211; not available when playback is Synchronized, Thumbnail mode, or triggered by an Alarm.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Start/Stop Manual record</strong></td>
<td>Only in Nav. Tile menu &#8211; same function as clicking the Record button in a camera tile.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Display</strong></td>
<td>Only in Nav. Tree menu &#8211; Displays video from this camera in the next available tile.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Instant Replay</strong></td>
<td>Only in Nav. Tree menu &#8211; Starts replay of Manual recording in next available tile that is armed to show replays.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Analytics-Related Context Menu Entries</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Context Menu Item</strong></td>
<td><strong>Comments</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Batch Arm/Disarm</strong></td>
<td><strong>(Shown in the Context Menu when the System is selected in the Navigation Tree)</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Context Menu Item</strong></td>
<td><strong>Comments</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Opens the<a href="#post-2450-bookmark246"> Batch Arm/Disarm dialog box</a>, listing all Analytics-capable cameras, and allowing the user to <strong>arm </strong>or <strong>disarm </strong>Analytics in one or more cameras.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Arm/Disarm</strong></td>
<td><strong>(Shown in the Context Menu when an Analytics-enabled camera is selected in the Navigation Tree)</strong></p>
<p>Allows the user to <strong>arm </strong>or <strong>disarm </strong>Analytics in the selected Analytics-capable camera.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>The Analytics arming status of individual cameras is shown in the<a href="#post-2450-bookmark495"> Navigation</a> <a href="#post-2450-bookmark495">tree</a>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark246"></a><strong>Batch Arm/Disarm Dialog</strong></p>
<p>When using <strong>ioi Analytics</strong>-enabled cameras, the user can open a Batch Arm/Disarm Dialog box to arm or disarm the Analytics feature in one or more cameras.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="957" height="579" class="wp-image-2462" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-12.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 12" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 451" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-12.jpeg 957w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-12-300x182.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-12-768x465.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 957px) 100vw, 957px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark248"></a><strong>Print Snapshot Dialog</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="568" height="439" class="wp-image-2463" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-13.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 13" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 452" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-13.jpeg 568w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-13-300x232.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 568px) 100vw, 568px" /></p>
<p>If the <strong>Print Snapshot </strong>option is clicked in a Viewing Tile Context menu, then the <strong>Print </strong>dialog opens, allowing the user to set the required Print parameters.</p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark247"></a><strong>Note: </strong>When printing a larger image (high resolution video) than the size of the page used for printing, the image is scaled down to fit to page.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark251"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark249"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark250"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark252"></a> View/Viewing Mode</li>
</ol>
<p>The ControlCenter user can easily manage different tasks by adjusting the application workspace in a single button click.</p>
<p>By selecting the view mode, different pane content tools display according to a set view, presenting a set of tools. You can add and delete content to display in addition to the pre-set tools displayed.</p>
<p><strong>To select a viewing mode:</strong></p>
<p>• Access <strong>View</strong>, <strong>Viewing Modes </strong>from the <a href="#post-2450-bookmark224">Application Menu</a>, and then select the desired mode.</p>
<p>View Tools Favorites Help</p>
<p>File</p>
<p>Case Default layout ►</p>
<p>Supervisor</p>
<p>Monitor</p>
<p>Forensic</p>
<p>CaseBuilder</p>
<p>Access Control</p>
<p>Viewing Modes Content ►</p>
<p>Full Screen ►</p>
<p>■&lt; Office W(</p>
<p>K ClfFiro Ul/t</p>
<p>The following modes are available:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark253"></a><a href="#post-2450-bookmark265">Supervisor </a>&#8211; Adjusted for a supervisor overview of the security environment.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark254"></a><a href="#post-2450-bookmark270">Monitor </a>&#8211; For live video and audio monitoring.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark255"></a> Forensic &#8211; Optimized for searching and reviewing of recorded information.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark256"></a><a href="#post-2450-bookmark282">CaseBuilder</a> &#8211; Authoring tool used to collect and review recorded data in specific cases.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark257"></a> Access Control &#8211; Optimized for real-time handling of Alarms and Events.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>To add available content:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark258"></a> Access <strong>View</strong>, <strong>Content </strong>from the <a href="#post-2450-bookmark224">Application Menu</a>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Displayed content panes appear with an orange check mark in the list, available content panes have white lettering, and inactive content panes are grey.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark259"></a> Select from the active content listed.</li>
</ol>
<p>The selected content pane displays.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark260"></a> Repeat for additional content.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To delete displayed content:</strong></p>
<p>• In the Control Center, locate and click the <strong>Close </strong>pane icon Q usually located in the upper right pane corner.</p>
<p>The selected pane is deleted from view.</p>
<p>To redisplay a deleted pane, go to <strong>View</strong>, <strong>Content</strong>, and select the non-selected pane.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>For panes with multiple tabs, you have to delete each displayed tab individually.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="543" height="547" class="wp-image-2464" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-14.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 14" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 453" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-14.jpeg 543w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-14-298x300.jpeg 298w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-14-150x150.jpeg 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 543px) 100vw, 543px" /></p>
<p><strong>File</strong></p>
<p><strong>View Tools Favorites</strong></p>
<p><strong>Help</strong></p>
<p><strong>Naw</strong></p>
<p>? X</p>
<p><strong>ion Tree</strong></p>
<p><strong>Default layout ►</strong></p>
<p><strong>Viewing modes ►</strong></p>
<p><strong>Query Results Clips Timeline</strong></p>
<p><strong><s>■- A</s>larms</strong></p>
<p><strong>* Export</strong></p>
<p><strong>Events</strong></p>
<p><strong>Full: </strong>Selected _ content</p>
<p>E)~£SJ UVMS Catuuue*&#8217;</p>
<p><strong>Bus St&lt; <sup>Active</sup> k </strong>content!</p>
<p><strong>Corridoi </strong><s>la</s><strong>ıııeit</strong></p>
<p><strong>Flag Gate Came</strong></p>
<p><strong>PTZ </strong>1 content</p>
<p><strong>GIS Map (default <sub>Q</sub></strong></p>
<p><strong>* PTZ</strong></p>
<p>The following table describes and lists Control Center <strong>Viewing Modes </strong>and default content panes:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Mode</strong></td>
<td><strong>Content</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Supervisor</td>
<td>Query Results, Clips, Timeline, Alarms, Export, Events, Navigation Tree, Query, PTZ</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Monitor</td>
<td>Timeline, Alarms, Export, Events, Navigation Tree, PTZ</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Forensic</td>
<td>Query Results, Clips, Timeline, Export, Events, Navigation Tree, Query</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CaseBuilder</td>
<td>Query Results, Timeline, Events, Navigation Tree, Query</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Access Control</td>
<td>Query Results, Clips, Timeline, Export, Navigation Tree, Query, PTZ</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>See<a href="#post-2450-bookmark113"> Quick summary of ControlCenter UI changes</a>.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark263"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark261"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark262"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark264"></a> Supervisor Mode</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="797" height="615" class="wp-image-2465" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-15.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 15" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 454" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-15.jpeg 797w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-15-300x231.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-15-768x593.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 797px) 100vw, 797px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark265"></a> The following panes display in Supervisor mode:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark266"></a><a href="#post-2450-bookmark495">Navigation Pane</a></li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark267"></a><a href="#post-2450-bookmark502">Query Pane</a></li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark268"></a><a href="#post-2450-bookmark1083">Alarms Pane</a></li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark269"></a><a href="#post-2450-bookmark660">Viewing Pane</a></li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark271"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark272"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark270"></a><strong>Monitor Mode</strong></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="797" height="614" class="wp-image-2466" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-16.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 16" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 455" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-16.jpeg 797w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-16-300x231.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-16-768x592.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 797px) 100vw, 797px" /></p>
<p>The following panes display in Monitor mode:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark273"></a><a href="#post-2450-bookmark495">Navigation Pane</a></li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark274"></a><a href="#post-2450-bookmark625">PTZ Pane</a></li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark275"></a><a href="#post-2450-bookmark1083">Alarms Pane</a></li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark276"></a><a href="#post-2450-bookmark660">Viewing Pane</a></li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark277"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark278"></a><strong>Forensic Mode</strong></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="798" height="615" class="wp-image-2467" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-17.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 17" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 456" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-17.jpeg 798w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-17-300x231.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-17-768x592.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 798px) 100vw, 798px" /></p>
<p>The following panes display in Forensic mode:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark279"></a><a href="#post-2450-bookmark502">Query Pane</a></li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark280"></a><a href="#post-2450-bookmark905">Query Results Pane</a></li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark281"></a><a href="#post-2450-bookmark660">Viewing Pane</a></li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark285"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark283"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark284"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark286"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark282"></a> CaseBuilder Mode</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="772" height="481" class="wp-image-2468" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-18.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 18" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 457" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-18.jpeg 772w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-18-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-18-768x479.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-18-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 772px) 100vw, 772px" /></p>
<p>The following panes display in CaseBuilder mode:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark287"></a><a href="#post-2450-bookmark648">CaseBuilder Navigation Pane</a></li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark288"></a><a href="#post-2450-bookmark643">CaseBuilder Query Pane</a></li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark289"></a><a href="#post-2450-bookmark905">Query Results Pane</a></li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark290"></a><a href="#post-2450-bookmark660">Viewing Pane</a></li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark293"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark291"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark292"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark294"></a> Access Control Mode</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="793" height="611" class="wp-image-2469" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-19.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 19" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 458" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-19.jpeg 793w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-19-300x231.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-19-768x592.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 793px) 100vw, 793px" /></p>
<p>The following panes display in Access Control mode:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark295"></a><a href="#post-2450-bookmark495">Navigation Pane</a></li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark296"></a><a href="#post-2450-bookmark502">Query Pane</a></li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark297"></a> Combined<a href="#post-2450-bookmark1083"> Alarms Pane </a>&amp;<a href="#post-2450-bookmark1077"> Events Pane</a></li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark298"></a><a href="#post-2450-bookmark660">Viewing Pane</a></li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark306"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark304"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark305"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark307"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark303"></a> Tools/Options Menu</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Notes</strong></p>
<p><strong>Options<br />
Navigation Tree</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark299"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark300"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark301"></a> □ Content display</p>
<p><strong>|- Alarms</strong></p>
<p><strong>İ &#8211; Events</strong></p>
<p><strong>I- Timeline</strong></p>
<p><strong>i i- Query</strong></p>
<p><strong>(=)■■ Video</strong></p>
<p><strong>İ &#8211; General</strong></p>
<p><strong>i • Instant replay</strong></p>
<p><strong>iPlayback</strong></p>
<p><strong>g.. View Settings</strong></p>
<p><strong>İ&#8211; General</strong></p>
<p><strong>İ— Full screen</strong></p>
<p><strong>i Layout</strong></p>
<p><strong>|— Advanced</strong></p>
<p><strong>İ&#8211; Layout patterns</strong></p>
<p><strong>j (j- OSD</strong></p>
<p><strong>İ &#8211; Tile Toolbar</strong></p>
<p><strong>İ (+)- Notifier</strong></p>
<p><strong>(=)■■ Export</strong></p>
<p><strong>İ- Snapsnot</strong></p>
<p><strong>I (t)Clip</strong></p>
<p><strong>= L&#8230; Burn</strong></p>
<p><strong>i— Scene Tracker</strong></p>
<p><strong>i~. Keyboard</strong></p>
<p><strong>İ&#8211; PTZ</strong></p>
<p><strong>İ Joystick</strong></p>
<p><strong>1 Audio</strong></p>
<p><strong>İ- CaseBuilder</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark302"></a><strong>I &#8211; Login settings</strong></p>
<p>Use the <strong>Options </strong>menu to customize your ControlCenter settings.</p>
<p><strong>To access the Options menu:</strong></p>
<p>• In the <strong>Applications </strong>menu, select <strong>Tools / Options</strong>.</p>
<p>Use the <strong>Options Navigation Tree </strong>to access the customizable parameters.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark308"></a><strong>Content Display</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>The following are category sub-menus:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark309"></a><a href="#post-2450-bookmark312"><strong>Alarms</strong></a></li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark310"></a><a href="#post-2450-bookmark321"><strong>Events</strong></a></li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark311"></a><a href="#post-2450-bookmark322"><strong>Timeline</strong></a></li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark313"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark312"></a><a href="#post-2450-bookmark323"><strong>Query</strong></a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Alarms</strong></p>
<p>Use the <strong>Alarms </strong>sub-menu to set the <strong>General Settings </strong>and the <strong>Display Settings </strong>parameters:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="855" height="560" class="wp-image-2470" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-20.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 20" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 459" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-20.jpeg 855w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-20-300x196.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-20-768x503.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 855px) 100vw, 855px" /></p>
<p><strong>Alarms sequence display option: O Show all alarms ® Accepted alarms only (Salvo display meatmust be enabled)</strong></p>
<p><strong>Options X</strong></p>
<p><strong>Content display</strong></p>
<p><strong>Alarms</strong></p>
<p><strong>Events</strong></p>
<p><strong>Timeline</strong></p>
<p>I-<strong>Query</strong></p>
<p><strong>Video</strong></p>
<p><strong>General</strong></p>
<p><strong>Instant Replay</strong></p>
<p><strong>Playback</strong></p>
<p><strong>View Settings</strong></p>
<p><strong>General</strong></p>
<p><strong>Full Screen</strong></p>
<p><strong>Layout</strong></p>
<p><strong>Advanced</strong></p>
<p><strong>Layout patterns</strong></p>
<p><strong>&#8211; OSD</strong></p>
<p><strong>A</strong></p>
<p><strong>lt is necessary to restart the application</strong></p>
<p><strong>For some of the changes to take effect.</strong></p>
<p>Alarms</p>
<p><strong>OK Cancell</strong></p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th>General bettings</th>
<th></th>
<th></th>
<th></th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Queue size:</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>100</strong></td>
<td>IM</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>(number of alarms displayed in the alarms pane)</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Snooze time (sec):</strong></p>
<p><strong>I | Play alarm sound</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>60</strong></td>
<td>n</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Display Settings</strong></p>
<p><strong>Alarms pane color indication: ® Entire row O Priority column only (Color coding must be enabled)</strong></p>
<p>Q <strong>Alarms pane automatic pop-up</strong></p>
<p><strong>□ Maximize on alarm</strong></p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>When the <strong>Accepted alarms only </strong>option is selected, a warning dialog displays to remind you to restart the system.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="771" height="197" class="wp-image-2471" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-21.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 21" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 460" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-21.jpeg 771w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-21-300x77.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-21-768x196.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 771px) 100vw, 771px" /><strong>General Settings</strong></p>
<p>In the <strong>General Settings </strong>field, the following options are available:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark314"></a><strong>Queue size: </strong>Determine the number of alarms displayed in the alarm queue.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark315"></a><strong>Snooze time: </strong>Determine the time interval (in seconds) after which the alarm is triggered again when the <strong>Snooze </strong>button is clicked.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark316"></a><strong>Play alarm sound: </strong>Determine to play a sound when an alarm is triggered.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Display Settings</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="669" height="247" class="wp-image-2472" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-22.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 22" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 461" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-22.jpeg 669w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-22-300x111.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 669px) 100vw, 669px" /></p>
<p>In the <strong>Display Settings </strong>field, the following options are available:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark317"></a><strong>Alarms pane color indication: </strong>Select to color an entire row or a priority column only.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark318"></a><strong>Alarms sequence display option: </strong>Select <strong>Show All Alarms </strong>or <strong>Accepted Alarms only</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark319"></a><strong>Alarms pane automatic pop-up: </strong>Select to automatically display the alarms pane when triggered.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark320"></a><strong>Maximize on alarm: </strong>Select to maximize a ControlCenter application (see note). <strong>Note: </strong>When a ControlCenter application has at least one tile &#8220;armed for alarm&#8221;, is</li>
</ul>
<p>minimized and appears as an icon in the Windows taskbar, this option is selected, AND an alarm is triggered, the ControlCenter application maximizes to fill the monitor screen.</p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark321"></a><strong>Events</strong></p>
<p>The <strong>Events </strong>sub-menu specifies how many events are displayed in the <strong>Events </strong>pane.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="856" height="522" class="wp-image-2473" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-23.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 23" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 462" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-23.jpeg 856w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-23-300x183.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-23-768x468.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 856px) 100vw, 856px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark322"></a><strong>Timeline</strong></p>
<p>The <strong>Timeline </strong>sub-menu specifies whether to <strong>Show Motion </strong>in the <strong>Timeline </strong>pane.</p>
<p>Options</p>
<p>Timeline</p>
<p>I Motion</p>
<p>□ Show Motion</p>
<p>OK</p>
<p>Cancel</p>
<p>Content display</p>
<p>!■ Alarms</p>
<p>i- Events</p>
<p>Timeline</p>
<p>L.. Query</p>
<p>Video</p>
<p>: General</p>
<p>Instant Replay</p>
<p>L Playback</p>
<p>View Settings</p>
<p>İ- General</p>
<p>İ- Full Screen</p>
<p>Layout</p>
<p>Advanced</p>
<p>Layout patterns</p>
<p>Ö OSD</p>
<p>Alt is necessary to restart the application for some of the changes to take effect.</p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark323"></a><strong>Query</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark324"></a> The <strong>Query </strong>sub-menu sets the following parameters in the <strong>Query Results </strong>pane:</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark325"></a><strong>Query Max Results: </strong>Determine the maximum number of results shown in the Query Results pane.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark326"></a><strong>Motion Query: </strong>Specify the motion strategy used in motion-based searches (either higher bound or lower bound).</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark327"></a><strong>Offline Query: </strong>Select the <strong>Optimize offline query </strong>option to optimize offline query.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="900" height="592" class="wp-image-2474" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-24.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 24" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 463" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-24.jpeg 900w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-24-300x197.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-24-768x505.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 900px) 100vw, 900px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark328"></a><strong>3.3.2</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark329"></a><strong>Video</strong></p>
<p>The <strong>Video </strong>options screen has the following sub-menus:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark330"></a><a href="#post-2450-bookmark340"><strong>General</strong></a></li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark331"></a><strong>Instant replay</strong></li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark332"></a><a href="#post-2450-bookmark353"><strong>Playback</strong></a></li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="387" height="301" class="wp-image-2475" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-25.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 25" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 464" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-25.jpeg 387w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-25-300x233.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 387px) 100vw, 387px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="393" height="306" class="wp-image-2476" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-26.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 26" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 465" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-26.jpeg 393w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-26-300x234.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 393px) 100vw, 393px" /></p>
<p><sub>V</sub>F1_IR Options</p>
<p>Ç-Content dıtpLay</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark333"></a> ■ ûHffflt</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark334"></a> ■ Evtnlı</li>
</ol>
<p>Ljimttıest</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark335"></a> ■ Outer</li>
</ol>
<p>e- Vıdw</p>
<p>General</p>
<p>U Instant replsy</p>
<p>Playback</p>
<p>M Vie™ Sittings</p>
<p>■ General</p>
<p>Full T erten</p>
<p>[- ley-out L Advanced</p>
<p>i- layout patterns</p>
<p>© OSD</p>
<p>Tile Tooltnr</p>
<p>! Hatifler</p>
<p>ıTj Export</p>
<p>□K</p>
<p>Caneel</p>
<p><em>When the </em><strong><em>Maintain Aspect ratio </em></strong><em>option is<br />
selected,</em></p>
<p><em>When the </em><strong><em>Maintain Aspect ratio </em></strong><em>option is<br />
deselected,</em></p>
<p>Video</p>
<p>Settings</p>
<p>Q Maintain aıpetl ralıû</p>
<p>Q Adaptive streaming</p>
<p>Ûuatity</p>
<p>□ Delntetladng</p>
<p>S Cfeh-lockın-g</p>
<p>Hardware A.ç&lt;elerat ıç&gt;n</p>
<p>Max CM cores to utNtac per ıtresm 1 | *</p>
<p>Lırnrt CPU «res when retotıriıpn niıgnı it &#8211; putu</p>
<p>Q Enable CM video decodme</p>
<p>Alt it necessary to restart the application for some of the chan-ges to take effect,</p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark340"></a><strong>General</strong></p>
<p>The <strong>Video General </strong>sub-menu has the following sections:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark341"></a><a href="#post-2450-bookmark344"><strong>Settings</strong></a></li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark342"></a><a href="#post-2450-bookmark345"><strong>Quality</strong></a></li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark343"></a><strong>Hardware Acceleration</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark344"></a><strong>Settings</strong></p>
<p><strong>Maintain aspect ratio</strong></p>
<p>Li <strong>Maintain aspect ratio </strong>(default ON) This controls how video scenes are displayed in the Control Center.</p>
<p><em>the display has &#8216;frames&#8217; to fill the unoccupied<br />
portions of the tile.</em></p>
<p><em>the display stretches to fill the available tile.</em></p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>This setting can be toggled in real time for individual tiles by selecting the tile and clicking <strong>Shift-R </strong>on the keyboard.</p>
<p><strong>Adaptive Streaming</strong></p>
<p><strong>U Adaptive streaming </strong>(default ON) &#8211; This enables the system to choose the optimum available stream from a camera, depending on the size of the viewing tile. The system selects a high-resolution stream when the image displays in larger tiles or full-screen mode. When the viewing tile is smaller, lower resolution is needed, so a lower-resolution stream can be chosen.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="928" height="274" class="wp-image-2477" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-27.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 27" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 466" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-27.jpeg 928w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-27-300x89.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-27-768x227.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 928px) 100vw, 928px" /></p>
<p><em>Adaptive Streaming &#8211; Shows Resolution Changes between Large and Regular Viewing Panes</em></p>
<p>Adaptive Streaming is currently available with FLIR and DVTEL&#8217;s Ariel, Quasar, and Quasar Gen 2 edge devices.</p>
<p>Adaptive streaming is enabled by default, but can be disabled on each ControlCenter by deselecting this option. It can be disabled for an individual camera using the <strong>Context </strong>menu in an open camera Viewing Tile.</p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark345"></a><strong>Quality</strong></p>
<p>The system uses various video filters to improve the appearance of displayed scenes. Filters consume system resources, so the user can switch them off on client machines with performance limitations.</p>
<p>The <strong>Video Quality </strong>sub-menu specifies whether the following filters are applied:</p>
<p>i_i <strong>Deinterlacing </strong>(default ON)</p>
<p>Deinterlacing is the process of converting interlaced video, such as 1080i format HDTV signals, into a non-interlaced form.</p>
<p>U <strong>Deblocking </strong>(default ON)</p>
<p>The deblocking filter is applied to decoded compressed video to improve visual quality while decoding video.</p>
<p><strong>Hardware Acceleration </strong>You can set the number of CPU cores to utilize per live stream, and limit CPU cores per resolution settings.</p>
<p><strong>Max CPU cores to utilize per stream</strong></p>
<p>Set the maximum cores to utilize per video stream.</p>
<p><strong>Limit CPU cores when resolution height is above</strong></p>
<p>Regulate the number of CPU cores used when a resolution height is above a set threshold.</p>
<p><strong>Enable GPU video decoding</strong></p>
<p>When selected, the system default setting uses GPU Hardware Acceleration for H.265 streams that are 1080P or above.</p>
<p><strong>Notes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark346"></a> When the <strong>Enable GPU video decoding </strong>option is selected, the yellow OSD text displays the camera decoder information, while the <strong>Properties </strong>tab information displays the GPU decoding resolution.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark347"></a> When you manipulate the timeline (fast forward/backwards), the display is interrupted. When you click <strong>Resume</strong>, the GPU can restart.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Hardware Acceleration Options</strong></p>
<p>The following procedure describes hardware acceleration options.</p>
<p><strong>Follow these steps:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark348"></a> In the <strong>Options </strong>dialog, <strong>Video</strong>, <strong>General </strong>dialog, locate the <strong>Hardware Acceleration </strong>section, and in the <strong>Max CPU cores to utilize per stream </strong>option, use the directional arrows to set the CPU threads used.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>A value of 1 indicates disabled, values greater than 1 indicate enabled. When you set this value as <strong>enabled</strong>, the <strong>Enable only when resolution height is equal to or above </strong>option is active. This option sets the minimum resolution height for this feature.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark349"></a> For the <strong>Limit CPU cores only when resolution height is above </strong>option, use the directional arrows to limit CPU cores for resolution height.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Example: </strong>If you set the <strong>Limit CPU cores only when resolution height is above </strong>option to 1080, then all streams that are greater than the set resolution height of 1080 (like 1080P, 4K) use multi decoding.</p>
<p><strong>Notes: </strong>For this setting, verify the following:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark350"></a> The minimum resolution is enabled and disabled according to the maximum CPU value.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark351"></a> After clicking <strong>OK </strong>in the <strong>Options </strong>dialog, the open/new stream uses those configurations.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark352"></a> Upon closing <strong>ControlCenter </strong>and reopening it again, that these are the correct <strong>ControlCenter </strong>values.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Instant Replay</strong></p>
<p>The <strong>Instant Replay </strong>sub-menu sets the rewind time before a replay (in seconds).</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="922" height="605" class="wp-image-2478" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-28.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 28" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 467" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-28.jpeg 922w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-28-300x197.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-28-768x504.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p>The <strong>Tile arm settings </strong>enables the user define whether instant replay is done in a video tile specified by <strong>Arming it for alternative content is required for instant replay </strong>as the playback tile, or whether the playback defaults to the next available tile. If no tile is available, this becomes the first tile.</p>
<p>The <strong>Instant Replay source </strong>enables you to choose if, when using the <strong>Instant Replay </strong>option, to always use the camera&#8217;s &#8216;alternative scene&#8217; for IR.</p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark353"></a> Normally, clicking on Instant Record for a camera results in a recording being made from the Live camera stream, using its resolution parameters. When the camera is defined as &#8216;Dual Scene&#8217;, clicking on this option enables the IR function to use the alternative stream &#8211; thus the IR clip is at the &#8216;Recorded Stream&#8217; resolution.</p>
<p><strong>Playback</strong></p>
<p>The <strong>Playback </strong>sub-menu is used control the load imposed on the client machine during playback. Defaults are set for dealing with lower number of streams, but higher quality. If a client machine experiences load issues, the operator can change settings to provide higher throughput, but possibly impacting on video quality.</p>
<p>The user can set the type of online playback (<a href="#post-2450-bookmark354">TCP or UDP</a>),<a href="#post-2450-bookmark355"> smooth playback, streaming</a> <a href="#post-2450-bookmark355">buffer length</a>,<a href="#post-2450-bookmark356"> the number of scenes that can be played synchronously</a>, and<a href="#post-2450-bookmark357"> max. number</a> <a href="#post-2450-bookmark357">of CPU cores to be used during decoding</a>.</p>
<p>These settings are unique to the specific client machine on which they are set, so the user can &#8216;tune&#8217; specific workstations depending on the power of the client machine, and</p>
<p>whether it is more important to keep high quality playback, or allow more streams to be handled.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="921" height="649" class="wp-image-2479" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-29.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 29" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 468" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-29.jpeg 921w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-29-300x211.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-29-768x541.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 921px) 100vw, 921px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark354"></a><strong>TCP/UDP</strong></p>
<p>Default setting is <strong>TCP</strong>. <strong>UDP </strong>allows more streams to be played, but may allow dropped frames.</p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark355"></a><strong>Offline playback</strong></p>
<p>Fast playback normally displays only key frames. This may provide some jerkiness in the image.</p>
<p>When the <strong>Enable smooth reverse playback </strong>option is selected, playback is not limited to only key-frames but displays all video frames. This prevents the jerky motion that can occur during reverse playback. This option requires TCP playback.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong>: Smooth playback is not supported on Transcoded video.</p>
<p>Additionally, smooth playback can be enabled independently for online and offline playback</p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark356"></a><strong>Synchronized playback</strong></p>
<p>Default set to six (6) streams. If higher quality playback is required, reduce the number of simultaneous synchronous streams.</p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark357"></a><strong>Playback CPU utilization (Advanced)</strong></p>
<p>By default, this is set to two (2). The maximum number of cores that is available corresponds to the number of cores on the computer being utilized (and hence can vary on ControlCenter applications being run on different computers).</p>
<p>If only one or two streams are to be watched in fast forward/reverse, then increase the number of cores used to the maximum available on the target machine.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong>: <strong>Playback of final frames of a clip</strong>:</p>
<p>Under certain specific conditions, when using multiple CPU cores (see <strong>CPU Utilization </strong>parameter), the final <em>(n-1)</em> frames is not played back (where <em>n</em> is the number of cores specified in the CPU Utilization parameter).</p>
<p>This occurs if the following conditions are satisfied:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark358"></a> This is the final clip available for the device (no later clips exist), <strong>and</strong></li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark359"></a> A single stream is being played (not Synchronized Playback), <strong>and</strong></li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark360"></a> The <strong>Enable smooth reverse playback </strong>option is deselected.</li>
</ul>
<p>If the user needs to view the final frames:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark361"></a> Use the <strong>Pause </strong>and <strong>Play </strong>controls to play the frames individually, <strong>or</strong></li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark362"></a> Reset the number of cores to be used can be reset to 1 in the Tools/Options/Video/Playback menu, and start the playback again.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark364"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark365"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark363"></a><strong>View Settings</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>The sub-menus in this category are as follows:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark366"></a><strong>General</strong></li>
<li><strong>Full Screen</strong></li>
<li><strong>Layout</strong></li>
<li><strong>Advanced</strong></li>
<li><strong>Layout Patterns</strong></li>
<li><strong>OSD</strong></li>
<li><strong>Tile Toolbar</strong></li>
<li><strong>Notifier</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark374"></a><strong>General</strong></p>
<p>The <strong>General </strong>sub-menu specifies the global screen parameters for this ControlCenter.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="966" height="633" class="wp-image-2480" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-30.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 30" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 469" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-30.jpeg 966w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-30-300x197.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-30-768x503.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 966px) 100vw, 966px" /></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark375"></a> The <strong>General </strong>section displays icons for each of the ControlCenter monitors attached. The check-box in each top left corner indicates that the corresponding screen is to be used for the ControlCenter display. When a screen icon is selected, the corresponding entity number is shown.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark376"></a> The <strong>Status bar </strong>section determines if the Windows Status Bar displays or not.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark377"></a> The <strong>Monitor Information </strong>section provides the controller with system information in the far right monitor side.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Example: </strong>In the example provided, the monitor information pane displays on the right side of the monitor. The controller is viewing system 1, monitor 50, tile 1, scene 10.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="180" height="1024" class="wp-image-2481" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-31.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 31" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 470"><a id="post-2450-bookmark378"></a> • The <strong>Navigation Tree </strong>section determines whether a Navigation tree entity entry displays <strong>in bold </strong>when that entity is displayed in the ControlCenter, and if logical IDs display in the Navigation tree.</p>
<p><strong>Full Screen</strong></p>
<p>The <strong>Full Screen </strong>sub-menu is used to specify which GUI elements display in full screen mode.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="4"><strong>Options</strong></td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>X</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td rowspan="2">Fl</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">m content aispia;</td>
<td><em>y</em></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>jII</strong> Screen</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">H Video</p>
<p>&#8211; View Settings</p>
<p>i İ &#8211; General</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="5"><strong>JLdl L</strong></p>
<p>I | Start in full screen</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1 E</td>
<td>■</td>
<td colspan="2">Full Screen</p>
<p>Layout</p>
<p>Advanced</p>
<p>Layout patterns</p>
<p>OSD</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="5">General</p>
<p>1 | File menu</p>
<ul>
<li>Layout tabs</li>
<li>Status E3ar</li>
</ul>
</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Til*&gt; Tnnlhai</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"><em>J-</em></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">: : I ■««. <strong>iwwiuui</strong></p>
<p>+ Notifier</p>
<p>+ Export</p>
<p>Scene Tracker</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="5">zapi i LLer</p>
<ul>
<li>vertical</li>
<li>Horizontal</li>
</ul>
</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">Keyboard</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">T&#8221; 1 L- ■</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">i- PTZ</p>
<p>Joystick Audio</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="5"><strong>i uuiuau</strong></p>
<p><strong>□ Tile&#8217;s </strong>toolbar</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>OK</td>
<td></td>
<td>Cancel</td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark379"></a><strong>Layout</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="966" height="633" class="wp-image-2482" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-32.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 32" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 471" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-32.jpeg 966w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-32-300x197.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-32-768x503.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 966px) 100vw, 966px" /></p>
<p>The <strong>Layout </strong>sub-menu contains the following parameters:</p>
<p><strong>• Dwell Time: </strong>Specifies the time interval each layout is displayed during layout tours (the dwell time).</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark380"></a><strong>Drag behavior: </strong>Indicates if a stream can be removed by dragging it out of the layout.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark382"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark381"></a><strong>PIP Behavior: </strong>Enable/disable the ability to show a PIP (Picture in Picture) view of a camera with multiple streams (dual Thermal/visible PTZ, Multi-imager with 5th lens, etc.)</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Advanced</strong></p>
<p>Use the <strong>Advanced </strong>sub-menu to define the stack length, stream disposal, limits on system resources, and video retry control, and auto lock.</p>
<p>Options</p>
<p>Advanced</p>
<p>Ş&#8211; Content display gl- Video</p>
<p>Ö-View Settings</p>
<p>1 i -General</p>
<p>1 i -Full screen</p>
<p>1 i -Layout</p>
<p>i i-Advanced</p>
<p>i İ &#8212; Layout patterns</p>
<p>i l+l ■ OSD</p>
<p>i İ &#8211;Tile Toolbar</p>
<p>i £)■■ Notifier</p>
<p>£!■■ Export</p>
<p>İ&#8211; Scene Tracker</p>
<p>İ&#8211; Keyboard</p>
<p>!■■■■ PTZ</p>
<p>!■■■■ Joystick</p>
<p>i-Audio</p>
<p>!■■■■ CaseBuilder</p>
<p>L&#8211; Login settings</p>
<p>Stack Length</p>
<p>length: 1 <sub>T</sub> unt of item; in the tile memory)</p>
<p>| Dispose Stream</p>
<p>1 3</p>
<p>E System Resources</p>
<p>| | Number of active video tiles may not exceed</p>
<p><strong>Q </strong>Notify user when CPU usage is over <strong>90 *</strong></p>
<p><strong>Q </strong>Notify user when memory usage is over <strong>95 *</strong></p>
<p>Retry Playing Video</p>
<p>□ Retry playing after failure 15</p>
<p>E Auto Lock</p>
<p>Enable Auto Lock</p>
<p>OK Cancel</p>
<p><strong><em>Stack Length</em></strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark383"></a> The <strong>Length </strong>variable enables you to set the <strong>Stack Length</strong>, the number of streams layered on a single ControlCenter tile. Five is the maximum streams allowed (default is 1 stream).</li>
</ul>
<p><strong><em>Dispose Stream</em></strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark384"></a> The <strong>Stream cache time interval (seconds) </strong>variable enables you to set the delay interval, expressed in seconds, when closing streams in the Archive (default is 1 second).</li>
</ul>
<p><strong><em>System Resources</em></strong></p>
<p>The following parameters are available:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark385"></a><strong>Number of active video tiles may not exceed &#8211; </strong>By default this option is deselected (disabled), as the normal setup uses the <strong>Memory usage </strong>flag (below).</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark386"></a><strong>Notify user when CPU usage is over &#8211; </strong>By default this option is selected (enabled) and the default value is 90%.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark387"></a><strong>Notify user when memory reaches &#8211; </strong>By default this is selected (enabled) and default value is 90%.</li>
</ul>
<p>Under certain conditions, warning messages display, as described below.</p>
<p><strong>The following warning displays when too many streams are individually opened:</strong></p>
<p>When invoking a new function that requires memory resources, a message displays that provides the option to take steps to reduce memory usage such as reducing the number of viewing tiles, before invoking the next instruction.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="677" height="227" class="wp-image-2483" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-33.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 33" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 472" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-33.jpeg 677w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-33-300x101.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 677px) 100vw, 677px" /></p>
<p>When the defined memory usage level is reached, a warning message displays:</p>
<p>$FLIR</p>
<p>A The machine is close to reaching its memory limit and might stop functioning properly.</p>
<p>, To ensure proper functionality, you can reduce the memory level by clearing some of the video tiles.</p>
<p>OK</p>
<p><strong><em>Retry Playing Video</em></strong></p>
<p><strong>• Retry playing after failure </strong>enables you to set a retry interval for playing video if the client and Archiver connection is interrupted (default is 15 seconds).</p>
<p><strong><em>Auto Lock</em></strong></p>
<p>The <strong>Auto Lock </strong>feature locks the Control Center application after a set time interval (in minutes) if there is no user activity.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>This feature applies to authorized Admin Center users only.</p>
<p>The <strong>Auto Lock </strong>feature is disabled by default. The user can enable and set the time interval, and unlock the ControlCenter when locked.</p>
<p><strong>Follow these steps:</strong></p>
<p>1. In the <strong>Control Center</strong>, <strong>Tools</strong>, <strong>Options</strong>, <strong>Login settings</strong>, <strong>Auto Lock </strong>section, select the <strong>Enable Auto Lock </strong>option.</p>
<p>The <strong>Idle time (minutes) </strong>field becomes active.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="935" height="625" class="wp-image-2484" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-34.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 34" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 473" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-34.jpeg 935w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-34-300x201.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-34-768x513.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-34-600x400.jpeg 600w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 935px) 100vw, 935px" /></p>
<p>2. Use the <strong>Idle time (minutes) </strong>directional arrows to set the idle time interval greater than 0, click <strong>OK</strong>, and close and reopen the ControlCenter.</p>
<p>The ControlCenter automatically locks when input devices (mouse or keyboard) remain inactive for the set interval. A <strong>Control Center is locked </strong>dialog displays:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="559" height="316" class="wp-image-2485" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-35.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 35" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 474" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-35.jpeg 559w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-35-300x170.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 559px) 100vw, 559px" /></p>
<p><strong>Notes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark388"></a> The <strong>Auto Lock </strong>feature is disabled by default.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark389"></a> When the feature is enabled and the <strong>Idle time </strong>is set to 0, the feature is disabled.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>To unlock the Control Center:</strong></p>
<p>• In the <strong>Control Center is locked </strong>dialog, enter the user password in the <strong>Password </strong>field, and click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>The ControlCenter displays from the point that it was idle and locked.</p>
<p><strong>Note the following:</strong></p>
<p>When you close the <strong>Control Center is locked </strong>dialog by clicking the <strong>Close </strong>dialog button, the following dialog displays:</p>
<p>Oflir</p>
<p>Controlcenter will be closed and it&#8217;s state will be lost. Are you sure you want proceed?</p>
<p>Yes No</p>
<p><strong>Yes &#8211; </strong>Proceed with closing the Control Center. This means that the Control Center closes and the current state is unsaved.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>When you next reopen the Control Center, the tiles are blank as if you just opened the Control Center.</p>
<p><strong>No &#8211; </strong>Do not proceed with closing the Control Center. The dialog disappears and the ControlCenter is locked dialog displays.</p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark390"></a><strong>Layout Patterns</strong></p>
<p>The <strong>Layout patterns </strong>sub-menu determines which layout patterns are available. Use the screen arrows to move the desired layouts from the <strong>Available </strong>list to the <strong>Selected </strong>list.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="906" height="594" class="wp-image-2486" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-36.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 36" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 475" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-36.jpeg 906w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-36-300x197.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-36-768x504.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 906px) 100vw, 906px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark391"></a><strong>OSD</strong></p>
<p>The <strong>OSD </strong>sub-menu sets the font and background parameters of the information displayed on screen, and determines which information is displayed. You can select to display the following:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark392"></a> Scene name</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark393"></a> Status description</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark394"></a> Status image</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark395"></a> Video statistics</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark396"></a> Current time</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="935" height="613" class="wp-image-2487" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-37.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 37" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 476" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-37.jpeg 935w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-37-300x197.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-37-768x504.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 935px) 100vw, 935px" /></p>
<p><strong>Metadata General</strong></p>
<p>The <strong>Metadata general </strong>section enables you to display OSD metadata, and set shape opacity settings.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="922" height="605" class="wp-image-2488" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-38.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 38" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 477" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-38.jpeg 922w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-38-300x197.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-38-768x504.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p><strong>Metadata Text</strong></p>
<p>The Metadata text section enables you to set various metadata text variables such as:</p>
<p>Alarm text (font, default color, default opacity) Normal text (font, default color, default opacity) Header text (font, default color, default opacity)</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Options</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>1 X</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>S Content display</strong></td>
<td><strong>Metadata text</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>+ ■■ Video</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm text:</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>&#8211; View Settings</strong></td>
<td><strong>Font:</strong></td>
<td><strong>Segoe Ul, 11 pt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>General</strong></td>
<td><strong>Default colon</strong></td>
<td><strong>□ Red</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Full Screen</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Layout</strong></td>
<td><strong>Default opacity:</strong></td>
<td><strong>C%</strong></td>
<td><strong>I 100%</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Advanced</strong></td>
<td><strong>Normal text:</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Layout patterns</strong></td>
<td><strong>Font:</strong></td>
<td><strong>Segoe Ul, 9pt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>&#8211; OSD</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Metadata gen</strong></td>
<td><strong>Default colon</strong></td>
<td><strong>White</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Metadata text</strong></td>
<td><strong>Default opacity:</strong></td>
<td><strong>C%</strong></td>
<td><strong>100%</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Tile Toolbar</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>E0 Notifier</strong></td>
<td><strong>Header text:</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>+ Export</strong></td>
<td><strong>Font:</strong></td>
<td><strong>Segoe Ul, 11 pt</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Scene Tracker</strong></td>
<td><strong>Default colon</strong></td>
<td><strong>■ White</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Keyboard</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Default opacity:</strong></td>
<td><strong>C%</strong></td>
<td><strong>100%</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>OK</strong></td>
<td><strong>Cancel</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>j</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Tile Toolbar</strong></p>
<p>The <strong>Tile Toolbar </strong>sub-menu is used to determine the opacity level of the toolbar background and buttons as well as the visibility of the tile toolbar and the tile number. By default, the toolbar background is very opaque and fades when the cursor is not placed on top. The buttons are visible and the <strong>Arm </strong>tile button is always visible.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="880" height="577" class="wp-image-2489" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-39.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 39" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 478" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-39.jpeg 880w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-39-300x197.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-39-768x504.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 880px) 100vw, 880px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark397"></a><strong>Notifier</strong></p>
<p>The <strong>Notifier </strong>sub-menu determines whether the message notifiers, display timers, displays on alarms, and displays on errors are visible, display time, and alarm priority.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="913" height="599" class="wp-image-2490" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-40.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 40" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 479" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-40.jpeg 913w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-40-300x197.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-40-768x504.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 913px) 100vw, 913px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="903" height="592" class="wp-image-2491" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-41.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 41" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 480" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-41.jpeg 903w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-41-300x197.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-41-768x503.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 903px) 100vw, 903px" /></p>
<p><strong>Event Display</strong></p>
<p>Use the <strong>Event Display </strong>sub-menu to select which event types are displayed.</p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark336"></a> 3.3.4</p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark337"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark338"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark339"></a> Export</p>
<p>The following are Export sub-menus:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark398"></a><a href="#post-2450-bookmark400"><strong>Snapshot</strong></a></li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark399"></a><a href="#post-2450-bookmark403"><strong>Clip</strong></a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>•</strong><a href="#post-2450-bookmark414"><strong> Burn</strong></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark400"></a> The <strong>Clip </strong>sub-menu sets the default export format (.dvt, .mp4 or .avi). If required, these settings can be over-ridden in the <strong>Export </strong>dialog at the time a specific export is initiated.</p>
<p><strong>Snapshot</strong></p>
<p>The <strong>Snapshot </strong>sub-menu sets the snapshot export parameters</p>
<p>Options</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="34" height="32" class="wp-image-2492" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-42.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 42" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 481"> {NAME}= entity name</p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th></th>
<th><strong>c:\exp orts\</strong></th>
<th></th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>□ Include Analytics OSD</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Snapshot Title Format</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>{NAME},{TIME},{USER},{FEDERAT1ON}</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Snapshot</strong></p>
<p><strong>Saved Location</strong></p>
<p><strong>[J Use advanced time format</strong></p>
<p>H View Settings</p>
<p>i i &#8211; General</p>
<p>Full Screen</p>
<p>i i ■■ Layout</p>
<p>Advanced</p>
<p>Layout patterns</p>
<p>&#8211; OSD</p>
<p>Metadata gen Metadata text</p>
<p>Tile Toolbar</p>
<p>i B- Notrfier</p>
<p>l~. Event Display)</p>
<p>&#8211; Export</p>
<p>! — Snapshot</p>
<p>! + Clip</p>
<p>i I-Burn</p>
<p>[TIME}=time of snapshot</p>
<p>{TIMEZONE}=time zone of the entity</p>
<p>{USER}=user who took the snapshot</p>
<p>{FEDERATION^ federation the entity is part of.</p>
<p>You can change the order of the items, or add more text in between them</p>
<p>OK Cancel</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark401"></a><strong>Saved Location: </strong>Determine the snapshot export folder location.</li>
</ul>
<p>This location is also used to store the thumbnail pictures that display the PTZ Preset snapshots. (For more information, see PTZ).</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong>: This can also be done using an environment variable such as %temp%.</p>
<p><strong>• Include Analytics OSD: </strong>Select this option to include analytic OSD information on exported snapshots</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark402"></a><strong>Snapshot Title Format: </strong>Set required title options.</li>
</ul>
<p>To export snapshots without captions, delete the title in this field.</p>
<p><strong>• Use advanced time format: </strong>Determine the displayed custom date and time format strings.</p>
<p><strong>Note regarding Snapshot file location when using PTZ Preset Thumbnails:</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark403"></a> This field should be in a shared folder accessible to all Control Center Clients that may access this camera, otherwise operators on different Control Center Client Workstations may not view the same snapshot pictures.</p>
<p><strong>Clip</strong></p>
<p>The <strong>Clip </strong>sub-menu sets the clip export parameters.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="569" class="wp-image-2493" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-43.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 43" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 482" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-43.jpeg 864w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-43-300x198.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-43-768x506.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></p>
<p>The following are <strong>Clip </strong>export parameters:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark404"></a><strong>Saved Location: </strong>Set the export folder locations.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark405"></a><strong>Create new folder for each export: </strong>Select this option to create a separate folder for each exported clip.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark406"></a><strong>Create autorun file: </strong>Select this option to create an autorun file for all exported files to automatically run the files after they are burnt on a disk.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark407"></a><strong>Include player: </strong>Select this option to automatically export and burn an executable player along with exported files that are burnt on a disk.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark408"></a><strong>Max file size: </strong>Enables the user to set a maximum clip size.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark409"></a><strong>Time Segment: </strong>The duration of the exported clip. This parameter is only applicable when exporting from the query results pane, since export from the timeline requires specifying start and end points.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark410"></a><strong>Advanced Mode: </strong>Select the <strong>Show advanced options when exporting a clip </strong>option to access the export settings from the <strong>Query Results </strong>pane when exporting a clip.</li>
</ul>
<p>By default, this option is selected. If deselected, the user does not have the option of changing the parameters at export time.</p>
<p>For more information, see<a href="#post-2450-bookmark981"> Export a Clip</a>.</p>
<p><strong>Format, Bookmark and OSD</strong></p>
<p>Within the <strong>Clip </strong>menu there are the following sub-menus:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark411"></a><strong>Format</strong></li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark412"></a><strong>Bookmark</strong></li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark413"></a><strong>OSD</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Format</strong></p>
<p>The <strong>Format </strong>sub-menu determines the clip format. The available options for the related fields (Embed OSD, Video and Audio Codec, Interleaved Export) change depending on the selected format.</p>
<p><strong>Notes:</strong></p>
<p>When you use the default option of NOT embedding the OSD, if the clip is approximately 15 minutes or longer, the subtitles update once every second to reduce delay.</p>
<p>When you embed OSD into MP4 clips, it is recommended that you only use this option for short clips. Interleaved (video and audio) export (the <strong>Interleaved Export </strong>option) is selected by default for all formats.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="858" height="563" class="wp-image-2494" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-44.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 44" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 483" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-44.jpeg 858w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-44-300x197.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-44-768x504.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 858px) 100vw, 858px" /></p>
<p>The <strong>Bookmark </strong>sub-menu displays the <strong>Bookmark Clip Export Settings</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="860" height="564" class="wp-image-2495" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-45.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 45" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 484" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-45.jpeg 860w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-45-300x197.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-45-768x504.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 860px) 100vw, 860px" /></p>
<p>The <strong>OSD </strong>sub-menu sets the font and background parameters of the information displayed on screen to determine displayed information.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="875" height="574" class="wp-image-2496" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-46.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 46" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 485" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-46.jpeg 875w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-46-300x197.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-46-768x504.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 875px) 100vw, 875px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark414"></a><strong>Burn</strong></p>
<p>The <strong>Burn </strong>sub-menu enables you to set burn parameters for exported files, and if required, to delete these files at the end of the burn operation.</p>
<p>The <strong>Burn </strong>dialog contains these fields:</p>
<p><strong>Temp burn location</strong>:</p>
<p>Click the browse icon to navigate to and specify a temporary location for the burned file.</p>
<p><strong>-or-</strong></p>
<p>Select the <strong>Use default location </strong>option to use a default location.</p>
<p><strong>Delete files after burn operation</strong>: Select this option to delete the files after the burn process is complete.</p>
<p>Options</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="33" class="wp-image-2497" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-47.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 47" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 486"></p>
<p>Layout patterns</p>
<p>! &#8211; OSD</p>
<p>Metadata gen Metadata text</p>
<p>i Tile Toolbar</p>
<p>j E) Notifier</p>
<p>Event Display*</p>
<p>&#8211; Export</p>
<p>Snapshot</p>
<p>! &#8211; <sup>Clip</sup></p>
<p>Format</p>
<p>Bookmark</p>
<p>&#8216; &#8216; : OSD</p>
<p>Scene Tracker Keyboard</p>
<p>Bum</p>
<p>Temp burn location C:\Users\ADMINI~1\AppData\Local\Temp\2</p>
<p>□ Use default location</p>
<p>K Delete files after burn operation</p>
<p>I | Delete files after burn operation</p>
<p>OK Cancel</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark417"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark418"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark416"></a> Keyboard</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Keyboard </strong>menu specifies if a keyboard is connected, if the keyboard beeping sound is enabled, and the type and port address of a keyboard connected to the client machine&#8217;s RS232 serial port.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="916" height="600" class="wp-image-2498" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-48.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 48" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 487" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-48.jpeg 916w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-48-300x197.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-48-768x503.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 916px) 100vw, 916px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark419"></a> 3.3.6</p>
<p>The <strong>PTZ </strong>(Pan-Zoom-Tilt) menu determines whether to display a message informing the user about overriding a PTZ lock.</p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark415"></a> PTZ</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="952" height="624" class="wp-image-2499" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-49.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 49" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 488" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-49.jpeg 952w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-49-300x197.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-49-768x503.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 952px) 100vw, 952px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark421"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark422"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark420"></a> Joystick</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Joystick </strong>menu is used to select the joystick type and determines joystick settings.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="913" height="599" class="wp-image-2500" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-50.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 50" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 489" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-50.jpeg 913w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-50-300x197.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-50-768x504.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 913px) 100vw, 913px" /></p>
<p><strong>For more information, </strong>see<a href="#post-2450-bookmark453"> USB Joystick</a>.</p>
<p>3.3.8</p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark423"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark424"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark425"></a> Audio</p>
<p>The <strong>Audio </strong>menu is used to select the <strong>Audio Capture Device</strong>, determine whether to mute the attached audio, display audio errors, and set the default volume.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="927" height="608" class="wp-image-2501" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-51.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 51" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 490" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-51.jpeg 927w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-51-300x197.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-51-768x504.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 927px) 100vw, 927px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark427"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark428"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark426"></a> CaseBuilder</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>CaseBuilder </strong>menu sets the <strong>Bookmark Clip settings </strong>(i.e. how long before and after a bookmark the clip is saved, the case lifespan, the <strong>Clip Duration Limitation </strong>warning, and a player inclusion option.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="897" height="588" class="wp-image-2502" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-52.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 52" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 491" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-52.jpeg 897w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-52-300x197.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-52-768x503.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 897px) 100vw, 897px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark430"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark429"></a> Login Settings</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Login Settings </strong>menu includes the following:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark433"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark434"></a> Login settings</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark435"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark431"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark432"></a> Auto Lock</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Şflir Options X</strong></p>
<p>g-Content display</p>
<p>Login settings</p>
<p>Settings</p>
<p>2] Remember Windows credentials</p>
<p>Auto Lock</p>
<p>Q Enable Auto Lock Idle time (minutes)</p>
<p>g- Video</p>
<p>g- View Settings</p>
<p>g. Export</p>
<p>i -Scene Tracker</p>
<p>|— Keyboard</p>
<p>I&#8211; <strong>PTZ</strong></p>
<p>I-Joystick</p>
<p>i Audio</p>
<p>CaseBuilder</p>
<p>■ Login settings</p>
<p>OK Cancel</p>
<p><strong><em>Login settings</em></strong></p>
<p>The <strong>Login Settings </strong>feature determines if login settings such as Windows credentials are saved.</p>
<p>The <strong>Login Settings </strong>feature is disabled by default, and the user can enable this feature.</p>
<p><strong>Do the following:</strong></p>
<p>• In the <strong>Tools</strong>, <strong>Options</strong>, <strong>Login settings</strong>, <strong>Settings </strong>section, select the <strong>Remember Windows credentials </strong>option, and click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>Windows credentials are saved.</p>
<p><strong><em>Auto Lock</em></strong></p>
<p>The <strong>Auto Lock </strong>feature locks the ControlCenter for a user-determined interval when the ControlCenter is idle.</p>
<p>The <strong>Auto Lock </strong>feature is disabled by default. The user can enable and set the time interval, and unlock the ControlCenter when locked.</p>
<p><strong>Follow these steps:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark436"></a> In the <strong>ControlCenter</strong>, <strong>Tools</strong>, <strong>Options</strong>, <strong>View Settings</strong>, <strong>Advanced </strong>dialog, <strong>Auto Lock </strong>section, select the <strong>Enable Auto Lock </strong>option.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Idle time (minutes) </strong>field becomes active.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark437"></a> Use the <strong>Idle time (minutes) </strong>directional arrows to set the idle time interval greater than 0, click <strong>OK</strong>, and close and reopen the ControlCenter.</li>
</ol>
<p>The ControlCenter automatically locks when input devices (mouse or keyboard) remain inactive for the set interval. A Control Center is locked dialog displays:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="559" height="316" class="wp-image-2503" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-53.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 53" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 492" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-53.jpeg 559w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-53-300x170.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 559px) 100vw, 559px" /></p>
<p><strong>To unlock the ControlCenter:</strong></p>
<p>• Enter the user password in the <strong>Password </strong>field, and click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>The ControlCenter unlocks and the screens display.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark441"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark439"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark440"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark442"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark438"></a> Working With Keyboards</li>
</ol>
<p>Closed-circuit television (CCTV) keyboards can be connected to a client PC&#8217;s RS232 serial port. Since the connection is local, the use of a keyboard does not have an effect on privileges. Some functions, however, may not be available on some or all supported keyboards.</p>
<p>Configure keyboard settings in the <strong>Tools</strong>, <strong>Options</strong>, <strong>Keyboard </strong>tab.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="504" class="wp-image-2504" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-54.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 54" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 493" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-54.jpeg 870w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-54-300x174.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-54-768x445.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /></p>
<p>Command sequences for common tasks:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>PTZ Keyboard Command</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>X MON</strong></td>
<td>Switch to a viewing pane or analog monitor with logical ID X.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Y MON</strong></td>
<td>Switch to a tile Y within the selected viewing pane.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Y MON, X MON</strong></td>
<td>Switch to tile Y of viewing pane X.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>X CAM</strong></td>
<td>Display camera X on the focused tile/analog monitor or switch the viewing pane layout to layout X.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Joystick and dedicated PTZ</p>
<p>buttons (<strong>IRIS</strong>, <strong>PRESET</strong>,</p>
<p>etc.)</td>
<td>Operate a PTZ camera displayed on the focused tile/analog monitor.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Additional controls are available through the FLIR Inc CCTV keyboard or the PC keyboard of the Workstation running the Control Center Client Application.</p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark443"></a><strong>For complete information, </strong>see <a href="#post-2450-bookmark443">Controlling the ControlCenter via CCTV Keyboard </a>and <a href="#post-2450-bookmark448">Controlling the ControlCenter via the PC Keyboard</a>.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark446"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark444"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark445"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark447"></a> Controlling the ControlCenter via CCTV Keyboard</li>
</ol>
<p>Using the CCTV keyboard, you can control the ControlCenter application (both local and remote).</p>
<p>Selecting and Controlling Entities and Tiles</p>
<p>All entities (cameras, camera sequences, tiles, layouts, monitors, etc.) have a unique ID represented by a logical number (xxxx).</p>
<p><strong>DVT-KBD-G2</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="890" height="438" class="wp-image-2505" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-55.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 55" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 494" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-55.jpeg 890w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-55-300x148.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-55-768x378.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 890px) 100vw, 890px" /></p>
<p><strong>Keyboard Commands:</strong></p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The <strong>SHIFT </strong>button works as a toggle for other buttons on the keyboard. When</p>
<p><strong>SHIFT </strong>is used to trigger a function, it remains in the <strong>SHIFT </strong>state until the button is pressed again to toggle back to the previous mode.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>Keyboard Command</strong></td>
<td><strong>Key</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Select a ControlCenter Monitor</td>
<td><em>Monitor Number</em> —&gt; MULT</td>
<td>8</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Select a View tile</td>
<td><em>Monitor Number</em> —&gt; MULT</td>
<td>8</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display a camera on the selected monitor or tile</td>
<td><em>Tile Number</em> —&gt; CAM</td>
<td>7</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Toggle through viewing pane layouts with 4 tiles</td>
<td><em>2 -+</em> SETUP</td>
<td>2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Toggle through viewing pane layouts with 9 tiles</td>
<td><em>3 -+</em> SETUP</td>
<td>2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Toggle through viewing pane layouts with 16 tiles</td>
<td>4 SETUP</td>
<td>2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Expand currently selected tile to fill viewing pane</td>
<td>MULT</td>
<td>8</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Clear currently selected tile</td>
<td>SHIFT CAM</td>
<td>3+7</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display a sequence on the selected monitor or tile</td>
<td><em>Sequence number</em> —&gt; TOUR</td>
<td>19</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Pause Sequence</td>
<td>TOUR</td>
<td>19</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Switch to next camera of a <em>paused</em> sequence</td>
<td>SHIFT -&gt; FOCUS+</td>
<td>3+13</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Switch to previous camera of a <em>paused</em> sequence</td>
<td>SHIFT -&gt; FOCUS-</td>
<td>3+13</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Turn recording of the selected camera&#8217;s video stream on/off</td>
<td>SCAN</td>
<td>17</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Audio PTT</td>
<td>OTHER</td>
<td>15</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Audio Listen</td>
<td>SHIFT -&gt; OTHER (enabled by default)</td>
<td>3+15</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Trigger an alarm</td>
<td><em>Alarm Number -+</em> PAN</td>
<td>18</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Acknowledge alarm <em>in active tile</em></td>
<td>SHIFT -&gt; PAN</td>
<td>3+18</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Full Screen</td>
<td>11 -&gt; FN</td>
<td>11+5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display CC Help File</td>
<td>1 -&gt; FN</td>
<td>1+5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Switch between Systems (while logged in to multiple systems)</td>
<td><em>System number</em> —&gt; SHIFT —&gt; MULT</td>
<td>3+8</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Instant Replay Commands:</strong></p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Moving the joystick pauses the video, moving the joystick to the left or right moves the playback needle within the time-line. When a desired spot is determined, press <strong>PLAY </strong>to continue watching.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>Keyboard Command</strong></td>
<td><strong>Key</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display Instant replay on next available tile</td>
<td>PLAY</td>
<td>11</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Play</td>
<td>IRIS +</td>
<td>12</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Pause</td>
<td>IRIS &#8211;</td>
<td>12</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Rewind</td>
<td>FOCUS &#8211; or joystick left</td>
<td>13/21</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Fast Forward</td>
<td>FOCUS + or joystick right</td>
<td>13/21</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bookmark the selected tile</td>
<td>SHIFT+SCAN</td>
<td>2+17</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Controlling PTZ Domes:</strong></p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Entering the PTZ menu, by pressing the PTZ Button (10) will display a menu with the options listed below as <strong>PTZ</strong>.</p>
<p>To learn more about navigating the menu, see the <em>UVMS_Keyboard_DVT-KBD-G2_UIG</em></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>Keyboard Command</strong></td>
<td><strong>Key</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Pan left/right</td>
<td>Joystick left/right</td>
<td>21</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Tilt up/down</td>
<td>Joystick up/down</td>
<td>21</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Zoom in/out</td>
<td>ZOOM +/-</td>
<td>21</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ preset</td>
<td><em>Preset Number</em> -» PRESET</td>
<td>16</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PTZ Pattern</td>
<td><em>Pattern Number</em> -» PATTERN</td>
<td>20</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Send to &#8216;home&#8217; position</td>
<td>PTZ</td>
<td>10</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Lock/unlock</td>
<td>PTZ</td>
<td>10</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Flip position</td>
<td>PTZ</td>
<td>10</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Control Iris</td>
<td>IRIS +/-</td>
<td>12</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Focus</td>
<td>FOCUS +/-</td>
<td>13</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auxiliary controls ON</td>
<td><em>AUX Number</em> AUX</td>
<td>9</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auxiliary controls OFF</td>
<td><em>AUX Number</em> -»SHIFT &#8211; AUX</td>
<td>3+9</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>PTZ</p>
<p>HOME</p>
<p>LOCK: OFF</p>
<p>FLIP</p>
<p><strong>Change Camera Mode</strong></p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>To utilize this function, there must be a video profile assigned the the camera. The Default timeout for these functions is 3 minutes at which time it reverts back to the system picture profile settings</p>
<p>Supported only for FLIR CP-6302-31-I</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>Keyboard Command</strong></td>
<td><strong>Key</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set night mode</td>
<td>6 FN</td>
<td>6+5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set Night mode with IR On</td>
<td>7 FN</td>
<td>7+5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set Day mode</td>
<td>8 FN</td>
<td>8+5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Reset to current system picture profile</td>
<td>9 FN</td>
<td>9+5</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>DVT-KBD (Legacy)</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>Command</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Select an analog monitor or ControlCenter viewing pane</td>
<td>Monitor number and MON</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Select a viewing tile</td>
<td>Monitor number and MON</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display a camera on the selected monitor or tile</td>
<td>Camera number and CAM</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Toggle through viewing pane layouts with 4-8 tiles</td>
<td>2&#215;2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Toggle through viewing pane layouts with 9-13 tiles</td>
<td>3&#215;3</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Toggle through viewing pane layouts with 16 tiles</td>
<td>4&#215;4</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Expand currently selected tile to fill viewing pane</td>
<td>MON</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Clear currently selected tile or analog monitor</td>
<td>CLEAR</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Clear contents of the keyboard screen&#8217;s ENTER field</td>
<td>CLEAR</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display a sequence on the selected monitor or tile</td>
<td>Sequence number and SEQ</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display a sequence on the selected monitor or tile</td>
<td>Press SEQ twice</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>Command</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hold a sequence</td>
<td>NEXT</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Switch to the next camera of a paused sequence</td>
<td>LAST</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display an instant replay on the selected analog monitor (not available on a viewing tile when using the keyboard)</td>
<td>INST. REPLAY (See additional table for more instant replay controls)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bookmark the selected file</td>
<td>BOOKMARK</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Turn recording of the selected camera&#8217;s video stream on/off</td>
<td>RECORD ON/OFF</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Trigger an alarm</td>
<td>Alarm number and ALARM</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Acknowledge an alarm in its active tile</td>
<td>ACK</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Controlling Playbacks</strong></p>
<p>Following are the CCTV keyboard commands used to control playbacks:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>Command</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Play</td>
<td>IRIS OPEN</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Pause</td>
<td>IRIS CLOSE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Rewind</td>
<td>FOCUS NEAR or joystick left</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Fast Forward</td>
<td>FOCUS FAR or joystick right</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Increase playback speed</td>
<td>IRIS OPEN</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Decrease playback speed</td>
<td>AUX ON</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Controlling PTZ Domes</strong></p>
<p>Following are the CCTV keyboard commands used to control PTZ domes:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>Command</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Pan left/right</td>
<td>Joystick left/right</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Tilt up/down</td>
<td>Joystick up/down</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>Command</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Zoom in/out</td>
<td>Twist joystick clockwise/counter-clockwise</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Call a dome preset</td>
<td>Preset number and PRESET</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Call a dome pattern</td>
<td>Pattern number and PATTERN</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Send a dome to its home position</td>
<td>HOME</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Lock/unlock a dome</td>
<td>LOCK</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Flip a dome’s position</td>
<td>FLIP</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Control a dome’s iris</td>
<td>Press and hold IRIS OPEN or IRIS CLOSE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Focus a dome</td>
<td>Press and hold FOCUS FAR or FOCUS NEAR</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Utilize a dome’s auxiliary controls</td>
<td>Aux number and AUX ON or AUX OFF</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark451"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark449"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark450"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark452"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark448"></a> Controlling the ControlCenter via the PC Keyboard</li>
</ol>
<p>Using the PC keyboard, you can control the ControlCenter application (local and remote). The following are the supported PC keyboard commands.</p>
<p><strong>Select Entities and Tiles by ID</strong></p>
<p>All entities (cameras, camera sequences, tiles, layouts, monitors, etc.) have a unique ID represented by a logical number (xxxx). To apply a command to specific entities, they must be entered after the entity ID. To help the user keep track of what number has been entered, all digit keystrokes (&#8216;0&#8217; through &#8216;9&#8217;) are shown in the toolbar. The number displayed in the toolbar is the ID used by the next keyboard command.</p>
<p><strong>Note: The keypad NUM LOCK must be on for the following commands.</strong></p>
<p><strong>Following are the PC keyboard commands used to select entities and tiles by their IDs:</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Command</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td rowspan="4"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>xxxx </strong>and keypad &#8216;<strong>.</strong>’</td>
<td>Select monitor or tile xxxx.</p>
<p>The current monitor, tile and camera selections are all indicated in the toolbar.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>xxxx </strong>and keypad</p>
<p><strong>ENTER</strong></td>
<td>Select camera or layout xxxx.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>xxxx </strong>and <strong>CTRL </strong>and keypad <strong>ENTER</strong></td>
<td>Select camera sequence xxxx.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Command</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>xxxx </strong>and <strong>M</strong></td>
<td>Select system (Latitude system) xxxx.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>ESC</strong></td>
<td>Clear led display.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Example</strong></p>
<p>To put a camera on a tile, type the following:</p>
<p>&lt;monitor ID&gt;.&lt;tile number&gt;.&lt;camera ID&gt;<strong>ENTER</strong></p>
<p><strong>Control the Selected Tile</strong></p>
<p>The following are the PC keyboard commands used to control the selected tile:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Command</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>A</strong></td>
<td>Selected tile &#8211; Arm/disarm toggle.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>keypad &#8216;<strong>.</strong>&#8216;</td>
<td>Selected tile &#8211; Expand/collapse toggle.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>BACKSPACE</strong></td>
<td>Remove displayed entity.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>B</strong></td>
<td>Camera &#8211; Add bookmark.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>R</strong></td>
<td>Camera &#8211; Start/stop recording.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>, </strong>(comma)</td>
<td>Camera &#8211; Talk (push-to-talk).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>. </strong>(period)</td>
<td>Camera &#8211; Listen (on/off).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>CTRL </strong>and <strong>Up </strong>arrow</td>
<td>Camera sequence &#8211; Start/stop.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>CTRL </strong>and <strong>Right </strong>arrow</td>
<td>Camera sequence &#8211; Next camera.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>CTRL </strong>and <strong>Left </strong>arrow</td>
<td>Camera sequence &#8211; Next camera.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Control Alarms</strong></p>
<p>The following are the PC keyboard commands used to control alarms:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Command</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>xxxx </strong>and <strong>CTRL </strong>and <strong>A</strong></td>
<td>Trigger alarm.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>CTRL </strong>and <strong>Space</strong></td>
<td>Acknowledge alarm on selected tile.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Controll Playbacks</strong></p>
<p>The following are the PC keyboard commands used to control playbacks:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Command</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>I</strong></td>
<td>Instant Replay on selected tile.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>G</strong></td>
<td>Play/Pause.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>K</strong></td>
<td>Rewind.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>L</strong></td>
<td>Fast Forward.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Shift </strong>and keypad &#8216;<strong>+</strong>&#8216;</td>
<td>Increase playback speed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Shift </strong>and keypad &#8216;<strong>&#8211;</strong>&#8216;</td>
<td>Decrease playback speed.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Control PTZ and Digital PTZ</strong></p>
<p>The following are the PC keyboard commands used to control PTZs and digital PTZs:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>Command</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Pan left</td>
<td><strong>Shift </strong>and <strong>Left </strong>arrow.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Pan right</td>
<td><strong>Shift </strong>and <strong>Right </strong>arrow.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Tilt up</td>
<td><strong>Shift </strong>and <strong>Up </strong>arrow.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Tilt down</td>
<td><strong>Shift </strong>and <strong>Down </strong>arrow.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Zoom in</td>
<td><strong>Shift </strong>and keypad &#8216;<strong>/</strong>&#8216;.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Zoom out</td>
<td><strong>Shift </strong>and &#8216;<strong>*</strong>&#8216;.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Advanced PTZ Controls</strong></p>
<p>The following are the PC keyboard commands used for advanced PTZ control:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Command</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Shift and keypad &#8216;-&#8216;</td>
<td>Decrease PTZ speed</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Shift and keypad &#8216; + &#8216;</td>
<td>Increase PTZ speed</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>xxxx and Shift and Insert</td>
<td>Go to preset</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>xxxx and CTRL and Insert</td>
<td>Set preset</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>xxxx and Shift and Home</td>
<td>Run pattern</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>xxxx and CTRL and Home</td>
<td>Record pattern (start/stop)</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Command</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>xxxx and Shift and Page <sup>u</sup>p</td>
<td>Auxiliary On</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>xxxx and Shift and Page <sup>u</sup>p</td>
<td>Auxiliary Off</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Shift and Delete</td>
<td>Open iris</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CTRL and Delete</td>
<td>Close Iris</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Shift and End</td>
<td>Focus near</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CTRL and End</td>
<td>Focus far</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Shift and L</td>
<td>Lock</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Shift and H</td>
<td>Go Home</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Shift and F</td>
<td>Flip</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Change Camera Mode</strong></p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>To utilize this function, there must be a video profile assigned the the camera. The Default timeout for these functions is three (3) minutes for these functions at which time it reverts back to the system picture profile settings.</p>
<p><strong>FLIR CP-6302-31-I support only:</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>Keyboard Command</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set night mode</td>
<td>F6</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set Night mode with IR On</td>
<td>F7</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set Day mode</td>
<td>F8</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2450-bookmark453"></a> Reset to current system picture profile</td>
<td>F9</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark454"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark455"></a> USB Joystick</li>
</ol>
<p>Connect USB joysticks to a client PC&#8217;s USB port. Since the connection is local, the use of a joystick does not have an effect on privileges. You can use joysticks with Direct USB connections in the ControlCenter.</p>
<p>Add a USB Joystick. Settings for this device are located in <strong>Tools</strong>, <strong>Options</strong>, <strong>Joystick </strong>tab.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="769" height="503" class="wp-image-2506" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-56.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 56" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 495" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-56.jpeg 769w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-56-300x196.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 769px) 100vw, 769px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark457"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark458"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark456"></a><strong>Favorites</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The <strong>Control Center </strong>user can save workspace configurations and recall them to display on the monitor using the <strong>Favorites </strong>menu. These favorite workspaces, when saved, display in the entity tree on the left side of the <strong>Control Center </strong>screen.</p>
<p>After customizing the <strong>Control Center </strong>to display the panes and tile layout of your choice, you can add the workspace to your <strong>Favorites </strong>and access them by selecting them from the <strong>Favorites </strong>drop-down menu in the <strong>Application Menu</strong>.</p>
<p>The following are described here:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Add a customized layout to your Favorites menu</strong></li>
<li><strong>Access a customized layout</strong></li>
<li><strong>Edit a saved layout</strong></li>
<li><strong>Delete a customized layout</strong></li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark466"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark464"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark465"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark467"></a> Add a Customized Layout to Your Favorites Menu</li>
</ol>
<p>You can add a customized workspace layout to your <strong>Favorites </strong>menu.</p>
<p><strong>Follow these steps:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark468"></a> In the <strong>ControlCenter </strong>application menu, create and save a workspace.</li>
</ol>
<p>This includes adding components and setting configurations.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark469"></a> In the <strong>ControlCenter </strong>application menu, click on the <strong>Favorites </strong>menu option, and click the <strong>Save as favorite </strong>option.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Save as favorite </strong>dialog displays, and the <strong>Save </strong>option is inactive.</p>
<p>Favorites</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="550" height="228" class="wp-image-2507" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-57.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 57" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 496" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-57.jpeg 550w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-57-300x124.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 550px) 100vw, 550px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark470"></a> In the <strong>Favorite Name </strong>field, type the name for the workspace layout, (the <strong>Save </strong>option is active) and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Favorites </strong>menu adds the workspace layout and displays it in the entities tree on the left and when you select the <strong>Favorites </strong>menu option.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="555" height="233" class="wp-image-2508" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-58.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 58" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 497" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-58.jpeg 555w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-58-300x126.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 555px) 100vw, 555px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark472"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark473"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark474"></a> Access a Customized Layout</p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark471"></a> 3.4.2</p>
<p>You can access a customized favorite workspace from the <strong>Favorites </strong>menu.</p>
<p><strong>Follow these steps:</strong></p>
<p>1. In the <strong>ControlCenter </strong>application menu, click on the <strong>Favorites </strong>menu option.</p>
<p>The <strong>Favorites </strong>menu expands to display available options and saved favorite layouts.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="206" height="131" class="wp-image-2509" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-59.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 59" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 498"></p>
<p>2. Select an available layout.</p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark475"></a> The selected layout displays and the <strong>Favorites </strong>menu closes.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark478"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark476"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark477"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark479"></a> Edit a Saved Layout</li>
</ol>
<p>You can edit and save an existing saved favorite workspaces accessed from the <strong>Favorites </strong>menu.</p>
<p><strong>Follow these steps:</strong></p>
<p>1. In the <strong>ControlCenter </strong>application menu, create and save a workspace. This includes adding components and setting configurations.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="159" height="145" class="wp-image-2510" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-60.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 60" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 499"></p>
<p>2. Click on the <strong>Favorites </strong>menu option, and select the <strong>Save as favorite </strong>option. The <strong>Save as favorite </strong>dialog displays, and the <strong>Save </strong>option is inactive.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="235" height="97" class="wp-image-2511" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-61.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 61" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 500"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="223" height="117" class="wp-image-2512" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-62.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 62" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 501"></p>
<p>In the <strong>ControlCenter </strong>application menu, click on the <strong>Favorites </strong>menu option. The <strong>Favorites </strong>menu expands.</p>
<p>3. In the <strong>Favorite Name </strong>field:</p>
<p>Use the drop down arrow to display a list of saved favorite workspaces</p>
<p><strong>or</strong></p>
<p>Begin typing a name, and the auto-complete text predicts and displays available name matches. The <strong>Save </strong>option becomes active.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark481"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark480"></a> Choose an existing workspace from the list, edit as desired, and click <strong>Save</strong>. The displayed workspace is edited and saved.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark484"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark482"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark483"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark485"></a> Delete a customized layout</li>
</ol>
<p>You can delete a customized favorite workspace from the <strong>Favorites </strong>menu.</p>
<p><strong>Follow these steps:</strong></p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>Click the <strong>Manage favorites </strong>option, and in the <strong>Manage favorites </strong>dialog, select the layout to delete.</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>The selected layout is highlighted and the <strong>Delete </strong>option in the upper left of the dialog becomes active.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="585" height="355" class="wp-image-2513" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-63.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 63" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 502" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-63.jpeg 585w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-63-300x182.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 585px) 100vw, 585px" /></p>
<p>3. Click the <strong>Delete </strong>option.</p>
<p>The <strong>Save </strong>option in the lower right becomes active.</p>
<p>4. Click <strong>Save </strong>to complete the delete action. The selected layout is deleted.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="145" height="25" class="wp-image-2514" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-64.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 64" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 503"></p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark486"></a><strong>Navigation Tree</strong></p>
<p>&#8211; ân [System (1) (TW5) j B-*i Admin Block</p>
<p>]•• ■&lt; Corridor 1 (5)</p>
<p>■&lt; External 1 (4)</p>
<p>| | [ ■* PTZ 1 [3]</p>
<p><strong>[ [ | » PTZ 2 (6)</strong></p>
<p><strong>m Workstations 1 (1)</strong></p>
<p>I X Main Office GIS Map (1) tS R and D Office (3)</p>
<p>I f=)-«î Gatehouse</p>
<p>i. <strong>m</strong> Ped and Veh Gate (2)</p>
<p>I &#8211; Test</p>
<p><strong>■* Camera 1 &#8211; 172.20.17.112 (ioi</strong></p>
<p>j- ■! Camera 1 &#8211; 172.20.17.52 (Men1</p>
<p>i- Camera 1 &#8211; 172.20.17.55 (Meni</p>
<p>I 03 North Layout (10)</p>
<p>CS Office Layout (2)</p>
<p>Ö ân System (1) (172.20.17.51)</p>
<p>B-gg Main Office</p>
<p>B-«J Northern Area</p>
<p>i Ü Default GIS Map (1)</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark491"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark489"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark490"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark492"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark488"></a> Explorer Area &#8211; Navigation Pane</li>
</ol>
<p>The Explorer Area is the navigation pane where the various features for locating and displaying the content you want in the Display area. Select items to be viewed and used in viewing panes and layouts.</p>
<p>The following Explorer area content and features are covered in this section:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark493"></a>Navigation Tree</li>
<li>Query Pane</li>
<li>PTZ Pane (Control Panel)</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark497"></a><strong>Navigation Tree</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Navigation Tree </strong>presents a hierarchical view of the system&#8217;s logical entities (e.g. cameras, audio sources, etc.). It is most commonly used to start displaying live video or playing live audio within the application or via external output devices.</p>
<p><strong>Navigation Tree Entries</strong></p>
<p>The <strong>Navigation Tree </strong>contains all Sites (these can be expanded to show all logical entities within each Site) and all entities not allocated to specific Sites.</p>
<p>When the Latitude is connected to more than one System, use the Site Filter to display or hide selected Systems and Sites within those Systems.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Displayed Sites and Entities can be limited by the privileges associated with specific users or groups of users as set up by the system administrator.</p>
<p>The following display modes show information about the entities in the <strong>Navigation</strong></p>
<p><strong>Tree</strong>:</p>
<p>o <strong>Bold entries </strong>refer to camera entities which are <strong>currently displayed in viewing tiles</strong>.</p>
<p>o Colored entries show the status of analytics-capable cameras:</p>
<p><strong>■ Green entries </strong>&#8211; Currently armed.</p>
<p><strong>■ Red entries </strong>&#8211; Currently disarmed</p>
<p><strong>■ Orange entries </strong>&#8211; Analytics currently unavailable (low visibility/poor signal/etc.)</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="811" height="763" class="wp-image-2515" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-65.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 65" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 504" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-65.jpeg 811w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-65-300x282.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-65-768x723.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 811px) 100vw, 811px" /></p>
<p>cc NavTreeBasic</p>
<p>? X</p>
<p><strong>Navigation Tree</strong></p>
<p>Site Filter allows . Systems and Sites to I be displayed/hidden J</p>
<p>System (1} (TW5)</p>
<p>Armed Analytics camera, currently displayed</p>
<p>Disarmed Analytics camera, currently displayed _</p>
<p>Camera entity, currently</p>
<p>displayed</p>
<p>/ -/•! Admin Block</p>
<p><strong>/ i ■&lt; </strong>Corridor 1 <strong>[5)</strong></p>
<p><strong>&lt; i </strong>i <strong>■* External 1 (4)</strong></p>
<p><strong>i i i </strong>PTZ 1 <strong>(3)</strong></p>
<p><strong>| I I PTZ 2 &lt;6&gt;</strong></p>
<p><strong>: : : Workstations. 1 (1)—-</strong></p>
<p>Mam Office GIS Map (1)</p>
<p>R and D <strong>Office </strong>(3]</p>
<p><strong>&#8220;İ <sup>1</sup> &#8211; </strong>Gatehouse</p>
<p><strong>i i i </strong>■&lt; Ped and <strong>Veh </strong>Gate (2)</p>
<p>&#8211; &lt; Test</p>
<p><strong>i I I </strong>m<strong> Camera 1 &#8211; 172.20.17.11</strong></p>
<p>■- Camera 1 &#8211; 172.20.17.52 (Meni</p>
<p>■“ Camera 1 &#8211; 172.20.17.55 (Meni</p>
<p>: : EB North Layout <strong>(10)</strong></p>
<p><strong>\ <sup>:</sup> Eg </strong>Office Layout (2)</p>
<p>|=HŞ» <strong>System (1) (172.20.17.51)</strong></p>
<p>+ 3i Main Office</p>
<p><strong>S •« Northern Area</strong></p>
<p>&amp; Default GIS Map <strong>(1)</strong></p>
<p>Systems and Sites</p>
<p><strong>Dual-Sensor Cameras in the Navigation Pane</strong></p>
<p>Dual-Sensor cameras that are integrated into the system (e.g. the <strong>FLIR PT-Series</strong>) display as two entries in the Navigation pane:</p>
<p>&#8211; &lt; Northern Area İ İ ■&lt; Entrance {?}</p>
<p>PT 1 Thermal Head &#8211; North (3j</p>
<p>I İ PT 1 Visible Head &#8211; North (1) İ I ■&lt; Road i {j}</p>
<p><strong>Tile Component Display</strong></p>
<p>You can display a camera, a sequence or a map scene on a tile.</p>
<p><strong>Do the following:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark498"></a> Drag and drop the scene onto a viewing tile or double-click it to display on the first unoccupied tile (or the Spot tile, if one is configured).</li>
</ul>
<p>Audio sources activate if they are associated with a camera.</p>
<p><strong>Monitor Component Display</strong></p>
<p>You can display a camera, sequence or map scene on a monitor.</p>
<p><strong>Do the following:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark499"></a> Drag and drop the scene onto the desired analog monitor in the <strong>Navigation Tree</strong>. Audio streams linked to a camera utilize the audio input/output devices linked to the monitor where defined.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Camera Audio</strong></p>
<p>You can play camera audio through a workstation speaker.</p>
<p><strong>Do the following:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark500"></a> Drag and drop the speaker onto a <strong>Viewing Pane </strong>audio layout, and use the audio tile&#8217;s controls to adjust volume and other parameters.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Microphone Usage</strong></p>
<p>You can transmit audio using a connected microphone.</p>
<p><strong>Do the following:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark501"></a> Drag and drop the microphone onto a <strong>Viewing Pane </strong>audio layout and click the microphone button to begin talking and transmitting.</li>
</ul>
<p>Aside from the tree display, the <strong>Navigation Tree </strong>contains buttons at the top of the pane, as follows:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Butto n</strong></td>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Refresh</strong></td>
<td>Manually refresh the <strong>Navigation Tree</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Filter</strong></td>
<td>Displays a drop-down list that enables users to toggle visible or hidden entity types. Settings are kept and restored when the same user logs in again.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>B</td>
<td><strong>Site Filter</strong></td>
<td>Displays a window showing all the system defined sites. The user can search, select\deselect the relevant sites to display in the navigation tree at a given time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>B3</td>
<td><strong>Collapse All</strong></td>
<td>Collapses all expanded tree entities.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>e</strong></td>
<td><strong>Camera Flat View</strong></td>
<td>View only resources in alphabetical order.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Icon State Symbols</strong></p>
<p>The <strong>state </strong>of an entity is sometimes reflected in the appearance of its icon as viewed in entity trees throughout the system, including those in the <strong>Navigation Pane</strong>.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Icon state</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>•</strong></td>
<td>Entity being recorded.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Icon of Offline entities display as grayed out.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>2</strong></td>
<td>Entity is in a warning state.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>O</strong></td>
<td>Disconnected entity.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&lt;]</td>
<td>Entity linked to a microphone.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>0</strong></td>
<td>Input/output pin device in an abnormal state.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>a</td>
<td>input/output pin device in an unknown state.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>X</strong></td>
<td>Archiver for this entity failed.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Multiple state symbols may be integrated into a single entity icon, as in the case of a recording camera linked to a microphone</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="881" height="791" class="wp-image-2516" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-66.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 66" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 505" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-66.jpeg 881w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-66-300x269.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-66-768x690.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 881px) 100vw, 881px" /></p>
<p><strong>Site Filter</strong></p>
<p>When the Latitude is connected to more than one System, use the <strong>Site Filter </strong>to display or hide selected systems and sites within those Systems.</p>
<p>Navigation Tree</p>
<p>Check All / None</p>
<p>Site Filter</p>
<p>Expand / Collapse</p>
<p>Filter field (text)</p>
<p><strong>(1]</strong></p>
<p>Click icon to open the Site Filter Dialog</p>
<p>Checker uncheck to display/hide entities in Systems/Sites</p>
<p>Block</p>
<p>-idor 1 (5)</p>
<p>External 1 <strong>(4)</strong></p>
<p>PTZ <strong>1 </strong>C3J</p>
<p><strong>PTZ 2 (6)</strong></p>
<p><strong>Workstations 1</strong></p>
<p>Main Office GIS Ma</p>
<p><strong>i i i </strong>m<strong> Camera 1 &#8211; 172.20.</strong></p>
<p>İ i i Camera 1 &#8211; 172.20.&#8217;</p>
<p>I I &gt; » Camera 1 &#8211; 172.20.&#8217;</p>
<p>İ i EH North Layout <strong>{10)</strong></p>
<p>İ 1 <strong>El </strong>Office Layout (2)</p>
<p>-İşe System <strong>(1) </strong>(172.20.17.51)</p>
<p>+ gg Main Office</p>
<p>+ ■■&lt;; Northern Area</p>
<p><strong>S </strong>Default GIS Map (1)</p>
<p><strong>Ş&#8217;ÇŞB </strong>System <strong>(1) d</strong>72.20.1<strong>7.51] /! <sub>r</sub></strong></p>
<p>İ İ <strong>a </strong>Main Offii Show Filtered Items only</p>
<p><strong>a </strong>Northern or highlight them in full list</p>
<p><strong>&#8211; DŞŞ </strong>System <strong>(1) </strong>(1<strong>72.20.</strong>1 /.üj &#8216;</p>
<p><strong>D </strong>Admin Block</p>
<p><strong>a *• </strong>Gatehouse</p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th></th>
<th>OK</th>
<th>Cancel</th>
<th></th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="4"></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark505"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark503"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark504"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark506"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark502"></a> Query Pane</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Query </strong>pane, located in the lower left corner of the <strong>ControlCenter</strong>, provides an easy- to-use interface for searching the system&#8217;s video and audio archives. It supports search based on date and time for clips, bookmarks, incidents and alarm. It is also used to launch <a href="#post-2450-bookmark882">playback</a>.</p>
<p>Query PTZ ? X</p>
<p>Clip t| Q</p>
<p>Drop-downj</p>
<p>Search Box</p>
<p>■ Ş? System (1) (IW1)</p>
<p>&#8211; ■ i§ Main Office</p>
<p>D» Camera 1 &#8211; 172.20.17.108(1</p>
<p>_ &lt; ‘ s&#8217;* East Building (3)</p>
<p>^mei^^eej ğ&#8230; <sub>a</sub> &lt;; Northern Area</p>
<p>I ■ ■&lt; Entrance (2)</p>
<p>S » Road 1 (5)</p>
<p>■ * Road 2 (1)</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="611" height="245" class="wp-image-2517" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-67.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 67" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 506" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-67.jpeg 611w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-67-300x120.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 611px) 100vw, 611px" /></p>
<p><strong>Query Types</strong></p>
<p>All queries can be conditioned on camera/s (or other type or source), Text filter (opt), Date and Time.</p>
<p>Depending on the Query type, additional advanced parameters may be used.</p>
<p>Bookmark</p>
<p>Clip</p>
<p>Incident</p>
<p>Motion bookmark Motion indication Smart search Thumbnails Face</p>
<p>License plate</p>
<p><em>Search Types</em></p>
<p>The following are supported Query types:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Notes</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm</td>
<td>Can include parameters on how Alarm was triggered, etc.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Background Export Clip</td>
<td>Search for recorded data (video and audio).</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Notes</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Note: </strong>The search path must be a local or a network folder to which the Archiver has write permissions.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bookmark</td>
<td>Search the timeline for manually created Bookmarks including:</p>
<ul>
<li>Bookmarks with related clip segments</li>
<li>Bookmarks with related clip segments and incidents</li>
<li>Motion Bookmarks</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Clip</td>
<td>Search for recorded clips.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Incident</td>
<td>Search for incidents triggered by Actions defined in Admin Center.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Motion bookmark</td>
<td>Search for motion bookmarks and display them in the Timeline in the Query Results pane.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Motion indication</td>
<td>Search for indicated detected motion in recorded video and display it in the Timeline in the Query Results pane.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Smart search</td>
<td>Search for motion in specific regions of recorded video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Thumbnails</td>
<td>Allows user to see thumbnails and search visually.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Face</td>
<td>Search for recorded faces in recorded data.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>License plate</td>
<td>Search for recorded vehicle license plates in recorded data.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark507"></a><strong>To search for Cleared Alarms (associated clips):</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="42" height="42" class="wp-image-2518" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-68.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 68" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 507"></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark487"></a> In the <strong>Query </strong>tab, click the <strong>Reset </strong>icon</li>
</ol>
<p>on the bottom left to assure a default search,</p>
<p>and in the <strong>Search </strong>field, use the drop down arrow to select <strong>Clip</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="42" height="39" class="wp-image-2519" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-69.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 69" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 508"> arameters for an advanced search, click the <strong>Additional search </strong>and do the following in the <strong>Additional clip parameters </strong>dialog.</p>
<p>2. To define additional</p>
<p><strong>parameters </strong>icon</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark508"></a> From the <strong>Initiated by </strong>tree, expand and select one or more users.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Auto-cleared alarms have no user defined. You cannot return auto-cleared alarms select any users.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark509"></a><strong>Description </strong>that can be added by the operator when triggering an alarm manually.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark510"></a> In the <strong>Archiving triggers </strong>section, use the drop down menu to select from the list of available triggers.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark511"></a> In the <strong>Protection status </strong>section, use the drop down menu to select a status.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark512"></a> Select the <strong>Show motion preview </strong>option to display motion preview for clips.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark513"></a> Select the <strong>Search redundant Archivers </strong>option to search only redundant Archivers.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If enabled the primary Archiver is not searched.</p>
<p>g. Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>The additional clip parameters are selected.</p>
<p>From the <strong>Search </strong>menu, use the drop down menu to select <strong>Alarm</strong>, click the</p>
<p>3.</p>
<p><strong>Additional alarm parameters </strong>icon</p>
<p>and in the <strong>Additional alarm parameters</strong></p>
<p>dialog, select the recorded source from the tree and click <strong>OK</strong>,</p>
<p><strong>-or-</strong>,</p>
<p>In the <strong>From </strong>and <strong>To </strong>the date and time menu, select a preset time option</p>
<p><strong>-or-</strong></p>
<p>Select <strong>Manual selection </strong>in the drop down menu and then enter <strong>From date and time </strong>and <strong>To date and time</strong>.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark514"></a> In the <strong>Text </strong>search, type optional text to find in the <strong>Alarm Name</strong>, and click <strong>Search</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark515"></a> To view the associated clip segments of an <strong>Alarm </strong>(if defined with alarm type) in the Query Results pane, expand the Alarm by clicking on the (+) and then double click the video you want to view.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="42" height="42" class="wp-image-2520" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-70.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 70" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 509"></p>
<p>6. Click the <strong>Reset </strong>icon</p>
<p>to reset your query parameters.</p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark516"></a><strong>To search for Background Export Clips:</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="42" height="42" class="wp-image-2521" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-71.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 71" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 510"></p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Query </strong>tab, click the <strong>Reset </strong>icon</p>
<p>on the bottom left to assure a default search,</p>
<p>and in the <strong>Search </strong>field, use the drop down arrow to select <strong>Background Export Clip</strong>.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark517"></a> In the <strong>Search </strong>field, type optional text to find in the Alarm Name, and click <strong>Search</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark518"></a> To view the associated clip segments of an Alarm (if defined with alarm type) in the Query Results pane, expand the Alarm by clicking on the (+) and then double click the video you want to view.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="42" height="42" class="wp-image-2522" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-72.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 72" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 511"></p>
<p>4. Click the <strong>Reset </strong>icon</p>
<p>to reset your query parameters.</p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark521"></a><strong>To search for Bookmarks (with related clip segments):</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="45" height="41" class="wp-image-2523" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-73.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 73" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 512"> 1. In the <strong>Query </strong>pane from the <strong>Search for </strong>menu, select <strong>Bookmark</strong>.</p>
<p>and and in the <strong>Additional</strong></p>
<p>2. Click the <strong>Additional clip parameters </strong>icon</p>
<p><strong>bookmark parameters </strong>dialog:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark522"></a> From the <strong>Initiated by </strong>tree, select one or more users.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark523"></a> On Latitude systems, an additional check-box is shown:</li>
</ol>
<p>Select the <strong>Search redundant Archivers </strong>option to search only redundant archivers.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>When enabled, the primary Archiver is not searched.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark524"></a> Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark525"></a> Select the recorded source scene by marking the tree entities.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark526"></a> In the <strong>Text </strong>search field, type optional text to locate in the Bookmark Name. Predictive text begins to highlight semi-matching options in orange.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark527"></a> In the <strong>From </strong>and <strong>To </strong>the date and time section, select a preset time option, or select <strong>Manual selection </strong>from the drop down menu, enter <strong>From </strong>date and time and <strong>To </strong>date and time, and click <strong>Search</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The returned results display in the <strong>Query </strong>results pane.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark529"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark528"></a> To view the associated clip segment of a bookmark in the Timeline playback, in the <strong>Query </strong>results pane, double click the bookmark you want to view.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To perform a simple search for a Clip (Clips that satisfy the search are listed in Query Results):</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="30" height="29" class="wp-image-2524" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-74.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 74" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 513"></p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark519"></a> 1.</p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark520"></a> 2.</p>
<p>From the <strong>Search for </strong>menu, select <strong>Clip</strong>.</p>
<p>To reset Query parameters and return to a default search, click the <strong>Reset </strong>icon</p>
<p>, and</p>
<p>select the recorded source scene by marking the tree entities.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark532"></a> In the <strong>From </strong>and <strong>To </strong>the date and time section, select a preset time option</li>
</ol>
<p>-or-</p>
<p>Select the <strong>Manual selection </strong>option and then enter <strong>From </strong>date and time and <strong>To </strong>date and time.</p>
<p>4. Click <strong>Search</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>To perform a simple search for a Clip (Synchronized Playback):</strong></p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>To reset Query parameters and return to a default search, click the <strong>Reset </strong>icon</p>
<p>, and</p>
<p>from the <strong>Search for </strong>menu, select <strong>Clip</strong>.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark533"></a> Select scenes for recorded source scenes, by marking the tree entities. You can select from one up to the maximum number of scenes as defined in the to the maximum as defined in the <strong>Tools</strong>, <strong>Options</strong>, <strong>Video</strong>, <strong>Playback </strong>screen settings. The default is six maximum.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark534"></a> From the <strong>Date and Time </strong>menu, select a preset time option</li>
</ol>
<p>-or-</p>
<p>Select <strong>Manual selection </strong>and then enter <strong>From </strong>date and time and <strong>To </strong>date and time, and click <strong>Sync</strong>.</p>
<p>The clips located by the search load into the <strong>Timeline &#8211; Synchronized Playback </strong>layout.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark535"></a> Once the sync playback layout is opened, the User can drag to open scenes from the main camera tree.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark536"></a> When a scene is dragged into an empty tile, it is automatically synced with the other scenes in the layout. The unified Timeline is updated to include the new scene.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark537"></a> If the scene is dropped into a populated tile, it opens the new scene in the next available tile. If no tile is available, the layout is automatically modified to include more tiles.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark538"></a> Scenes with linked audio occupy two tiles, which causes the layout to expand, if necessary.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark539"></a> Scenes can also be dragged out of the layout to remove them, and the unified timeline is removed for that scene.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>One scene (the &#8220;original&#8221; scene in the top left tile) must always remain in the <strong>Sync Playback </strong>layout to keep the playback times.</p>
<p><strong>To perform an advanced search for a Clip:</strong></p>
<p>1. From the <strong>Search for </strong>menu, select <strong>Clip</strong>, then click the <strong>Additional clip parameters </strong>icon</p>
<p>, and do the following:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="256" height="419" class="wp-image-2525" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-75.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 75" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 514" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-75.jpeg 256w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-75-183x300.jpeg 183w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 256px) 100vw, 256px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark540"></a> From the <strong>Initiated by </strong>tree, select one or more users.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark541"></a> In the <strong>Archiving triggers </strong>drop-down menu mark or deselect the triggers to search for, and then click the menu arrow again.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark542"></a> From the <strong>Protection status </strong>drop-down menu, select <strong>Locked </strong>for only locked clips, <strong>Unlocked </strong>for unlocked clips, or <strong>Both </strong>for all clips.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark543"></a> To enable or disable the optional display of motion preview on the clip in the Timeline pane, select or deselect the <strong>Show motion preview </strong>option.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark544"></a> On some systems, an additional check-box is shown:</li>
</ol>
<p>To search only redundant Archivers, select the <strong>Search redundant archivers </strong>option.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>When enabled, the primary Archiver is not searched.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark545"></a> Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark546"></a> Select the recorded source scene by marking the tree entities.</li>
</ol>
<p>To display found clips in <strong>Query Results </strong>pane, select one or more.</p>
<p>To display found clip results in a <strong>Synchronized Playback</strong>, select clip.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Set the maximum number of clips that may be defined in the <strong>Tools</strong>, <strong>Options</strong>, <strong>Video</strong>, <strong>Playback </strong>screen.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark547"></a> From the <strong>Date and Time </strong>menu, select a preset time option</li>
</ol>
<p>-or-</p>
<p>Select <strong>Manual selection </strong>and then enter <strong>From </strong>date and time and <strong>To </strong>date and time.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark548"></a> In the <strong>Text search</strong>, type optional text to locate in the <strong>Clip Name </strong>field, an do the following:</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark549"></a> For listing found clips in the <strong>Query </strong>results pane, click <strong>Search</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark550"></a> For automatically playing found clips in Timeline and in a Synchronized Playback, click <strong>Sync</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Changes remain in effect until reset. If the changes made are only for this search or you want to reset them, click the <strong>Reset </strong>icon .</p>
<p>/!\Query results are displayed time ascending. When the query results exceed the limit that is specified by the query, only partial results are returned. Change the time filter to include the required time span in the query.</p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark551"></a><strong>To search for incidents (with all related bookmarks with clip segments):</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="38" height="35" class="wp-image-2526" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-76.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 76" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 515"></p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark530"></a> 1.</p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark531"></a> 2.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Query </strong>pane from the <strong>Search for </strong>menu, select incidents.</p>
<p>Click the <strong>Additional clip parameters </strong>icon,</p>
<p>, and do the following:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark552"></a> From the <strong>Initiated by </strong>tree, expand and select one or more users.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark553"></a> Select the <strong>Search redundant archivers </strong>option to search only redundant Archivers.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The primary Archiver is not searched when enabled.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark554"></a> Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark555"></a> Select the recorded source scene by marking the tree entities.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark556"></a> In the <strong>Search </strong>field (text), type optional text to locate in the Incident Name.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark557"></a> From the <strong>Date and Time </strong>menu towards the bottom of the pane, select a preset time option or select <strong>Manual selection </strong>from the drop-down menu, and enter <strong>From </strong>date and time and <strong>To </strong>date and time.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>For a list of results in the Query Results pane:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark558"></a> Click <strong>Search </strong>to start the query.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark559"></a> Click <strong>Stop </strong>when you wish to end the query.</li>
</ol>
<p>The query results display in the <strong>Query Results </strong>pane.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark560"></a> To view the associated bookmarks and clip segments of an incident in the Timeline playback, in the Query Results pane, expand the incident by clicking on the (+) and then double click the bookmark you want to view.</li>
</ol>
<p>/t\Query results are displayed time ascending. When the query results exceed the limit that is specified &#8221; by the query, only partial results are returned. Change the time filter to include the desired time span in</p>
<p>the query.</p>
<p><strong>For a list of results in the Thumbnail search format.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="967" height="334" class="wp-image-2527" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-77.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 77" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 516" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-77.jpeg 967w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-77-300x104.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-77-768x265.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 967px) 100vw, 967px" /></p>
<p>• From the <strong>Search </strong>field, use the drop-down menu and select the <strong>Thumbnails </strong>option.</p>
<p>A Thumbnail search layout displays. The results appear in chronological order of all cameras selected.</p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark561"></a><strong>Motion Bookmark</strong></p>
<p>Use the <strong>Motion bookmark </strong>option to search for motion bookmarks in recorded scenes and see if any motion occurred during a specified time. The results display in the <strong>Query Results </strong>pane timeline.</p>
<p><strong>To Use Motion Bookmark:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark562"></a> From the <strong>Query Search </strong>type drop-down list, select the <strong>Motion bookmark </strong>option.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark563"></a> In the <strong>Select Scene </strong>tree, select the scenes to search (you can select a logical location, such as a site, to search all applicable scenes in the location).</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark564"></a> From the <strong>Date and Time </strong>menu, select a preset time option,</li>
</ol>
<p>-or-</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="45" height="41" class="wp-image-2528" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-78.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 78" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 517"> Select the <strong>Manual selection </strong>option, and enter the <strong>From </strong>date and time and <strong>To </strong>date and time.</p>
<p>select the <strong>Search redundant</strong></p>
<p>4. If required, click the <strong>Additional clip parameters </strong>icon,</p>
<p><strong>archivers </strong>option, and click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>For a list of results in the Query Results pane.</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark565"></a> Click <strong>Search </strong>to start the query.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark566"></a> Click <strong>Stop </strong>when you wish to end the query.</li>
</ol>
<p>The query results appear in the Query Results pane.</p>
<p><strong>For a list of results in the Thumbnail search format:</strong></p>
<p>• Click <strong>Thumbnails</strong>.</p>
<p>A thumbnail search layout displays. The results appear in chronological order of all cameras selected.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="965" height="333" class="wp-image-2529" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-79.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 79" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 518" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-79.jpeg 965w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-79-300x104.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-79-768x265.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 965px) 100vw, 965px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark567"></a><strong>Motion Indication</strong></p>
<p>Use the <strong>Motion Indication </strong>option to search for motion in recorded scenes and see if any motion occurred during a specified time. The results will appear in the timeline of the <strong>Query Results </strong>pane.</p>
<p><strong>To Use Motion Indication:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark568"></a> From the <strong>Query Search </strong>drop-down list, select the <strong>Motion Indication </strong>option.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark569"></a> In the <strong>Select Scene </strong>tree, select the scenes to search (you can select a logical location, such as a site, to search all applicable scenes in the location).</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark570"></a> From the <strong>Date and Time </strong>menu, select a preset time option,</li>
</ol>
<p>-or-</p>
<p>Select the <strong>Manual selection </strong>option and then enter <strong>From </strong>date and time and <strong>To </strong>date and time.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark571"></a> Click <strong>Preview</strong>, and in the <strong>Search Parameters </strong>pane, set the required level of motion indication using the slider.</li>
</ol>
<p>If required, select the <strong>Search redundant archivers </strong>option.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark573"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark572"></a> Click <strong>Search </strong>to start the query, and click <strong>Stop </strong>to end the query.</li>
</ol>
<p>The query results appear in the <strong>Query Results </strong>pane.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="503" height="288" class="wp-image-2530" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-80.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 80" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 519" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-80.jpeg 503w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-80-300x172.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 503px) 100vw, 503px" /></p>
<p><strong>Smart Search</strong></p>
<p>Use the Smart Search to select an area of interest and search if any motion occurred during a specified time in recorded scenes.</p>
<p>You can run multiple searches concurrently.</p>
<p>Query</p>
<p>PTZ</p>
<p>Drop-down</p>
<p>&#8211;&#8220;th:</p>
<p>,—Smart search</p>
<p>Search Box</p>
<p>ŞB VMS9 (1) (TW5)</p>
<p>&#8211; Main Business</p>
<p>Camera Tree</p>
<p>i ■* Corridor Analytics (5)</p>
<p>i ■&lt; Office Workstations Fixed</p>
<p>■&lt; Veh Ped <strong>Entr </strong>Anaytics [12</p>
<p><strong>i@ </strong>Other Activities</p>
<p>Tenant 1</p>
<p>To: 1/9/2020</p>
<p>Date and Time 1/3/2020</p>
<p>Setup smart</p>
<p><strong>To perform a Smart Search:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark574"></a> From the <strong>Search </strong>drop-down list, select the <strong>Smart search </strong>option.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark575"></a> In the query camera tree, select the scene you would like to search (you can only select one scene at a time), and from the <strong>Date and Time </strong>menu, select a preset time option e.g. 24 hours,</li>
</ol>
<p>-or-</p>
<p>Select the <strong>Manual selection </strong>option from the bottom of the menu and then enter <strong>From </strong>date and time and <strong>To </strong>date and time.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark576"></a> Click the <strong>Setup smart search </strong>option to invoke the <strong>Smart search </strong>configuration dialog.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Disable the displayed Privacy Mask by right-clicking and select the <strong>Deactivate privacy mask </strong>option.</p>
<p>5. Select the specific area to query motion by using the icons described in the table below (it displays as a green layer).</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Disable the displayed Privacy Mask by right-clicking on the image and select the <strong>Deactivate privacy mask </strong>option (dependent on user permissions).</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="888" height="766" class="wp-image-2531" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-81.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 81" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 520" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-81.jpeg 888w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-81-300x259.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-81-768x662.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 888px) 100vw, 888px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Button</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>ia</td>
<td>Mark a rectangle-shaped area as area of interest. In the <strong>Preview </strong>screen, mark the desired area.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>H</td>
<td>Mark the whole screen as area of interest.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Erase single macro blocks from a previously marked area of interest. In the <strong>Preview </strong>screen, erase the macro blocks removed from the selected area.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>Mark single macro blocks as area of interest. In the <strong>Preview </strong>screen, mark the desired area.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>H</td>
<td>Clear the entire screen.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>After the zone of interest is defined, motion is displays (green layer) in the <strong>Preview </strong>pane.</p>
<p>6. In the <strong>Query Type Parameters </strong>section, the default <strong>Smart search </strong>parameters display.</p>
<p>You can change the following parameters:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark577"></a><strong>Threshold </strong>&#8211; The motion threshold which, when passed, the state alternates to Motion on, i.e. when motion is detected.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark578"></a><strong>Consecutive Frame Hit </strong>&#8211; The number of consecutive frames that pass the motion on threshold to alternate the state to <strong>Motion on </strong>status.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>• Accuracy/Speed </strong>&#8211; Select the accuracy level, as opposed to speed using the slider.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark579"></a> Select the <strong>Search redundant archivers </strong>option if desired, and click <strong>Search </strong>to start the Smart Search. The search may take a while. The query results display in the <strong>Query Results </strong>pane.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark580"></a> Click <strong>Stop </strong>to end the query.</li>
</ol>
<p>After stopping the query, the results found up to that point display in the <strong>Query Results </strong>pane.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark582"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark581"></a> Double-click or drag the required results to the tiles to play them.</li>
</ol>
<p>When the results are played, the timeline changes from green to red whenever motion is detected.</p>
<p><strong>To Perform a Thumbnail Search</strong></p>
<p>Select the <strong>Thumbnails </strong>search option to provide a visual method of browsing through recorded content.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark583"></a> Set up the query.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark584"></a> Select only ONE camera in the Query pane Navigation tree.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark585"></a> Set date and time parameters.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark586"></a> Set the interval.</li>
</ol>
<p>(Thumbnails commence from the <strong>Start Time</strong>, and are displayed at the selected Interval.)</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark587"></a> Click <strong>Search</strong>, and the <strong>Viewing </strong>pane displays a new <a href="#post-2450-bookmark689">Thumbnail Search</a> <a href="#post-2450-bookmark689">Layout</a>, with the recorded material from the selected source,</li>
</ol>
<p>with the set of associated thumbnails.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="324" height="536" class="wp-image-2532" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-82.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 82" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 521" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-82.jpeg 324w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-82-181x300.jpeg 181w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 324px) 100vw, 324px" /><a id="post-2450-bookmark588"></a><strong>To Use Face Search:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark589"></a> From the Query <strong>Search </strong>type drop-down list, select the <strong>Face </strong>option.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark590"></a> In the tree, select the cameras that supports facial recognition.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark591"></a> In the <strong>From </strong>and <strong>To </strong>the date and time section, select a preset time option (<strong>Last 24 hours</strong>, <strong>Last 48 hours</strong>, <strong>Past week</strong>, <strong>Anytime</strong>)</li>
</ol>
<p>-or-</p>
<p>Select the <strong>Manual selection </strong>option and then enter <strong>From </strong>and <strong>To </strong>date and time.</p>
<ol>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="462" height="431" class="wp-image-2533" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-83.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 83" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 522" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-83.jpeg 462w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-83-300x280.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 462px) 100vw, 462px" /><a id="post-2450-bookmark592"></a> In the <strong>search type </strong>field, use the drop down arrow to select from the available options:</li>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="463" height="432" class="wp-image-2534" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-84.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 84" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 523" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-84.jpeg 463w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-84-300x280.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 463px) 100vw, 463px" /><a id="post-2450-bookmark593"></a><strong>Name </strong>&#8211; The query searches for a name (full or partial) in the database:</li>
</ol>
<p>■ Enter a name or a partial name in the <strong>Name </strong>field, and click <strong>Search</strong>.</p>
<p>The Query searches for the name.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>This field supports free text.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark594"></a><strong>Image </strong>&#8211; The query searches for clips containing the matching face:</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark595"></a> Click the <strong>Setup Search Settings </strong>button.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Setup Search Settings </strong>dialog displays.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark596"></a> In the <strong>Search type </strong>section select <strong>Image </strong>(default), and use the <strong>Browse </strong>button to load an image.</li>
</ol>
<p>The image displays in the window.</p>
<p><strong>Note : </strong>This feature supports the following image formats: <strong>*.jpg</strong>, <strong>*.gif</strong>, <strong>*.bmp</strong>, <strong>*.png</strong>, <strong>*.tif</strong>, <strong>*.tiff</strong>, <strong>*.wmf</strong>, <strong>*.e mf</strong>.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark597"></a> Select a specific face using the toolbar tools,</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><em>Or</em></strong><em>, </em>Press and hold down the <strong>Shift </strong>keyboard key to mask off an area and select a specific face. The selected area displays with a purple tinted area.</p>
<p>Use the tools on the toolbar on the left margin to select a specific face, and set the <strong>Accuracy </strong>value using the slider bar or directional arrows for a value.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The <strong>Accuracy </strong>option narrows or enlarges the selection results to contain matches with equal or higher probability percentages in an attempt to ensure selection correctness.</p>
<p>The tools available are <strong>Cursor mode</strong>, <strong>Zoom in/out</strong>, <strong>Fit to screen</strong>, <strong>Rotate left/right</strong>, and <strong>Preview</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The <strong>Preview </strong>option enables the user to view the full image and selection.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark598"></a> Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The query searches for clips containing the selected face.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark599"></a> Click <strong>Stop </strong>to end the query in the middle of the action or wait for it to complete, and <strong>Reset 0 </strong>to reset the query fields.</li>
</ol>
<p>After stopping the query, the results found up to that point display in the <strong>Query Results </strong>pane.</p>
<p><strong>Note : </strong>Only cameras that support face recognition analytics display in the camera tree. The user can choose the search query cameras and time range.</p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark600"></a><strong>To Use License Plate Search:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark601"></a> From the Query <strong>Search </strong>type drop-down list, select the <strong>License plate </strong>option.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark602"></a> In the tree, select the camera.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark603"></a> In the <strong>From </strong>and <strong>To </strong>the date and time section, select a preset time option (<strong>Last 24 hours</strong>, <strong>Last 48 hours</strong>, <strong>Past week</strong>, <strong>Anytime</strong>)</li>
</ol>
<p>-or-</p>
<p>Select the <strong>Manual selection </strong>option and then enter <strong>From </strong>and <strong>To </strong>date and time.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark604"></a> In the <strong>License plate number </strong>field, enter a vehicle license plate (full or partial) as free text, and click <strong>Search </strong>to start the search.</li>
</ol>
<p>The search may take a while. The query results display in the <strong>Query Results </strong>pane.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark605"></a> Click <strong>Stop </strong>to end the query in the middle of the action or wait for it to complete, and <strong>Reset </strong>0 to reset the query fields.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="357" height="149" class="wp-image-2535" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-85.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 85" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 524" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-85.jpeg 357w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-85-300x125.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 357px) 100vw, 357px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="353" height="296" class="wp-image-2536" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-86.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 86" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 525" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-86.jpeg 353w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-86-300x252.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 353px) 100vw, 353px" /> After stopping the query, the results found up to that point display in the <strong>Que ry Results </strong>pane.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark606"></a> Double-click or drag the required results to the tiles to play them.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Only cameras that support LPR (License Plate Recognition) analytics display in the camera tree. The user can choose the search query cameras, timerange, and enter the license plate number.</p>
<p><strong>To Use Digital Zoom within Thumbnail Search:</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="504" height="325" class="wp-image-2537" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-87.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 87" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 526" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-87.jpeg 504w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-87-300x193.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 504px) 100vw, 504px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="506" height="165" class="wp-image-2538" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-88.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 88" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 527" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-88.jpeg 506w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-88-300x98.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 506px) 100vw, 506px" /> • Click the magnifying glass icon on the bottom right of the video tool bar, and select the area to magnify.</p>
<p>Thumbnails display.</p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark607"></a><strong>Note: </strong>For clarity, maximize the video prior to performing the digital zoom. See <a href="#post-2450-bookmark689">Thumbnail Search Layout f</a>or more information.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark610"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark608"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark609"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark611"></a> GISMaps Bookmarks Search</li>
</ol>
<p>You can perform a bookmarks search using Bookmarks for cameras as mapped to a specific location, and bookmarks that include text. Cameras included in GIS map queries must include the required string.</p>
<p>This feature is useful for searching for license plates (LPR), a human face (facial recognition), motion, analytics events (intrusion), and real-time.</p>
<p>The GIS map bookmark query displays the area map with the queried cameras displayed in a timeline with directional sequential arrows and icons, and the incident time (hours:minutes) displayed in a beige mapped circle. A toolbar displays with a <strong>Show trail </strong>option to display/hide the trail, and a <strong>Clear </strong>option to clear the current search results, change the camera icons to their normal state, and hide the toolbar.</p>
<p>When an alarm that is linked with a camera displayed in GIS map is triggered, that camera includes an icon with a bell (indicating an alarm). The camera icon reverts back to normal state when you clear the alarm. The map recenters and zooms to include these alarmed cameras. When you double click on a camera in the query results, the relevant clip opens in a new tile and plays the clip.</p>
<p>The same behavior applies on the camera that is shown as a part of bookmark search result. Alarmed cameras should still have bell indication:</p>
<p>In the GIS map query results:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark612"></a> Cameras display in the activated order, with directional arrows to indicate activity progression.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark613"></a> Display/hide dynamic trails available.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark614"></a> Tooltip display camera parameters (IP address, camera type, time, action text) in the tooltip.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark615"></a> When a search yields multiple bookmarks linked with the same camera, only the latest bookmark displays on the map.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark616"></a> Double click on the camera in the search results opens the clip in a viewing tile.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark617"></a> When an alarm linked to a camera displayed in GIS map is triggered, that camera displays as an alarmed state (using icon with bell). Clearing the alarm changes the icon back to normal state. The same behavior applies on the camera that displays as a part of bookmark search result.</li>
</ul>
<p>1<sup>Y</sup></p>
<p><strong>eltzer Rd &#8211; Hamoshavot Rd</strong></p>
<p>□</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark618"></a> When the GIS Maps bookmarks search yields no results, a <strong>No results found </strong>message displays:</li>
</ul>
<p>X</p>
<p>R3 No results found</p>
<p>0</p>
<p><strong>To search for GIS Map bookmarks:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark619"></a> In the ControlCenter, in a GIS Map view, click <strong>Query </strong>in the upper right corner The <strong>Query </strong>dialog displays.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="362" height="355" class="wp-image-2539" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-89.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 89" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 528" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-89.jpeg 362w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-89-300x294.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 362px) 100vw, 362px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark620"></a> Do the following in the <strong>Query </strong>dialog:</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark621"></a> Use the drop down menu to select time interval.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark622"></a> Select the <strong>Search Bookmarks </strong>option, and enter in text in the field.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark623"></a> Set the <strong>From </strong>and <strong>To </strong>parameters (MM/DD/YYYY and HH/MM/SS).</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark624"></a> Click <strong>Go</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The search query displays with a <strong>Show trail </strong>/<strong>Clear </strong>dialog, and any cameras involved display with a light beige background.</p>
<p>When <strong>Show trail </strong>is selected (default), a red pointed arrow displays that indicates the cameras and sequence of the search. When you hover over one of the search query cameras, a video query preview displays with a tooltip that displays relevant bookmark information (time stamp and text).</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="752" height="303" class="wp-image-2540" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-90.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 90" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 529" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-90.jpeg 752w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-90-300x121.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 752px) 100vw, 752px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark626"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark625"></a><strong>PTZ Pane</strong></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="240" height="179" class="wp-image-2541" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-91.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 91" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 530"></p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark627"></a><strong>PTZ (Pan, Tilt, and Zoom)</strong></p>
<p>This term previously applied only to a camera with a motorized mount able to rotate to <strong>pan </strong>left and right, <strong>tilt </strong>up and down, and use motorized lens magnification to <strong>zoom </strong>in and out on the scene.</p>
<p>With the high resolution offered by modern cameras, PTZ capabilities within the image from a fixed camera are also provided, allowing the user to zoom in and then digital pan, tilt and zoom.This capability is further extended by allowing the user viewing the image from a PTZ camera to choose a view , and then use Digital PTZ facilities within the selected scene. (See<a href="#post-2450-bookmark635"> Digital PTZ</a>, below)</p>
<p>The <strong>PTZ pane </strong>for the selected camera is displayed below the <strong>Navigation pane </strong>in the ControlCenter.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="668" height="512" class="wp-image-2542" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-92.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 92" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 531" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-92.jpeg 668w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-92-300x230.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 668px) 100vw, 668px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="98" height="74" class="wp-image-2543" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-93.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 93" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 532"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="311" height="504" class="wp-image-2544" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-94.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 94" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 533" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-94.jpeg 311w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-94-185x300.jpeg 185w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 311px) 100vw, 311px" /> Menu</p>
<p>Selection</p>
<p>Zoom Mode</p>
<p>Toggles &#8216;Optical/Digital&#8217; (not shown for</p>
<p>Fixed cameras)</p>
<p>Current Mode</p>
<p>Dropdown—</p>
<p>Edit</p>
<p><strong>(Edits the current</strong></p>
<p>Selection)</p>
<p>Toggles zoom<br />
and &#8216;Select/Back&#8217;</p>
<p>for changing settings</p>
<p>Note:</p>
<p>Menu items and Modes<br />
<strong>are disabled for fixed<br />
</strong> cameras</p>
<p>Modes:</p>
<p>Presets</p>
<p>^Patterns</p>
<p>^Auxilliary</p>
<p>Scene Tracker</p>
<p>&#8211; Set/Record</p>
<p>&#8216;Set&#8217; when</p>
<p>Mode is &#8216;Preset&#8217;</p>
<p>&#8216;Record&#8217; when Mode is &#8216;Patterns&#8217;</p>
<p><strong>Zoom mode &#8211; </strong>Click to change from Optical to Digital (only for PTZ cameras)</p>
<p><strong>Notes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark628"></a> Fixed cameras do not offer Optical Zoom mode, and Presets are disabled.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark629"></a> On PTZ cameras, when returning to Optical mode from Digital, the camera is reset to the current Optical view.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>To move the camera: </strong>Use the pan/tilt directional buttons.</p>
<p><strong>To zoom in and out: </strong>Click the and buttons, respectively.</p>
<p><strong>To move the camera to the home position: </strong>Click the <strong>H </strong>button.</p>
<p><strong>To flip the camera: </strong>Click the button.</p>
<p><strong>To lock the camera: </strong>Click the button.</p>
<p>The PTZ Control panel <strong>Preset </strong>area enables you to do the following functions:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark630"></a><strong>PTZ control: </strong>Direct control. When a PTZ camera type is selected, the camera can be directly controlled.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark631"></a><strong>Preset Selection: </strong>Preset view. Click on a selection button to move the camera to display the preset view associated with that button.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark632"></a><strong>Preset Settings: </strong>Preset settings. This enables each preset to be named (Edit), and stored (Set). The camera pan, tilt, and zoom settings are stored in the camera, and the Preset Snapshot is stored in the file specified in the Tools/Options/Export/Snapshots field. Allows one preset defined for each numbered load button.</li>
</ul>
<p>Once a Preset is defined, Control Center Operators view a thumbnail of the camera view when hovering on the Preset number.</p>
<p><strong>Important Note:</strong></p>
<p>The location used to stored the Preset Snapshots is defined in the Tools/Options menu.</p>
<p>See <a href="#post-2450-bookmark400">Tools/Options/Export/Snapshots</a></p>
<p>This field should be in a shared folder accessible to all Control Center Clients that may access this camera, otherwise operators on different Control Center Client Workstations will not see the same snapshot pictures</p>
<p><strong>Aux Mode: </strong>When an auxiliary, PT or PTZ auxiliary device is selected, much like standard PTZ presets, the auxiliary mode enables a preset of a pan tilt and zoom stored to memory. It is for devices that work on the same principles as a PTZ camera (e.g. a PT motor or servo), and enables one preset defined for each numbered button.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark633"></a><strong>To move the camera to a preset</strong>: Click the corresponding button.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark634"></a><strong>To adjust the Iris, Speed and Focus settings</strong>: Use their respective + and &#8211; buttons.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark635"></a><strong>Digital PTZ Capability</strong></p>
<p>This section includes the following:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark636"></a> Digital PTZ using a fixed camera</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark637"></a> Using Digital PTZ mode on a regular PTZ camera</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark638"></a> Cancel digital PTZ mode</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark639"></a> Additional PTZ capability</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark640"></a> Digital PTZ using a fixed camera</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Digital PTZ Using a Fixed Camera</strong></p>
<p>The system provides a digital PTZ capability on fixed cameras. By zooming in on the initial picture (using the <strong>+ </strong>symbol in the PTZ control), the system provides a virtual zoom into the scene. Then, the user can use the PTZ controls to move the display to a particular area.</p>
<p><strong>Using Digital PTZ Mode on a Regular PTZ camera</strong></p>
<p>When using a regular PTZ camera, the user can select a view using the standard PTZ controls, and then change to Digital PTZ mode in one of the following ways:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark641"></a> Right-click in the PTZ camera pane and from the context menu select the <strong>Switch to Digital PTZ </strong>option.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>or</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark642"></a> Click on the button <strong>Optical </strong>option in the PTZ pane.</li>
</ol>
<p>Using either method, the scene allows the user to use the Digital Zoom capability within the scene.</p>
<p><strong>Cancel digital PTZ Mode</strong></p>
<p>Digital PTZ mode is canceled either by clicking the <strong>Optical/Digital </strong>button in the PTZ pane (The button is set to &#8216;Digital&#8217; when in that mode), or by again right-clicking in the PTZ camera viewing pane, and selecting &#8216;<strong>Switch to Optical PTZ</strong>&#8216; from the context menu.</p>
<p><strong>Additional PTZ Capability</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark643"></a> Once viewing an image in the viewing tile, the system provides additional magnification and movement around the magnified tile image <strong>using the mouse</strong>.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark646"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark644"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark645"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark647"></a> CaseBuilder Query Pane</li>
</ol>
<p>The CBS Query pane enables you to search the CaseBuilder server database and Data Location Path for saved cases. (To see more about how cases are created and updated, see <a href="#post-2450-bookmark1111">Cases &#8211; CaseBuilder Features</a>.)</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="407" height="654" class="wp-image-2545" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-95.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 95" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 534" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-95.jpeg 407w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-95-187x300.jpeg 187w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 407px) 100vw, 407px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="405" height="822" class="wp-image-2546" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-96.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 96" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 535" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-96.jpeg 405w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-96-148x300.jpeg 148w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 405px) 100vw, 405px" /></p>
<p><em>CaseBuilder Query Pane &#8211; Advanced</em></p>
<p><em>CaseBuilder Query Pane &#8211; Simple</em></p>
<p>The features of the CaseBuilder Query pane allow targeted searches using a variety of filters and matching options.</p>
<p>The following fields are available in the <strong>CaseBuilder Query Pane</strong>:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Case Name</strong></td>
<td>Search for any case with a Case Name that matches the entered text (Full or partial).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Serial Number</strong></td>
<td>Find a specific Case Number (Case Numbers are allocated automatically by the system when Cases are first created)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Created by</strong></td>
<td>Drop-down opens list of Users. Checking one or more users in the list will limit the search to cases created by that/those users.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Case Time</strong></td>
<td>Limit the query to cases that were created between the start time/date and the end time/date.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td>Search for cases where the &#8216;long&#8217; description contains the specified text.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Advanced</strong></td>
<td>Opens the Advanced search options dialog that enables the specification of advanced search parameters</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Go</strong></td>
<td>Initiates the search according to the settings and returns any results in the Query Results pane.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Cases matching the criteria in the CaseBuilder Query Pane are listed in the Query Results</p>
<p>pane.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="966" height="164" class="wp-image-2547" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-97.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 97" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 536" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-97.jpeg 966w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-97-300x51.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-97-768x130.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 966px) 100vw, 966px" /></p>
<p><em>Results of a CaseBuilder Query appear in the Query Results pane.</em></p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark648"></a> Selecting a Case from the Query window opens that case, with the CaseBuilder Navigation tab showing all the materials that have been added to the selected Case, and a dedicated CaseBuilder Layout tab. Selecting a bookmark, clip or incident from the CaseBuilder Navigation tree will open the selected item in the Case Builder Layout. The Timeline shows the playing position of a retrieved item.</p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark649"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark650"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark651"></a> See<a href="#post-2450-bookmark648"> CaseBuilder Navigation Tree Pane</a>.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark652"></a> CaseBuilder Navigation Tree Pane</li>
</ol>
<p>Select the CaseBuilder mode from the Side-Bar. The CaseBuilder Layout opens in the display area and the CaseBuilder Navigation Tree displays in the Explorer area.</p>
<p>The CaseBuilder Navigation Tree contains the CaseBuilder Toolbar and a tree to view and select the added and configured elements in the open case.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The Case Builder Navigation tree displays only open case detail. It is not used for browsing the available cases.</p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark653"></a><strong>Case Builder Navigation Tree Toolbar Icons</strong></p>
<p>The following table shows the CaseBuilder Navigation Tree toolbar icons and features:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>New Case</strong></td>
<td>Adds a new case to the CaseBuilder Navigation Tree for adding and saving material.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td><strong>Open Exported Case</strong></td>
<td>Opens a dialog for selecting an exported case file to load into the CaseBuilder Navigation Tree and Layout. This is not for opening saved cases in the default CaseBuilder directory.</p>
<p>To open a saved case, you must use the <a href="#post-2450-bookmark643">CaseBuilder</a> <a href="#post-2450-bookmark643">Query </a>and select it from the <a href="#post-2450-bookmark905">Query Results</a> pane.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>a H ■</p>
<p>File</p>
<p><strong>URL</strong></td>
<td><strong>Add</strong></td>
<td>Menu for selecting to add a file or URL.</p>
<p><strong>File</strong>: (add file) Opens a dialog for browsing and selecting a file to add to the case.</p>
<p><strong>URL</strong>: (add URL) Opens a dialog to enter a URL (path) for browser for compatible content to be linked to the case.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>a</td>
<td><strong>Save</strong></td>
<td>Saves the case and any changes to the CaseBuilder centralized default location on the network.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>X</td>
<td><strong>Delete</strong></td>
<td>Removes the selected item in the CaseBuilder Navigation Tree from the case.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Export</strong></td>
<td>Opens a dialog for exporting the case and any supporting content to the location specified. If the CaseBuilder Options are set to export an included Player, exports folder and a zip file. If no player is included, exports a zip file only.</p>
<p><strong>Notes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The <strong>Export </strong>icon is only enabled <em>after</em> the Case has been saved.</li>
<li>If a Privacy Mask is configured on the clips and the exported file user needs to disable the Privacy Mask during viewing, you must provide the user with the</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>correct historical password. For more information, see Privacy Mask Password.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Undo</strong></td>
<td>Reloads the last saved case in the CaseBuilder Navigation Tree.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>The CaseBuilder Navigation Tree provides nodes for items added. When selected, properties for the item load into the CaseBuilder Layout Case Properties area and can be modified and saved.</p>
<p>The CaseBuilder Layout pane displays the contents of any item selected in the CaseBuilder Navigation Tree Pane:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="966" height="522" class="wp-image-2548" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-98.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 98" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 537" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-98.jpeg 966w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-98-300x162.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-98-768x415.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 966px) 100vw, 966px" /></p>
<p><em>The CaseBuilder Navigation Tree displaying the items and sub components added to a case,<br />
with one Case clip open</em></p>
<p>By double clicking on attached files, the ControlCenter calls the default file system program for the file extension specified to run. For example, a file with a .exe extension is added to a case, double clicking on the file in the CaseBuilder Navigation Tree runs the executable file. If the file is a image .JPG file, the file system configured image program for that file extension opens and display the file. The exception is web browser .HTML files, that open in the layout viewing widow.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark656"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark654"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark655"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark657"></a> Privacy Mask Password</li>
</ol>
<p>When you export content that contains a Privacy Mask, you may need to retrieve the original password to remove the privacy mask.</p>
<p><strong>Privacy Mask Password Export Behaviors (Historical vs. Current)</strong></p>
<p>The Privacy Mask password behavior changes depending on the export method. Because the Privacy Mask password can be changed yet remains historically attached to video clips when they are recorded, the behavior under the following export types are as follows:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Where</strong></td>
<td><strong><sup>T</sup>yp<sup>e</sup></strong></td>
<td><strong>Behavior</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>When exporting clip from the <strong>Query Results </strong>or Timeline</td>
<td>Create Clip &#8211; use Source video and apply <a href="#post-2450-bookmark658">current</a>.</td>
<td>The Privacy Mask password attached to the exported DVT file is the current system-wide Privacy Mask Password.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>When a</p>
<p><strong>Backgroun d Export </strong>occurs.</td>
<td>Copy Clip from Archiver</p>
<p>&#8211;<a href="#post-2450-bookmark659"> Historical</a></p>
<p>static.</td>
<td>The export assumes the clips are being moved to an insecure status.</p>
<p>For each clip segment (single Archiver container), the Privacy Mask Password set at the time the clip was <strong>recorded </strong>(not exported) is enabled.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>When exporting a <strong>CaseBuilde r </strong>case with clip</td>
<td>Copy Clip from Archiver</p>
<p>&#8211;<a href="#post-2450-bookmark659"> Historical</a></p>
<p>static.</td>
<td>The clips exported are for portable external use. The Privacy Mask Password for each clip segment (single Archiver container) set at the time the clip was <strong>recorded </strong>(not exported) is enabled.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>When execution of a <strong>Mass Export </strong>occurs.</td>
<td>Copy Clip from Archiver</p>
<p>&#8211;<a href="#post-2450-bookmark659"> Historical</a></p>
<p>static.</td>
<td>The export assumes the clips are being moved to an insecure status.</p>
<p>For each clip segment (single Archiver container), the Privacy Mask Password set at the time the clip was <strong>recorded </strong>(not exported) is enabled.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Privacy Mask Password Export Rules &#8211; Current or Historical</strong></p>
<p><strong>CAUTION: </strong>When exporting, the password used is not always the system-wide Privacy Mask Password at the time of export.</p>
<p>This section addresses only the ability of a user to <em>remove</em> the privacy mask while viewing an exported video clip. Users who want to view the files with the mask on the video clip are not be affected as there is no need to enter a password to view the clips with the privacy mask on.</p>
<p>When exporting a clip of video that has Privacy Mask configured on the video, the file immediately gets password protected against disabling the Privacy Mask. This password has no relation to the ControlCenter user password or permissions.</p>
<p>If you have changed your password within the period of the exported file range, how you export those files will determine the password mechanism employed.</p>
<p>Export either the <strong>Current </strong>Privacy Mask Password or the <strong>Historical </strong>Privacy Mask Password at the time the file was recorded.</p>
<p>The <strong>Historical </strong>password for each of the files remembers the password from that time. Thus if a range of files is exported, a historical mechanism makes each file password protected for its point in time. Depending on the number of Privacy Mask password changes that have occurred, there may be as many different passwords required to Deactivate Privacy Masking. This is because the Password is embedded in the clips being recorded during the time when the password was active.</p>
<p>The Privacy Mask Password is stored in the recordings made by the Archiver from the video stream of the camera. Each of these is stored in a container according to your system settings. By default the file size in this container is 80mb. When a Privacy Mask Password is changed, the new password is applied at the time the file is closed and written to the Archiver container. Thus, the password covers some video that was being buffered for recording before the file closed:</p>
<p><strong>LIVE STREAM</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="921" height="164" class="wp-image-2549" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-99.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 99" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 538" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-99.jpeg 921w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-99-300x53.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-99-768x137.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 921px) 100vw, 921px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="842" height="393" class="wp-image-2550" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-100.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 100" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 539" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-100.jpeg 842w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-100-300x140.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-100-768x358.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 842px) 100vw, 842px" /></p>
<p>The Archiver Privacy Mask validation process for internal ControlCenter users is done via the user permissions of the Latitude system. The data of the of the Privacy Mask Password for future offline use is kept in the clips of the containers. In the diagram above this is represented by the yellow, blue and purple data core. In the color representations of different passwords in the graphic, you can see how the password changes in real-time with the live stream. The passwords changes in the middle of a clip not fully written to a file, are embedded in the recorded video from the start of the clip.</p>
<p>As of yet the three different embedded Privacy Mask passwords are not required for hiding or showing the Privacy mask for online users. It is when the recorded files are moved out of the Archiver storage that the Privacy Mask Password is implemented.</p>
<p><strong>Privacy Mask Password &#8211; &#8220;Current&#8221; password behavior</strong></p>
<p>When Exporting from a Results Query or Timeline the same video that is in the Archiver is exported with a single file Privacy Mask password whether it is the full clip or a partial. Additionally only the selected times are exported and no matter how large the clip is, it is exported into as many files as needed based on the max size setting in the Export settings.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="966" height="683" class="wp-image-2551" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-101.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 101" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 540" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-101.jpeg 966w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-101-300x212.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-101-768x543.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 966px) 100vw, 966px" /></p>
<p>When you export from the Query Results or the Timeline pane where you can select entire clips or set video range in and out points for taking a segment. In this type of export, the embedded historical passwords are ignored and the current Privacy Mask password is used for every file created by exporting. In the example diagram that follows, two exports are represented (one of a range and the other of the entire selected file). Only the password defined in the system advanced settings at the time of the export is applied even though the clip spans several Historical passwords. The password &#8220;ABC123&#8221; (color<a id="post-2450-bookmark658"></a>ed purple) is used for all files exported from the Query Results or the Timeline pane export features.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="883" height="206" class="wp-image-2552" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-102.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 102" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 541" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-102.jpeg 883w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-102-300x70.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-102-768x179.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 883px) 100vw, 883px" /></p>
<p><strong>TIMELINE EXPORT (Range 4:02pm-4:16pm)</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="399" height="85" class="wp-image-2553" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-103.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 103" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 542" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-103.jpeg 399w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-103-300x64.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 399px) 100vw, 399px" /></p>
<p>186MB</p>
<p><strong>QUERY RESULTS EXPORT</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="851" height="85" class="wp-image-2554" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-104.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 104" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 543" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-104.jpeg 851w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-104-300x30.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-104-768x77.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 851px) 100vw, 851px" /></p>
<p>400MB</p>
<p>Note that the file size in the above example is based on the trimmed segment or range of the video exported.</p>
<p><strong>Privacy Mask Password &#8211; &#8220;Historical&#8221; password behavior</strong></p>
<p>In the following example a different mechanism is used to export. In this instance the files are directly copied from the Archiver container storage as-is and the historical passwo<a id="post-2450-bookmark659"></a>rds as imbedded are simply enabled on the files being copied outside the security zone of the Archiver.</p>
<p><strong>ARCHIVER RECORDEDCLIPS</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="847" height="292" class="wp-image-2555" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-105.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 105" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 544" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-105.jpeg 847w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-105-300x103.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-105-768x265.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 847px) 100vw, 847px" /></p>
<p>80MB 80MB 80MB 80MB 80MB</p>
<p>In the above instance, each file if viewed independently and the user chooses to disable the Privacy Mask, the password they will be required to enter will be the password of the clip. Thus of the five clips, the first clip requires the password 1234, the second and third clip requires the password Old#7 and the fourth and fifth requires the password ABC123.</p>
<p>Because the clips are all from the same source, if they are viewed in a timeline together, only the most recent password is needed for disabling the mask of both clips.</p>
<p>Likewise the export of clips from the CaseBuilder has the same behavior as the Mass Export, in that it copies with the password files as-is from the Archiver. Thus if the password has changed, the selection of clips will influence what password is embedded from the historical Archiver data.</p>
<p>Additionally, the export file size is based one-to-one with the Archiver container files. Even if the range of the clip is limited, the file size will match the container sizes of the range and not the specific in and out points of the range.</p>
<p><strong>CASEBUILDER EXPORT CASE (Range 4:02pm-4:16pm)</strong></p>
<p>PWl 1234</p>
<p>ld#7</p>
<p>80MB</p>
<p>80MB</p>
<p>80MB</p>
<p>In the above example, the segments of the DVT export file that are not specified in the range, will not be viewable to the end-user. The viewing of the clip in a timeline with a disabled privacy mask can be done by selecting the clip and entering the latest historical password. In this case &#8220;Old#7&#8221;.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark663"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark661"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark662"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark664"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark660"></a> Display Area &#8211; Viewing Pane</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="967" height="654" class="wp-image-2556" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-106.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 106" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 545" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-106.jpeg 967w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-106-300x203.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-106-768x519.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 967px) 100vw, 967px" /></p>
<p>Use the Viewing Pane to view live and recorded video, maps and web pages, respond to alarms and to</p>
<p>listen to and transmit audio. The Viewing Pane consists of a viewing area made up of video tiles in the center, a toolbar on the right, and layout tabs at the top.</p>
<p>The following sections present detailed descriptions of these areas of the pane:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark666"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark665"></a><a href="#post-2450-bookmark697"><strong>Viewing Tile</strong></a></li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark669"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark667"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark668"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark670"></a><a href="#post-2450-bookmark665">Layout Tabs</a></li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark671"></a><strong>Layout Tabs</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>The Viewing Pane&#8217;s layout tabs enables users to easily switch between layouts. The tabs appear automatically when layouts are opened.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="26" height="31" class="wp-image-2557" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-107.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 107" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 546"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="121" height="29" class="wp-image-2558" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-108.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 108" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 547"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="97" height="33" class="wp-image-2559" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-109.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 109" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 548"></p>
<p><strong>File View Tools Favorites Help</strong></p>
<p><strong>Navigation Tree</strong></p>
<p><strong>Default layout 101</strong></p>
<p>Layouts are the only types of entities that are created and configured via &lt;ControlCenter&gt; rather than &lt;%ADMINCENTERNAME%&gt;.</p>
<p>A tile layout consists of a <strong>tile pattern</strong>, <strong>content </strong>(the entities displayed on the tiles), <strong>arming states</strong>, and <a href="#post-2450-bookmark748"><strong>digital presets </strong></a>(when in use).</p>
<p><strong>Configure Tile Layout</strong></p>
<p>You can configure tile layout in the Control Center.</p>
<p><strong>Follow these steps:</strong></p>
<p>1. From the <strong>Viewing Pane </strong>toolbar,</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="67" height="32" class="wp-image-2560" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-110.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 110" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 549"></p>
<p><strong>File View Tools Favorites Help</strong></p>
<p><strong>Navigation Tree</strong></p>
<p><strong>FR Default layout 101</strong></p>
<p><strong>[J] MySavedLayoutOI</strong></p>
<p>Click the <strong>Layout </strong>icon IÜ1 to open the Layout dialog.</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>A selection of screen layouts displays.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="281" height="303" class="wp-image-2561" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-111.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 111" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 550" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-111.jpeg 281w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-111-278x300.jpeg 278w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 281px) 100vw, 281px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="465" height="174" class="wp-image-2562" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-112.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 112" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 551" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-112.jpeg 465w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-112-300x112.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 465px) 100vw, 465px" /></p>
<p>3.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Add Layout</strong>.</p>
<p>Single System &#8211; Add</p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th>Add Layout</th>
<th>&#8216; X</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>TestSx4</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>System</strong></td>
<td><strong>HV6 &#8211; 8.0.5.6127 (1) (HV6) -r</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Save Cancel</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Multiple Systems &#8211; Specify where the Layout is saved</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark672"></a> Enter a name for the new layout, and click <strong>Save </strong>to save the new layout. You have configured a new tile layout.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Customize a Layout</strong></p>
<p>You can customize a layout by selecting display patterns, cameras, sequences, maps, and presets.</p>
<p><strong>Follow these steps:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark673"></a> From a blank layout (or an existing one if you want to overwrite it):</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark674"></a> Choose a tile pattern by opening the <strong>Layout dialog </strong>(see above) and clicking one of the tile pattern buttons.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark675"></a> Drag and drop cameras, sequences and maps from the Navigation Pane onto viewing tiles.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark676"></a> For Digital Presets, select them by using the in-pane controls (right click and select <strong>Go to Preset</strong>) or use the PTZ pane to select a Digital Preset for the current viewing tile.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark677"></a> Arm viewing tiles for alternative content or alarms as applicable.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark678"></a> When the Layout contains the required components, click the <strong>Save Layout </strong>option on the <strong>Layout dialog</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The available layouts display in the Navigation tree:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="572" height="616" class="wp-image-2563" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-113.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 113" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 552" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-113.jpeg 572w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-113-279x300.jpeg 279w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 572px) 100vw, 572px" /></p>
<p>In the Viewing Pane, click the <strong>Close </strong>icon to the right of the layout tab strip to clear the currently active Layout.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="953" height="48" class="wp-image-2564" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-114.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 114" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 553" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-114.jpeg 953w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-114-300x15.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-114-768x39.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 953px) 100vw, 953px" /></p>
<p><strong>Click X to close current Layout.</strong></p>
<p><strong>Note: Save the Layout before closing if you .want to keep the current setup </strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark682"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark680"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark681"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark683"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark679"></a> Configuring Layouts</li>
</ol>
<p>You can configure a tile layout with cameras, presets, and other display parameters. A tile layout consists of a tile pattern, content (the entities displayed on the tiles), arming states, and<a href="#post-2450-bookmark748"> digital presets </a>(when in use). (Audio layouts are associated only with content)</p>
<p><strong>Follow these steps:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark684"></a> In the ControlCenter, switch to the layout that you want to modify by clicking the tab at the top of the Viewing Pane, or double clicking the icon in the Navigation Pane (use Default Layout 101 if none others exist).</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark685"></a> Click the icon or the Layout Pattern Menu option to the top-right of the viewing pane, and select a tile pattern.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark686"></a> Drag and drop cameras, sequences, and maps from the Navigation Pane onto viewing tiles.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark687"></a> (Optional) To use Digital Presets, select them by using the in-pane controls (right click and select the Go to Preset option), or use the PTZ pane to select a Digital Preset for the current viewing tile.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark688"></a> Arm viewing tiles for alternative content or alarms as applicable.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark689"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark690"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark691"></a> In the Layout Pattern Menu, click the Save Layout option to save your layout. You have configures a tile layout.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark692"></a> Thumbnail Search Layout</li>
</ol>
<p>Each time the Thumbnail Search option is used as a Query Type in the Query pane, the Thumbnail Search Layout is opened, showing a set of thumbnail images from recordings available during the &#8216;From:&#8217; and &#8216;To:&#8217; times in the <strong>Date and Time </strong>settings.</p>
<p>Using <strong>Thumbnail </strong>Search is briefly described below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="960" height="626" class="wp-image-2565" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-115.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 115" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 554" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-115.jpeg 960w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-115-300x196.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-115-768x501.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 960px) 100vw, 960px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark694"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark693"></a><strong>5.2.2 CaseBuilder Layout</strong></p>
<p>The CaseBuilder Layout differs from Default Layouts and Audio Layouts, as it serves a specialized task of helping a user build cases and configure information that are used for research and investigative purposes. Additionally it enables users to review and display the materials after the case is completed and exported.</p>
<p>The layout displays properties for the case and components of the case based on the selection made in the CaseBuilder Navigation Tree.</p>
<p>Where the other layouts are tied to the Archiver server only, the CaseBuilder Layout requires that the CaseBuilder Server is accessible when working with a server side case, but can work offline when viewing an offline exported case.</p>
<p>To view, a server case, the CaseBuilder Query must be run and a case must be selected and opened. At start up, no case or items are displayed in the layout.</p>
<p>The CaseBuilder Layout is divided into the following sections:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark695"></a><strong>Properties Area</strong></li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark696"></a><strong>Viewing Window</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="967" height="528" class="wp-image-2566" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-116.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 116" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 555" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-116.jpeg 967w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-116-300x164.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-116-768x419.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 967px) 100vw, 967px" /></p>
<p><em>The CaseBuilder Layout tab displaying a video clip and properties that is ready to be added to a case</em></p>
<p>The Properties may contain settings that cannot be changed. When viewing a new or saved case there may be some values that are inherent to the selected entity that are not permitted to be change.</p>
<p>When viewing exported cases, it is considered a static case at the time of export. If the exported case is out of date or incorrect, the CaseBuilder user who generated will need to modify the source and regenerate it.</p>
<p>The Viewing Window enables the viewing of video clips that are either opened by double clicking on the video clip (or bookmark) in the CaseBuilder Navigation Tree or by dragging and dropping video from clips in the Query Results.</p>
<p>Additionally the Viewing Window supports viewing of HTML content from URLs as well as snapshots that have been added to a case and are shown in the CaseBuilder Navigation Tree.</p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark697"></a> The Viewing Window also works with Privacy Masking and enables a user with the password to remove the privacy mask from Archiver recorded clips. Once a case is exported with a privacy mask, the Privacy Mask Password (or passwords) from that timeline must be used to remove the privacy mask. For more information, see Privacy Mask Password Export Rules &#8211; Historical.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark698"></a><strong>Viewing Tile</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>The viewing tile contains a viewing area and a toolbar.</p>
<p>Where possible, <strong>Adaptive Streaming </strong>automatically selects the best video stream resolution to enhance performance and save bandwidth.</p>
<p>When the <strong>Maintain Aspect Ratio </strong>setting in <strong>Options/Tools </strong>is set, then if the aspect ratios of the video frame and viewing are unequal, horizontal or vertical bars fill the unused parts of the tile.</p>
<p>The user can change the <a href="#post-2450-bookmark374">Aspect Ratio setting </a>for a selected tile by clicking <strong>Shift-R</strong>.</p>
<p>The toolbar and On-screen display are configurable.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Latitude does not support <strong>Windows presentation display </strong>mode (Windows logo key ■■ + <strong>P</strong>) for setups with viewing tiles on multiple monitors.</p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark699"></a><strong>Viewing Tile Features</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark700"></a>On Screen Display</li>
<li>Digital Zoom</li>
<li>Digital Presets</li>
<li>Dual Sensor Camera</li>
<li>Viewing Tile Toolbar</li>
<li>Armed Tiles</li>
<li>Toggle Privacy Mask</li>
<li>Spot Monitor</li>
<li>Viewing Live and Recorded Video from connected DVRs</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="966" height="471" class="wp-image-2567" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-117.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 117" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 556" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-117.jpeg 966w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-117-300x146.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-117-768x374.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 966px) 100vw, 966px" /></p>
<p>The tile viewing area border provides important information about the tile&#8217;s state:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Color</strong></td>
<td><strong>Indication</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Yellow</strong></td>
<td>The tile is <strong>focused</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>Notes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>You must focus a tile to expand it to fill the viewing pane or to use digital zoom or PTZ controls on its video content.</li>
<li>Only one tile can be focused at any given time.</li>
<li>A tile turns focused when it is clicked or when new <em>unarmed</em> content is dropped onto it.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Red</strong></td>
<td>The tile viewing area border blinks red when content <em>for which it has been armed</em> begins playing. The border disappears as soon as the tile is clicked. Multiple tiles can have red borders at the same time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Grey</strong></td>
<td>Normal tile &#8211; No specific status.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Green</strong></td>
<td>The tile is <strong>selected</strong>. A focused tile becomes selected when <em>another</em> tile is control-clicked (thus becoming focused itself). Selection is only meaningful when trying to apply an action to multiple tiles. The most common uses for this is when bookmarking or trashing multiple tiles at the same time.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Multi-layering</strong></p>
<p>The viewing tile can be configured to be multi-layered. When a scene is displayed on a non-empty tile, it &#8220;covers&#8221; the tile&#8217;s former content but does not remove it. When the scene is removed, the previously hidden content on the now-top layer displays again.</p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark709"></a><strong>On Screen Display (OSD)</strong></p>
<p>You can display relevant information (e.g. scene name, status description, status image, video statistics and time) on the screen.</p>
<p>Using the <a href="#post-2450-bookmark391">Tools &#8211; Options Menu,</a> you can now set the font and background parameters of the information displayed on screen and determine what information is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong>: Any changes made to the On Screen Display only apply to tile content that is dragged to the Viewing pane after the configuration, and not to the content already displayed in the Viewing pane.</p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark710"></a><strong>Digital Zoom</strong></p>
<p>The following methods are available: <strong>&#8211; Zoom the Viewing Tile &#8211; Draw to Zoom</strong></p>
<p>For fixed cameras, a <strong>Magnify </strong>icon is provided g!</p>
<p>, which enables the user to use the mouse to draw a rectangle around the area to be viewed.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="951" height="224" class="wp-image-2568" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-118.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 118" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 557" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-118.jpeg 951w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-118-300x71.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-118-768x181.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 951px) 100vw, 951px" /></p>
<p><em>Click Magnify icon Select area Zoomed image</em></p>
<p>After clicking the <strong>Magnify </strong>icon, use the mouse to click-and-drag the area you wish to magnify. The selected area is displayed.</p>
<p>To return the tile to normal display, right-click to open the Context menu, and select <strong>Reset digital zoom</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>Zoom the Viewing Tile &#8211; Manual Control</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="321" height="334" class="wp-image-2569" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-119.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 119" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 558" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-119.jpeg 321w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-119-288x300.jpeg 288w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 321px) 100vw, 321px" /></p>
<p><em>Use the mouse wheel to digitally zoom a video in a tile</em></p>
<p>When using a mouse with a scroll-wheel, you can control digital and optical PTZ functionality directly from the tile.</p>
<p><strong>To enter/exit PTZ control mode:</strong></p>
<p>• Click the scroll-wheel while the mouse is over the tile.</p>
<p>Depending on the mouse&#8217;s location in the tile, the cursor turns into one of eight directional green arrows.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="324" height="229" class="wp-image-2570" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-120.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 120" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 559" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-120.jpeg 324w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-120-300x212.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 324px) 100vw, 324px" /></p>
<p><strong>To pan or tilt:</strong></p>
<p>• Move the mouse so that the cursor points in the direction in which you would like to move the camera in and click the left mouse. The movement speed is proportional to the distance from the of the cursor from the middle of the tile.</p>
<p><strong>To zoom in:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark711"></a> Scroll upwards with the scroll-wheel.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>To zoom out</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark712"></a> Scroll down with the scroll-wheel.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Digital Pan</strong></p>
<p>When in digital zoom, the tile displays orange directional arrows as the mouse pointer icon. These arrows shift as you move the mouse around the image to indicate the move direction that occurs if the mouse is clicked.</p>
<p>When clicked, the move is small if the cursor is nearer to the center of the tile, greater if it is closer to the edges.</p>
<p>While in Digital Move mode, a small zoom window indicates the current state &#8211; i.e. showing the current size and location of the displayed area relative to the total camera field of view.</p>
<p>Diagonal Up Diagonal</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="387" height="274" class="wp-image-2571" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-121.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 121" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 560" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-121.jpeg 387w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-121-300x212.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 387px) 100vw, 387px" /></p>
<p>Diagonal Down Diagonal</p>
<p><em>Digital zoom pan (move) icons</em></p>
<p><strong>Digitally-zoomed Tile Navigation</strong></p>
<p>This section describes how to navigate on a digitally zoomed tile.</p>
<p>Consider the following:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark713"></a><strong>To move up </strong>(towards the top of the image): Move the mouse pointer to the central upper part of the magnified video tile so that the green cursor arrow points up and then click the mouse.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark714"></a><strong>To move down </strong>(towards the bottom of the image): Move the mouse pointer to the central lower part of the magnified video tile so that the green cursor arrow points down and then click the mouse.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark715"></a><strong>To pan right: </strong>Move the mouse pointer to the central right edge of the magnified video tile so that the green cursor arrow points right and then click the mouse.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark716"></a><strong>To pan left: </strong>Move the mouse pointer to the central left edge of the magnified video tile so that the green cursor arrow points left and then click.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark717"></a><strong>To move diagonally: </strong>Move the mouse pointer to the corner edge (upper-right, upper-left, lower-right, lower-left of the magnified video tile) so that the green cursor arrow points in the diagonal angle you want to go and then click the mouse.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark718"></a> Restoring the video image to full size centered image can be done using the Reset digital zoom menu option.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>To remove digital magnification (zoom) from a tile:</strong></p>
<p>On the ControlCenter tile, right mouse-click the magnified video image and select <strong>Reset digital zoom </strong>option from the Context menu.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Camera 1 &#8211; 172.20.</strong></td>
<td>™ i &gt;-i &#8211; <sup>7 (7)</sup></p>
<p>Show only this tile</p>
<p>Take snapshot</p>
<p><strong>Print </strong>Snapshot</p>
<p>Lock tile</p>
<p>Spot monitor</p>
<p>Full Screen</p>
<p>Remove</td>
<td>•</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Arm</p>
<p>Clear</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Reset digital zoom</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Save as preset</p>
<p>Goto preset ►</p>
<p>Send To Query</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2450-bookmark719"></a><strong>■</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Dual Sensor Camera Picture-in-Picture (PIP) Display</strong></p>
<p>When viewing output from a Dual Sensor Thermal/Visible camera that has been integrated with Latitude, such as the FLIR PT Series, the viewing tile presents a Picture-in- Picture (PIP) view of the Thermal and Visible scenes.</p>
<p>Both cameras appear in the Navigation Pane.</p>
<p>&#8211; Northern Area</p>
<p><strong>i i M </strong>Entrant {2}</p>
<p>j ; ■■■&#8217;* PT 1 Thermal Head &#8211; North (3j</p>
<p>| I &#8211;<sup>1</sup>* PT 1 Visible Head &#8211; North <strong>(1)</strong></p>
<p><strong>i M </strong>Road &#8216; {j}</p>
<p>Both Images display in the Viewing Pane. The Primary image (full tile) is shown highlighted in the Navigation Tree.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="370" height="254" class="wp-image-2572" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-122.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 122" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 561" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-122.jpeg 370w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-122-300x206.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 370px) 100vw, 370px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="370" height="254" class="wp-image-2573" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-123.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 123" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 562" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-123.jpeg 370w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-123-300x206.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 370px) 100vw, 370px" /></p>
<p><em>Visible Image Primary</em></p>
<p><em>Thermal Image Primary</em></p>
<p><em>Dual Sensor Thermal/Visible Camera</em></p>
<p><strong>Picture-in-Picture (P-i-P) Display</strong></p>
<p>The user can switch between viewing the Visible or Thermal images as primary by double-clicking in the viewing tile&#8217;s P-i-P window. Double-click the main window of the Viewing tile makes the viewing tile full-screen, as for any other viewing tile.</p>
<p>When the mouse is inside the P-i-P window, the user has additional controls:</p>
<p>®</p>
<p>• To <strong>minimize </strong>the P-i-P window, click the <strong>Minimize icon</strong></p>
<p><strong>3</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="62" height="32" class="wp-image-2574" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-124.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 124" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 563"> (To re-open the P-i-P window, click on the <strong>P-i-P icon</strong></p>
<p>that appears in the margin when the image has</p>
<p>been minimized.)</p>
<p>To <strong>re-size </strong>the P-i-P window, drag the <strong>Re-size icon</strong></p>
<p><strong>View an EST-Enabled Thermal Camera</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="967" height="217" class="wp-image-2575" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-125.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 125" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 564" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-125.jpeg 967w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-125-300x67.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-125-768x172.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 967px) 100vw, 967px" /></p>
<p>EST-enabled thermal cameras are displayed with the same pane features as regular Thermal or Visible-spectrum cameras.</p>
<p><em>EST-enabled and regular Thermal Cameras displayed in adjacent Viewing Panes</em></p>
<p>An EST-enabled camera can generate the following Events:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark720"></a> &#8220;Screening: Alarm triggered&#8221;.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark721"></a> &#8220;Screening: Temperature within limits&#8221; &#8211; Camera successfully read the temperature and it was not above the threshold.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark722"></a> &#8220;Screening: No face covering&#8221; &#8211; Triggered when camera detects that a person&#8217;s face is not covered.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark724"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark723"></a> &#8220;Screening: Alarm &#8211; Missed reading &#8220;- Camera that the reading failed &#8211; shows in event description.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>View Tile Toolbar</strong></p>
<p>The view tile toolbar displays basic information about the displayed entity &#8211; principally, its name, but may also include various buttons depending on the displayed entity&#8217;s type. To enable maximum video real estate and a more comfortable way to control it, the viewing tile toolbars are semi-transparent overlays.</p>
<p>The opacity level of the toolbar background and buttons as well as the visibility of the tile toolbar and the tile number can be set using the Tools &#8212; Options Menu. By default, the toolbar background is very opaque and it fades when the cursor is not placed on top. The buttons are visible and the Armed Tile button is always visible.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="958" height="447" class="wp-image-2576" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-126.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 126" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 565" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-126.jpeg 958w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-126-300x140.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-126-768x358.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 958px) 100vw, 958px" /></p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Any changes made to the toolbar display settings do not show on a tile that , and not to the content already displayed in the Viewing pane.</p>
<p><strong>View Tile Control Icons</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Button</strong></td>
<td><strong>Entities</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>All</strong></td>
<td>Tile&#8217;s logical ID. Also used to arm it for instant replays/alternative content (one click)(Orange) or alarms (two clicks) (Red).</p>
<p>Blinks when an alarm/instant replay activates.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>-nnnnnlinn</strong></td>
<td><strong>Microphone, Video Clip</strong></td>
<td>Adjust the volume from the source.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Camera</strong></td>
<td>Digital zoom &#8211; Click to activate and then use click-and-drag in the Viewing tile to define the area to be displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Camera</strong></td>
<td>Start and stop listening to the audio inputs linked to the displayed entity.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Camera</strong></td>
<td>Start and stop transmitting audio through a linked microphone.</p>
<p><strong>Notes</strong>: This microphone can send audio to all cameras that are:</p>
<ul>
<li>Linked with an audio-out device</li>
<li>Activated by pressing the transmit button</li>
<li>In the live view</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>o</td>
<td><strong>Camera</strong></td>
<td>Start and stop manual recording of the camera scene.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Button</strong></td>
<td><strong>Entities</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Camera</strong></td>
<td>View an instant replay of the live video. You must have at least one tile armed for alternative content to view instant replays.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>0</td>
<td><strong>Video Clip, Sequence</strong></td>
<td>Increase a video clip&#8217;s playback speed (displayed by the tile ID) or start forward playback when in reverse mode.</p>
<p>When viewing a sequence, use the button to jump to the next camera.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>ffl</td>
<td><strong>Video Clip, Sequence</strong></td>
<td>Pause a video clip&#8217;s playback or, when viewing a sequence, to prevent progress to the next camera until you click the button again.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Video Clip, Sequence</strong></td>
<td>Increase a video clip&#8217;s reverse playback speed (displayed by the tile ID) or start reverse playback when in normal mode. When viewing a sequence, use the button to go back to the previous camera.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Map</strong></td>
<td>The <strong>Back </strong>button when viewing a map (same as in a web browser).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>fo°l</td>
<td><strong>Map</strong></td>
<td>The <strong>Home </strong>button when viewing a map (same as in a web browser).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Map</strong></td>
<td>The <strong>Forward </strong>button when viewing a map (same as in a web browser).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Alarm</strong></td>
<td>Acknowledge an alarm.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>g</td>
<td><strong>Alarm</strong></td>
<td>Snooze an alarm.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>When the contents of a live video tile is being recorded, a red circle appears in its toolbar <a id="post-2450-bookmark725"></a>to the right of the arming/logical ID button.</p>
<p><strong>Armed Tiles</strong></p>
<p>The user can &#8216;arm&#8217; one or more tiles, so that those tiles are used for specific uses.</p>
<p>For example, one or more tiles can be set to <strong>Armed for Alarms</strong>. Then, if an alarm that has an associated camera is triggered, the video from that camera is displayed on an available &#8216;Armed for Alarms&#8217; tile.</p>
<p>Similarly, when content needs to be displayed from a non-alarm-related event, it is directed to an <strong>Armed for Alternative Content </strong>tile. If the ControlCenter user clicks <strong>Instant Replay </strong>on a tile showing live content, the 30-sec delayed video of that tile starts in an <strong>Armed for Alternative Content </strong>tile.</p>
<p><strong>How to arm tiles:</strong></p>
<p>• Arm tiles by clicking on the Tile number in the lower left corner of the tile.</p>
<p>The possible arming states, indicated by the color of the left part of each tile&#8217;s ID button, are as follows:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark726"></a> Unarmed (clear).</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark727"></a> Armed for alarms (red).</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark728"></a> Armed for alternative content/instant replays (orange).</li>
</ul>
<p>A tile&#8217;s arming state does not effect its capabilities (i.e. what kind of entities it can display) but does determine whether its content may be replaced, under certain circumstances, without any user action.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Access/Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></p>
<p>(The number indicates the Tile Logical Number which can be used for navigation via the number pad input. The color indicates the armed status.)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Click 0-0</td>
<td><strong>Unarmed</strong>: Indicates that the Tile is not armed and behaves according to the configured default Layout behavior for unarmed tiles.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Click 1-0</td>
<td><strong>Armed for alternative content</strong>: Indicates the Tile has been armed as the target Tile for incoming &#8220;alternative content&#8221;. When this content is sent to the ControlCenter (such as the IR button being clicked) the Layout will use this tile to load it.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Click 2-0</td>
<td><strong>Armed for Alarm</strong>: Indicates the Tile has been Armed for Alarm.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Click 3-0</td>
<td><strong>Return to Unarmed</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>The following rules govern how armed tiles are activated:</p>
<p><strong>For Instant Replays:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark729"></a> If any tiles armed for alternative content are empty, the instant replay displays on the first (i.e. lowest numbered) of them.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark730"></a> If all tiles armed for alternative content are in use, the instant replay displays on the first tile displaying something other than an instant replay.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark731"></a> If all tiles armed for alternative content are displaying instant replays, the instant replay is not displayed. You must clear one of the armed tiles or arm an additional tile to display an instant replay in this case.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>For Alarms:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark732"></a> When an alarm is triggered, Control Center first verifies if any ‘<strong>armed for alarms</strong>’ tiles are available &#8211; i.e. not currently displaying an active alarm. If so, the alarm is displayed on the lowest numbered of them (even if it is displaying some other content).</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark733"></a> If all armed tiles are displaying active alarms, the new alarm replaces the one with the lowest priority if its own priority is higher.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark734"></a> If the new alarm&#8217;s priority is equal to or lower than the lowest of the displayed alarms&#8217; priorities, it will not be displayed until an armed tile becomes available (i.e. if one of these alarms is <strong>acknowledged</strong>, <strong>forwarded </strong>or <strong>snoozed</strong>). If multiple alarms of the same priority are active but waiting to be displayed, the oldest will be shown first (i.e. the first criteria is priority, the second age).</li>
</ol>
<p>If multiple alarms occur, the highest priority will load first, and subsequent lower priority cameras will display following in sequence. When a number of alarms occur, their cameras will be distributed each in turn with the individual alarm across the available &#8220;Armed for alarm&#8221; panes. For any particular user, display will be activated according to that user&#8217;s alarm display setting (Block mode, Flat mode, or Salvo mode).</p>
<p><strong>For greater explanation of these modes see AdminCenter Help </strong>&#8211; Configuring an Alarm with Cameras and explanations of the behavior in Displaying a Camera on Alarm (manual and automatic).</p>
<p>/t\ You can always view an alarm by dragging and dropping it from the Alarms Pane to an unarmed tile.</p>
<p>Once an alarm is displayed you cannot replace it with any other content. It must be dealt with to free up the tile.</p>
<p>/j\ An alarm may be &#8220;copied&#8221; to another tile in the form of a client-side sequence. This enables a user to switch between the scenes displayed by the alarm manually, regardless of the dwell time. Copying an alarm has no effect on its status.</p>
<p><strong>In-Tile PTZ Controls</strong></p>
<p>When using a mouse which has a scroll-wheel, you can control digital and analog PTZ functionality directly from the tile:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark735"></a> To enter PTZ control mode with your mouse hovering over a tile, click the scroll-wheel button. Depending on the mouse&#8217;s location in the tile, the cursor will turn into one of eight directional green arrows.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark736"></a> To pan or tilt, move the mouse so that the cursor points in the direction in which you would like to move the camera in and click the left mouse. The speed of the movement is proportional to the distance from the of the cursor from the middle of the tile.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark737"></a> To zoom in, scroll upwards with the scroll-wheel, to zoom out, scroll down with the scroll-wheel.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark738"></a> To exit PTZ control mode, click the scroll-wheel.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="600" height="308" class="wp-image-2577" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-127.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 127" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 566" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-127.jpeg 600w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-127-300x154.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 600px) 100vw, 600px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark742"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark740"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark741"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark743"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark739"></a> Thumbnail Search</li>
</ol>
<p>When a Query is executed with <strong>Thumbnail Search </strong>as the Query type, a new Thumbnail Search Layout is opened.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="960" height="626" class="wp-image-2578" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-128.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 128" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 567" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-128.jpeg 960w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-128-300x196.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-128-768x501.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 960px) 100vw, 960px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark746"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark744"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark745"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark747"></a> Using Draw-to-zoom with Thumbnails</li>
</ol>
<p>When viewing Playbacks using a thumbnail search, it can be useful select a specific area and then zoom into that area in the thumbnails, in order to isolate an event.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong>: Draw-to-zoom&#8217; capability is not available on Panoramic cameras &#8211; see<a href="#post-2450-bookmark849"> Panoramic</a> <a href="#post-2450-bookmark849">cameras</a>.</p>
<p>Hover the mouse in the Playback Pane to access the Draw-to-Zoom control.</p>
<p>Select the area to magnify.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="494" height="319" class="wp-image-2579" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-129.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 129" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 568" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-129.jpeg 494w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-129-300x194.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 494px) 100vw, 494px" /></p>
<p>The Thumbnails are all sized to display the selected area.</p>
<p>Hover the mouse in the Playback pane to see the extent of the zoom.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="966" height="310" class="wp-image-2580" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-130.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 130" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 569" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-130.jpeg 966w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-130-300x96.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-130-768x246.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 966px) 100vw, 966px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark751"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark749"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark750"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark752"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark748"></a> Digital Presets</li>
</ol>
<p>In addition to the presets that can be used for regular PTZ cameras, the user can also treat input from a fixed camera as if it came from a PTZ. By zooming in so that only part of the view is shown, the normal controls (in-screen or via the PTZ pane) can be used, and different resulting images saved as <strong>Digital Presets</strong>.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark756"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark754"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark755"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark757"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark753"></a> Defining Digital Presets</li>
</ol>
<p>The picture below shows an external camera, with various parts shown as potential &#8216;Presets&#8217;.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="709" height="575" class="wp-image-2581" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-131.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 131" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 570" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-131.jpeg 709w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-131-300x243.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 709px) 100vw, 709px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark758"></a> Choose the area/s that are to be designated as Presets.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="973" height="398" class="wp-image-2582" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-132.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 132" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 571" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-132.jpeg 973w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-132-300x123.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-132-768x314.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 973px) 100vw, 973px" /></p>
<p><em>1. Use the viewing controls (in-screen or via the PTZ 2. Right-click to open the </em><strong><em>Context Menu</em></strong><em>, and click on pane) to zoom and pan </em><strong><em>Save as Preset</em></strong><em>.</em></p>
<p><em>until the required scene is shown.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="965" height="390" class="wp-image-2583" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-133.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 133" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 572" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-133.jpeg 965w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-133-300x121.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-133-768x310.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 965px) 100vw, 965px" /></p>
<p><em>3. Choose the </em><strong><em>Preset number </em></strong><em>to be associated with this scene,</em></p>
<p><em>enter an appropriate </em><strong><em>Name</em></strong><em>, and </em><strong><em>Save</em></strong><em>.</em></p>
<p><em>4. Continue to define additional </em><strong><em>Presets</em></strong><em>.</em></p>
<p><strong>Preset numbers and names can also be set in the PTZ pane</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark759"></a> Click the drop-down arrow (to the right side of the <strong>Edit </strong>area) to select the number to be used for the preset.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark760"></a> Click <strong>Edit </strong>and enter the name to be used.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark761"></a> Click <strong>Save </strong>(this only saves the name).</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark762"></a> Click <strong>Set </strong>to set the current view as the Preset.</li>
</ol>
<p>Edit 1: Bus Stop t ►</p>
<p>Set preset</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark766"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark764"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark765"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark767"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark763"></a> Using Digital Presets</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="965" height="541" class="wp-image-2584" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-134.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 134" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 573" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-134.jpeg 965w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-134-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-134-768x431.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 965px) 100vw, 965px" /></p>
<p><em>Fixed Camera &#8211; Normal View and three Preset Views (Live)</em></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark768"></a> When viewing live <strong>or recorded </strong>content from fixed digital camera, the user view content from the Preset view of that camera by right-clicking to open the context menu, and selecting <strong>Go to Preset</strong></li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark769"></a> Even when viewing <strong>recorded </strong>content, presets can be defined that allow a specific view to be shown from the recorded material.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="967" height="425" class="wp-image-2585" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-135.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 135" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 574" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-135.jpeg 967w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-135-300x132.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-135-768x338.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 967px) 100vw, 967px" /></p>
<p><em>New Preset created to give a wide view</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="967" height="582" class="wp-image-2586" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-136.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 136" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 575" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-136.jpeg 967w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-136-300x181.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-136-768x462.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 967px) 100vw, 967px" /></p>
<p><em>Using the Preset view in recorded content</em></p>
<p><em>(here giving a long view of a detailed subject from another camera)</em></p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The Context Menu only provides access to the first 12 Presets (similar to the way the PTZ window only has 12 buttons for selecting Presets. Where additional Presets have been defined, they can be accessed from the PTZ Pane, by clicking on the drop-down button and selecting from the list.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="253" height="408" class="wp-image-2587" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-137.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 137" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 576" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-137.jpeg 253w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-137-186x300.jpeg 186w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 253px) 100vw, 253px" /></p>
<p><strong>Camera Sequences</strong></p>
<p>&#8220;<strong>Go to Preset</strong>&#8221; can be set as an <strong>Action </strong>from fixed cameras.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark771"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark770"></a> Quick View</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark772"></a> Quick View enables the ControlCenter operator to click on predefined screen overlays to switch view from the current camera to an alternative. This is typically another camera that covers an &#8216;off-screen&#8217; area &#8211; such as an adjacent room.</p>
<p>A Quick view can be defined for any camera/s in the system (This is done on the Admin center).</p>
<p>Once the camera&#8217;s Quick View is defined, the camera&#8217;s normal view screen displays overlays that act as switch icons, taking the operator to the alternative screen.</p>
<p><strong>— IMPORTANT NOTES:</strong></p>
<p><strong>Amhoktant . . r • r .</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark773"></a> The following criteria must all be met for this feature:</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark774"></a> Quick View is defined and enabled for the camera</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark775"></a> The Operator has rights to use the Quick View feature for this camera</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark776"></a> The operator is in regular View or Playback mode</li>
</ul>
<p>(The feature cannot be used for a screen activated by an Alarm, displayed as par of a camera Sequence, or played as part of a Synchronized Playback).</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark777"></a> Web Client does not support this feature</li>
</ul>
<p>This is how the alternate cameras might correspond to the &#8216;direction&#8217; the operator might want to look if, for example, a person in view moved off-screen in the area indicated by the overlay.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="965" height="524" class="wp-image-2588" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-138.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 138" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 577" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-138.jpeg 965w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-138-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-138-768x417.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 965px) 100vw, 965px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark778"></a> Quick View enabled in a Pane</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark779"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark780"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark781"></a> Quick View Enabled in a pane</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="966" height="526" class="wp-image-2589" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-139.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 139" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 578" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-139.jpeg 966w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-139-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-139-768x418.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 966px) 100vw, 966px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="35" height="31" class="wp-image-2590" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-140.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 140" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 579"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="966" height="247" class="wp-image-2591" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-141.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 141" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 580" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-141.jpeg 966w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-141-300x77.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-141-768x196.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 966px) 100vw, 966px" /></p>
<p>The large pane (1) below has 5 overlays in view &#8211; each corresponding to an alternate camera which was defined as being relevant to that &#8216;direction&#8217;.</p>
<p><em>Quick View enabled in a Pane</em></p>
<p>The Quick View Zone <strong>overlays </strong>are only visible when:</p>
<p>the user <strong>has the rights to use it</strong>,</p>
<p>the feature is <strong>enabled for this screen</strong>, and</p>
<p>• the <strong>mouse is inside the viewing pane</strong></p>
<p>Quick View can be toggled on and off by clicking the Quick View icon</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark783"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark784"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark782"></a> Using Quick View</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Quick switch</strong></p>
<p>Double-click on an overlay immediately replaces the current camera with the camera represented by the overlay.</p>
<p><strong>Highlight and check camera name</strong></p>
<p>Mousing over an overlay highlights it, and a Tooltip shows the name of the camera that it represents.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="881" height="335" class="wp-image-2592" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-142.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 142" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 581" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-142.jpeg 881w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-142-300x114.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-142-768x292.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 881px) 100vw, 881px" /></p>
<p><em>Highlighting a Zone with the mouse</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="94" height="67" class="wp-image-2593" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-143.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 143" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 582"><strong>IMPORTANT &#8211; </strong>If the current user is not authorized to view one of the cameras defined in the Quickview, then the overlay corresponding to that camera will not be shown.</p>
<p><strong>See Preview</strong></p>
<p>A single click on the overlay shows a live Thumbnail view of the indicated camera (or a video of the relevant clip when in Playback mode), and the mouse cursor changes to a &#8220;hand&#8221; type in order to indicate to the user that Quick View zone area is clickable.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="420" class="wp-image-2594" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-144.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 144" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 583" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-144.jpeg 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-144-300x167.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></p>
<p>Initially, this window presents the associated camera&#8217;s name and show a loader until the video stream is ready. The Loader also is shown if retrieving the video clip takes time. @</p>
<p><strong>Preset view in the Preview window</strong></p>
<p>The overlay may represents a Preset view</p>
<p><strong>Digital presets </strong>(I.e. on fixed cameras), will be shown in the preview immediately.</p>
<p><strong>PTZ </strong>presets are not shown in the preview window, because the users has not <strong>selected </strong>the view (Click the preview or double-click the overlay).</p>
<p>The system will not initiate moving the camera until the actual selection is made.</p>
<p><strong>Problems with displaying the designated camera</strong></p>
<p>If the video cannot be displayed for some reason: communication issue, absence of the video (in case of playback) or other error, an error message will be displayed in the preview window.</p>
<p><strong>Switch from Preview window</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="876" height="417" class="wp-image-2595" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-145.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 145" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 584" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-145.jpeg 876w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-145-300x143.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-145-768x366.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 876px) 100vw, 876px" /></p>
<p>If user clicks anywhere inside the preview window, he will switch to the linked camera.</p>
<p>If there is a Quick View defined for the second camera, then Quick View will already be enabled when you reach the second camera.</p>
<p><strong>Returnng to the first camera &#8211; (the second camera needs it&#8217;s own Quick View)</strong></p>
<p>JUr­</p>
<p><strong>A Useful</strong></p>
<p>1?</p>
<p><strong>REMEMBER: </strong>There is no automatic &#8216;Return Path&#8217; once the second camera has been selected, unless a Quick View has been defined for the second camera, with a zone that corresponds to back to the first. (The Setup in the Admin Center has a specific facility to make this setup easy)</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark788"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark786"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark787"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark789"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark785"></a> Quick View in a new pane</li>
</ol>
<p>Quick View allows the Operator to shift to a different camera, and this can replace the view in the current tile.</p>
<p>However, it may be important that the original camera also stay in view. When this is required, use the &#8216;<strong>Lock tile</strong>&#8216; option in the tile&#8217;s <strong>Context Menu</strong>.</p>
<p>Show only this tite</p>
<p>Take snapshot</p>
<p>Print snapshot</p>
<p>Lock tile</p>
<p>Spot monitor</p>
<p>Full screen</p>
<p>Remove</p>
<p>Properties</p>
<p>Save as preset</p>
<p>Goto preset ►</p>
<p>** Adaptive streaming<br />
Send to query</p>
<p><em>&#8216;LockTile&#8217; in the Context Menu</em></p>
<p>Where a scene containing a QuickView scene is <strong>Locked </strong>(from the context menu), a subsequent scene opened by clicking on one of the QuickView icons is opened in <strong>the next available tile</strong>, while the scene from which it was opened remains in view.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="765" height="675" class="wp-image-2596" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-146.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 146" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 585" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-146.jpeg 765w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-146-300x265.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 765px) 100vw, 765px" /></p>
<p><em>Open Quick View in New Tile</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark793"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark791"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark792"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark794"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark790"></a> Quick View &#8211; further details</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark795"></a> When Quick View is enabled in the tile, it remains as such throughout the navigation process, unless a new camera is dragged into the tile or an incoming alarm replaces the scene in the tile (if it was armed).</li>
</ol>
<p>In that case, the Quick View button resets and Quick View zones, even if available for the new scene, is initially hidden.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark796"></a> When selected tile is presenting Quick View zones and user selects another tile, the Quick View zones in the previously-selected tile are hidden but the Quick View <strong>enable </strong>button remains toggled <strong>on</strong>. If user moves back to that tile and selects it again or hovers over it, the Quick View zones automatically reappear, without needing to enable the Quick view feature in that tile again</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark797"></a> When a camera is opened in a tile by incoming alarm, since the tile is locked, the Quick View feature is disabled, and the Quick View <strong>enable </strong>button is not visible.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark801"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark799"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark800"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark802"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark798"></a> Quick View in Playback</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Preview when in Playback</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="580" height="426" class="wp-image-2597" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-147.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 147" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 586" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-147.jpeg 580w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-147-300x220.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 580px) 100vw, 580px" /></p>
<p><em>Time and speed in Preview window</em></p>
<p><strong>Playback Time and Speed in Preview Window</strong></p>
<p>When the preview is being shown, the playback time is shown in the preview window, and the speed of the preview playback will be the same as in the camera in the playback window.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark803"></a> When a user opens a playback of a camera which has Quick View zones, and he has access rights to at least one of the Quick View zones (to the linked cameras) the Quick View <strong>enable </strong>button will appear in the tile. Initially its state will be <strong>off</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark804"></a> When Quick View is enabled and zones are displayed, preview windows will show a related playback video of the SE zone.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark805"></a> When playback is played at increased speed, the preview window will show a video at the same speed as the playback window.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark806"></a> When user is watching a playback video in the tile, and Quick View is enabled and zones are displayed, preview windows will show the related playback video of the Quick View zone from that corresponding time.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark807"></a> If a camera is detached from the system, Quick View zones from the detached camera will still be available, since detached cameras still contains recordings.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark810"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark808"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark809"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark811"></a> Controlling Output Pins linked to Cameras</li>
</ol>
<p>When an Output Pin is linked to a camera, then, if the operator moves the cursor to within the camera&#8217;s viewing tile, the Output Pin icon is shown, and the icon shows the &#8216;current&#8217; state.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="603" height="282" class="wp-image-2598" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-148.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 148" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 587" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-148.jpeg 603w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-148-300x140.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-148-600x282.jpeg 600w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 603px) 100vw, 603px" /></p>
<p><em>Figure &#8211; CC Viewing Pane showing Camera with Linked Output Pin in &#8216;Normal&#8217; State</em></p>
<p>Hovering on the Output Pin Icon shows a tooltip and the state the pin changes to if clicked.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="605" height="286" class="wp-image-2599" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-149.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 149" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 588" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-149.jpeg 605w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-149-300x142.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 605px) 100vw, 605px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="370" height="69" class="wp-image-2600" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-150.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 150" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 589" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-150.jpeg 370w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-150-300x56.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 370px) 100vw, 370px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="350" height="53" class="wp-image-2601" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-151.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 151" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 590" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-151.jpeg 350w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-151-300x45.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 350px) 100vw, 350px" /></p>
<p><em>Figure &#8211; Linked Pin Status</em></p>
<p>Change output pk state to normal</p>
<p>Change output pin state to abnormal</p>
<p><em>Figure &#8211; Linked Output Pin Tooltips</em></p>
<p><strong>Linked Output Pin Inaccessible</strong></p>
<p>If the camera on which the Output Pin is defined becomes inaccessible, the Output Pin Icon is shown greyed-out, and if the mouse is placed on it, a status tooltip is shown.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="352" height="101" class="wp-image-2602" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-152.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 152" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 591" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-152.jpeg 352w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-152-300x86.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 352px) 100vw, 352px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark815"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark814"></a> Adaptive Streaming</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark816"></a> Adaptive Streaming saves bandwidth and enhances system performance by tailoring a video stream&#8217;s resolution to the size of the viewing tile. The system displays high- resolution images when the image is shown in larger tiles or full-screen mode. When shown in smaller tiles, not so much resolution is needed, so the stream can be reduced.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="965" height="264" class="wp-image-2603" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-153.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 153" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 592" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-153.jpeg 965w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-153-300x82.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-153-768x210.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 965px) 100vw, 965px" /></p>
<p>By default, Adaptive Streaming is <strong>enabled </strong>in each ControlCenter client.</p>
<p><strong>To disable Adaptive Streaming for a ControlCenter:</strong></p>
<p>• Navigate to <strong>Tools</strong>, <strong>Options</strong>, <strong>Video </strong>and deselect the <strong>Adaptive streaming </strong>option.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="966" height="696" class="wp-image-2604" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-154.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 154" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 593" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-154.jpeg 966w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-154-300x216.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-154-768x553.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 966px) 100vw, 966px" /></p>
<p><strong>To disable Adaptive Streaming for a given camera:</strong></p>
<p>• In the CC tile, right-click the tile in which it is displayed and deselect Adaptive Streaming.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark820"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark818"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark819"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark821"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark817"></a> Hide/Show Privacy Mask (Deactivate)</li>
</ol>
<p>On systems that support Privacy Mask, cameras and camera sequences can have an overlay grayed-out are on an image that prevents viewing that part of the video image.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="966" height="444" class="wp-image-2605" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-155.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 155" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 594" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-155.jpeg 966w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-155-300x138.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-155-768x353.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 966px) 100vw, 966px" /></p>
<p><strong>Caution: </strong>The reasons that masking was created on the video can vary and thus before a user removes masking from a video that may be displayed in view on a monitor, a certain level of discretion and background as to why the mask was put on the video in the first place should be considered. You may want to consult a Supervisor or Administrator of the system to learn more about the scene&#8217;s Privacy mask. In some jurisdictions, privacy masking laws may apply.</p>
<p>For live video scenes and exported video, the following behaviors can be expected:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark822"></a> If the video is from a live display in the Tile layout, the login credentials automatically enable an authorized user with mask privileges to remove the Privacy Mask and see the privacy zone underneath it.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark823"></a> If the video is from a Archiver recording being played in the Tile layout, the login credentials automatically enable an authorized user with mask privileges to remove the Privacy Mask and see the privacy zone underneath it.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark824"></a> If the video is from an exported recording in DVT format (only) and being played in the Tile layout, to remove the mask during playback, you must enter the system assigned Privacy Mask password that was in use when the video file was exported. This is a separate password unrelated to System login and can vary based on the active system­wide Privacy Mask password at the time the file was export and which System entity system it was exported from.</li>
</ul>
<p>• If the video is from an exported recording in AVI format, the masking is permanent as part of the image and cannot be removed.</p>
<p>It should be noted that some cameras have privacy masking capabilities that may have been configured outside of the system that may embed the masking in the video.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="965" height="403" class="wp-image-2606" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-156.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 156" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 595" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-156.jpeg 965w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-156-300x125.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-156-768x321.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 965px) 100vw, 965px" /></p>
<p><em>Privacy Mask is turned on and the Privacy Zone is hidden &#8211; right click menu to disable</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="965" height="403" class="wp-image-2607" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-157.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 157" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 596" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-157.jpeg 965w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-157-300x125.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-157-768x321.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 965px) 100vw, 965px" /></p>
<p><em>Privacy Mask is turned off and the Privacy Zone is visible &#8211; right click menu to enable</em></p>
<p><strong>To hide/show a privacy mask on a ControlCenter tile</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark825"></a> If the Privacy Mask is displayed on, on the video image displayed in a Layout Tile, do the following:</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark826"></a> Right-click and select <strong>Deactivate privacy mask</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>If the video is live or an Archiver recording playback, the hidden area becomes visible.</p>
<p>If the video is from an exported video clip, you will be prompted for a password.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark827"></a> If prompted for a password, enter the Privacy Mask system-wide password that was active when the specific video clip was exported and then click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="566" height="204" class="wp-image-2608" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-158.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 158" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 597" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-158.jpeg 566w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-158-300x108.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 566px) 100vw, 566px" /></p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>This password is stored and does not need to be entered again. Only after unloading the clip from all panes or from closing the ControlCenter does the password get clear.</p>
<p><strong>Caution: </strong>If you leave the an exported clip which you entered a password for loaded in the ControlCenter and you log out from the System,, the ControlCenter will only switch to offline and the passwords you entered will remain for each video still loaded in the offline ControlCenter panes. It is recommended when you are finished viewing a clip that you have entered a Privacy Mask password for, that you remove it from the tiles, Timeline and File Playback pane<strong>.</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark828"></a> If the Privacy Mask is turned off, on the video image displayed in a Layout Tile, right-click and select Activate privacy mask.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark830"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark829"></a> Spot Monitor</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark831"></a> Spot Monitor enables the user to select the tile in which a scene displays by default when double-clicked.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="966" height="235" class="wp-image-2609" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-159.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 159" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 598" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-159.jpeg 966w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-159-300x73.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-159-768x187.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 966px) 100vw, 966px" /></p>
<p><strong>To enable Spot Monitor:</strong></p>
<p>• Right-click the desired tile in the Tiles pane, and then select <strong>Spot Monitor</strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark833"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark832"></a> Once a tile is selected as spot monitor, its edge remains highlighted even when another tile is selected.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark834"></a> Viewing GIS Maps</li>
</ol>
<p>The GIS Map entity enables the ControlCenter Operator to display the initial map according to its stored GIS parameters (Longitude, and &#8216;Eye Altitude&#8217;).</p>
<p>Select the GIS Map you want to display, and drag it to the required tile. (In this case, the example is the Default GIS Map).</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="966" height="413" class="wp-image-2610" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-160.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 160" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 599" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-160.jpeg 966w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-160-300x128.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-160-768x328.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 966px) 100vw, 966px" /></p>
<p>It is possible that, because of the location of the map and the selected &#8216;Eye Level&#8217;, that none of the selected GIS entities are shown.</p>
<p>You can use the standard map zoom and navigation tools to change the map until you see the GIS entities displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>For Radar integration, see<a href="#post-2450-bookmark835"> Manage Radar Zones/Tripwires </a>to add/delete zones/tripwires in real time.</p>
<p><strong>GIS Map Zoom-in</strong></p>
<p>• To zoom in on GIS maps, click and hold the keyboard <strong>Ctrl </strong>key and use the mouse scroll wheel to enlarge the tile.</p>
<p>Alternatively, you can select one of the entities that are defined with GIS coordinates, display it in one of the Viewing Tiles, and then right-click and select the <strong>Show my location </strong>option from the context menu.</p>
<p>This causes the GIS map to zoom and center the selected GIS entity. The entity&#8217;s icon appears in the GIS map.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="958" height="658" class="wp-image-2611" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-161.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 161" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 600" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-161.jpeg 958w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-161-300x206.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-161-768x527.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 958px) 100vw, 958px" /></p>
<p><strong>GIS Entities in a GIS Map</strong></p>
<p>The following entities may be shown in a GIS Map.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Entity</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>g- Fixed Camera</p>
<p>Fixed Camera, Alarm</p>
<p>ep, PTZ Camera</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="219" class="wp-image-2613" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-162.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 162" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 601"></p>
<p>PTZ Camera, Alarm</p>
<p>Mobile Camera, Live</p>
<p>Mobile Camera, Playback</p>
<p>Mobile Camera, Alarm</p>
<p><strong>Show video when Hovering</strong></p>
<p>If the GIS Map is defined with the <strong>Show video when hovering </strong>option enabled, a small window showing the video from the selected camera can be shown by hovering the mouse on the relevant icon. A tooltip also displays the entity&#8217;s name.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="967" height="449" class="wp-image-2614" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-163.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 163" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 602" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-163.jpeg 967w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-163-300x139.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-163-768x357.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 967px) 100vw, 967px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark836"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark835"></a> Manage Radar Zones/Tripwires</li>
</ol>
<p>The Detection Systems (Radar integration) enables you to add, delete zones/tripwires in real time, or cancel current drawings with the proper equipment connected to your system.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="965" height="480" class="wp-image-2615" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-164.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 164" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 603" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-164.jpeg 965w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-164-300x149.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-164-768x382.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 965px) 100vw, 965px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark837"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark838"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark839"></a> Add a Radar Zone/Tripwire</p>
<p>You can add a new radar zone/tripwire in the Control Center using the opened GIS map.</p>
<p><strong>Follow these steps:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark840"></a> In the Control Center, on the <strong>System </strong>pane, right-click on the Radar entity, and select the desired zone type from the context menu.</li>
</ol>
<p>When you select an <strong>Add </strong>zone context menu item option (E.g. <strong>Add alarm zone</strong>, <strong>Add detection zone</strong>, <strong>Add exclusion zone</strong>, <strong>Add a tripwire</strong>, <strong>Add tripwire (left only)</strong>, etc.), the mouse pointer on the GIS map changes from a hand icon to a plus icon that indicates that the user can start drawing a zone/tripwire on it. When the drawing completes, the mouse pointer returns to the hand icon.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark841"></a> Left-click on multiple points (desired geo-locations) to draw a zone/tripwire on the GIS map, and double-click to complete the zone/tripwire.</li>
</ol>
<p>The new radar zone/tripwire is added to the opened GIS map.</p>
<p><strong>Cancel Current Drawing</strong></p>
<p>You can cancel the current drawing.</p>
<p><strong>Do the following:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark842"></a> In the Control Center, on the System pane, right-click on the Radar entity, and select the <strong>Cancel the current drawing </strong>context menu option.</li>
</ul>
<p>You have aborted the current drawing in progress.</p>
<p><strong>Delete a Radar Zone/Tripwire</strong></p>
<p>You can delete existing radar zone/tripwires in the Control Center using the opened GIS map.</p>
<p><strong>Do the following:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark843"></a> In the Control Center, on the System pane, right-click on the Radar entity, and select the relevant context menu item prefixed with the <strong>Delete </strong>keyword.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Example:</strong></p>
<p>In the following example, the context menu <strong>Delete Zone 0 (Alarm) </strong>and <strong>Delete Zone 1 (Tripwire)</strong></p>
<p>options are outlined in red:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="516" height="605" class="wp-image-2616" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-165.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 165" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 604" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-165.jpeg 516w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-165-256x300.jpeg 256w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 516px) 100vw, 516px" /></p>
<p><strong>Notes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark844"></a> A zone (alarm/detection/exclusion) consists of a minimum of three (3) points and a maximum of 25 points.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark845"></a> For a connected standalone/fused primary radar, these menu options are visible but are enabled only</li>
</ul>
<p>for users having &#8220;Plugins and Integrations” Modify privilege.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark846"></a> These menu options are disabled for disconnected radars.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark847"></a> These menu options are hidden for connected fused secondary radar and unsupported devices.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark848"></a> Editing an existing zone is not supported. Users must create a new one with relevant Geo-coordinates and delete the incorrect one.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark850"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark849"></a> Panoramic Cameras</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark851"></a> Panoramic cameras such as the Quasar Gen 2, or cameras equipped with Immervision Panomorph© lenses allow the user to &#8216;plunge&#8217; into the picture. The illustration below shows the typical &#8216;fish-eye&#8217; image from a panoramic camera, and how the PTZ compass control (or the mouse PTZ control) is used to navigate &#8216;into&#8217; the picture.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong>: Panoramic cameras do not provide &#8216;draw to zoom&#8217; capability. The mouse controls are used to &#8216;plunge&#8217; into the picture, and to navigate within it.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="744" height="644" class="wp-image-2617" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-166.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 166" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 605" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-166.jpeg 744w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-166-300x260.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 744px) 100vw, 744px" /></p>
<p>Multiple pictures can be generated from the fish-eye image, and shown in a Tile Layout.</p>
<p><strong>To Create Tile Layout with multiple views</strong></p>
<p>1. In the ControlCenter, choose a tile layout for setting up the camera, and save it using the <strong>Save Layout </strong>option.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="966" height="509" class="wp-image-2618" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-167.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 167" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 606" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-167.jpeg 966w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-167-300x158.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-167-768x405.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 966px) 100vw, 966px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark852"></a> Drag the camera image into each of the tiles.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark853"></a> Using the<a href="#post-2450-bookmark625"> PTZ compass controls</a>, or the mouse PTZ control capability (described in the <a href="#post-2450-bookmark697">Viewing Tile </a>section), set up different views in each of the tiles.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="878" height="764" class="wp-image-2619" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-168.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 168" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 607" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-168.jpeg 878w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-168-300x261.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-168-768x668.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 878px) 100vw, 878px" /></p>
<p>4. If any of the individual views might be used in other layouts, you can save them as individual <a href="#post-2450-bookmark748">Digital Presets</a>.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark857"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark855"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark856"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark858"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark854"></a> Viewing Live and Recorded Video from connected DVRs</li>
</ol>
<p>Digital Video Recorders (DVRs) that have been integrated into the Latitude system may be connected to the system. Cameras attached to the DVRs may be viewed &#8216;live&#8217;, and recordings can be accessed and played back. However, video recorded on DVRs remains stored &#8216;on the edge&#8217;, and is not transferred to the main system.</p>
<p>Functions handling content from the DVRs are slightly different from content residing on the main system. These are described below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="958" height="500" class="wp-image-2620" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-169.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 169" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 608" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-169.jpeg 958w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-169-300x157.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-169-768x401.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 958px) 100vw, 958px" /></p>
<p>Cameras attached to the DVR are shown in the Logical View as regular cameras.</p>
<p><strong>Supported DVR features:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark859"></a> Live Video &#8211; Displayed by dragging an attached camera to a viewing tile.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark860"></a> Query &#8211; normal query &#8211; e.g. select the camera, right-click and choose &#8216;Send to Query&#8217; from the drop-down. Available clips from that camera are shown in the Query results pane.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note </strong>&#8211; Queries are cached, so the second time a query is accessed, response is much quicker &#8211; useful when looking though a clip using the Timeline.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark861"></a> Playback</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark862"></a> Jump To Time (via timeline).</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark863"></a> Slow Forward.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark864"></a> Fast Forward.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark865"></a> Pause.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark866"></a> Continuous Playback &#8211; When playback of the current clip completes, the next cached queried clip will start playing.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Limitations on Content stored on DVRs</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark867"></a> No Export from Timeline.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark868"></a> No Motion indication on the Timeline.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark869"></a> Playback</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark870"></a> No Step Forward/Backward, Reverse Playback.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark871"></a> No Operations on selected portions of the Timeline (such as Lock, Start Loop Playback, etc)</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark872"></a> No Synchronized Playback.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark876"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark874"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark875"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark877"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark873"></a> Viewing Modes for Alarms</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Automatic and Manual Display</strong></p>
<p>When alarms have been configured to display content from cameras when triggered, the display can be Automatic or Manual.</p>
<p><strong>Automatic Display</strong></p>
<p>A queue is maintained for all alarms that have been configured to display content (live and/or recordings). When an alarm is triggered and one or more cameras (or recordings from cameras) associated with it must be displayed, then it is added to the queue. Items in the queue will be displayed in Armed tiles, according to the display mode set for that user (User/General/Alarms Display Mode).</p>
<p><strong>See below: </strong><a href="#post-2450-bookmark880">Alarm Display Modes.</a></p>
<p>For Automatic mode to be used, the user must set one or more viewing tiles to ‘Armed for Alarms’ status.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>In all cases, Alarm Priority takes precedence over Trigger time &#8211; this means that the higher-priority alarms are placed higher in the queue than lower priority ones. Alarms of equal priority are queued according to their trigger time.</p>
<p><strong>Manual Display</strong></p>
<p>If the user does not set any tiles to ‘Armed for Alarm’ status, this means that Manual display will be used.</p>
<p>Content from cameras associated with alarms are displayed by the user:-</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark878"></a> Double-clicking on an alarm in the Alarms pane. Cameras associated with the alarm will then be displayed in the next available viewing tile</li>
</ul>
<p>-or-</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark879"></a> Dragging-and-dropping the alarm directly to a viewing tile.</li>
</ul>
<p>The display sequence in the viewing tile follows the rules for<a href="#post-2450-bookmark881"> Block Mode</a>. A subsequent alarm can be opened in another ‘next available’ tile, or dragged to a user-chosen tile, <a id="post-2450-bookmark880"></a>where it is displayed in<a href="#post-2450-bookmark881"> Block Mode</a>.</p>
<p><strong>Alarm Display Modes</strong></p>
<p>Flat Mode</p>
<p>Flat mode is a simple method of showing alarms one after another (as they occur in priority sequence). Each alarm is sent to the next available ‘armed for alarms’ tile/s. If an alarm has more than one associated video, all available ‘armed for alarms’ tiles will be used. If an alarm has too many associated videos for the available tiles, the available tiles will be used and the remaining videos for that alarm will not be displayed. When alarms are cleared, meaning that tiles become available, then the next alarm in the queue will be</p>
<p>displayed. There is no cycling of scenes. All the displayed scenes of an alarm remain in their tiles until that alarm is cleared.</p>
<p><strong>Alternative Modes</strong></p>
<p>In addition to Flat mode, the system supports other alternative modes &#8211; Block and Salvo, for handling the situation where two or more alarms are automatically loading into a Layout that has one or more Tiles enabled with &#8216;Armed for Alarms&#8217;.</p>
<p>Block Mode: All scenes associated with an alarm type will be shown, in sequence, in one tile. You can see information about multiple alarms at the same time, if you have more than one tile ‘armed for alarms’.</p>
<p>Salvo Mode: Only one alarm is displayed at any one time. As many scenes as possible of that alarm are displayed on the available ‘armed for alarms’ tiles and they remain there for the ‘dwell time’ of that alarm. Provided all scenes for the alarm have been displayed, the next alarm in the queue according to priority will be displayed. If you do not have enough ‘armed for alarms’ tiles for the scenes of one alarm to be shown, then when the alarm dwell time passes, the remaining scenes of that alarm will be displayed before the next alarms starts being displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Detail</strong></p>
<p>The following table describes the graphic representations in the explanations that follow:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Graphic</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>One Alarm color coded (priority) and showing associated cameras. The number at the side shows the order the alarm occurred in time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>| |j</td>
<td>One Associated Camera configured to the Alarm as Live View</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>• ►*&#8217; ■)</td>
<td>A graphical representation of a cycle. Two types of cycles, one nested in the other, that are possible a cycle of alarms and a cycle of cameras for a single alarm.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>IF II</strong></td>
<td>A representation of the same four tile ControlCenter layout at a point in time during a camera cycle.</p>
<p>Includes color coding of the frames to match the Alarm examples, Cameras being displayed from that alarm and green tiles for free tiles not being used by the current Alarm period. Also includes the icons on the lower left of the tile indicating if the tile is Armed for Alarm, by the ControlCenter user.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>If a large number is shown at the side of each layout, it indicates the order in the Alarm cycle which is priority first sequence.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-2450-bookmark881"></a> 99EI</td>
<td>Armed for Alarm tile icons (red) and Unarmed tile icons (black).</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Block Mode</strong></p>
<p>Each alarm sequences all its associated video onto a single Armed for Alarm (note the red<br />
number in the lower left corner indicating this) tile. The highest priority gets the tile if<br />
there is competition.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="561" height="594" class="wp-image-2621" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-170.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 170" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 609" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-170.jpeg 561w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-170-283x300.jpeg 283w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 561px) 100vw, 561px" /></p>
<p><strong>Salvo Mode</strong></p>
<p>Each alarm attempts to display its associated video on as many tiles as possible, trying to<br />
show as many cameras as possible at once. The sequence of the each alarm cycle is based<br />
on priority.</p>
<p>Thus the highest priority alarm will go first in displaying all its associated<br />
cameras before passing it to the lower priority alarm, and so on. (Red high priority,<br />
Yellow intermediate, and Blue low priority.) The following represents a individual tiles in a<br />
time sequence (four per layout) and layout (three, one for when each alarm displays) a<br />
timed cycle. The small blue nodes represent different cameras associated with each alarm</p>
<p>(count 3,3, and 2).</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="610" height="473" class="wp-image-2622" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-171.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 171" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 610" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-171.jpeg 610w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-171-300x233.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 610px) 100vw, 610px" /></p>
<p>There is no pause button for Salvo mode. in order to see a video you will need to drag out the sequence into a free tile. For more information see the following section <em>Dragging and Dropping One Alarm Sequence Out of a Salvo Group.</em></p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If your user settings have been set for you to work in Salvo Mode, it is important that you keep sufficient tiles &#8216;armed for alarms&#8217; so that you can view all the scenes associated with an alarm.</p>
<p><strong>Dragging and Dropping One Alarm Sequence Out of a Salvo Group</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="944" height="528" class="wp-image-2623" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-172.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 172" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 611" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-172.jpeg 944w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-172-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-172-768x430.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 944px) 100vw, 944px" /></p>
<p>The result is that the Salvo continues with the remaining Alarm video cycles, and the removed Alarm cycle sequences on its own in block mode.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="928" height="559" class="wp-image-2624" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-173.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 173" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 612" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-173.jpeg 928w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-173-300x181.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-173-768x463.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 928px) 100vw, 928px" /></p>
<p>The benefit is that the Alarm that is pulled out can now be paused using the OSD pause button overlay that stops a block mode sequence from rotating while you view the video.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="104" class="wp-image-2625" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-174.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 174" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 613" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-174.jpeg 320w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-174-300x98.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></p>
<p><em>A pause video sequence on a drag-n-drop from a Salvo to a Block mode</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="176" height="123" class="wp-image-2626" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-175.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 175" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 614"></p>
<p><em>A block mode sequence displays an alarm and multi-video indicator</em></p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark882"></a><strong>Note: </strong>To remove a Salvo, clear or snooze all the Alarms displayed with videos.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark885"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark883"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark884"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark886"></a> Synchronized Playback</li>
</ol>
<p>Synchronized playback is used to play multiple synchronized video clips. It is launched from the Query Pane by clicking <strong>Sync </strong>after conducting a query.</p>
<p>Synchronized playback may also be initiated from the <strong>Play </strong>button, if multiple clips are selected. See Query Results Pane.</p>
<p><strong>Viewing Synchronized Clips</strong></p>
<p>In the Query Pane, check the cameras you wish to view in a Synchronized Playback Layout.</p>
<p><strong>/^\ This feature is very resource-consuming.</strong></p>
<p>ControlCenter may exhibit unpredictable behavior if too many clips are played back simultaneously.</p>
<p>To reset Query parameters and return to a default search, click</p>
<p>1.</p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark812"></a> 2.</p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark813"></a> 3.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="246" height="421" class="wp-image-2627" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-176.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 176" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 615" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-176.jpeg 246w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-176-175x300.jpeg 175w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 246px) 100vw, 246px" /> From the Search for menu, select Clip.</p>
<p>Select scenes for recorded source scenes, by marking the tree entities. You can select from one up to the maximum number of scenes as defined in the to the maximum as defined in the Tools</p>
<p>► Options ►VideosPlayback screen settings. The default is six maximum.</p>
<p>4. From the <strong>Date and Time </strong>menu, select a preset time option</p>
<p>-or-</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="967" height="581" class="wp-image-2628" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-177.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 177" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 616" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-177.jpeg 967w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-177-300x180.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-177-768x461.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 967px) 100vw, 967px" /> Select <strong>Manual selection </strong>and then enter <strong>From </strong>date and time and <strong>To </strong>date and time.</p>
<p>5. Click <strong>Sync</strong>.</p>
<p>The clips found by the search load into the Timeline &#8211; Synchronized Playback Layout.</p>
<p>6. Once the sync playback layout is opened, the User can to drag to open scenes from the main camera tree.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark887"></a> When a scene is dragged into an empty tile, it is automatically synced with the other scenes in the layout. The unified Timeline is updated to include the new scene.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="946" height="353" class="wp-image-2629" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-178.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 178" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 617" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-178.jpeg 946w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-178-300x112.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-178-768x287.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 946px) 100vw, 946px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="948" height="573" class="wp-image-2630" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-179.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 179" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 618" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-179.jpeg 948w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-179-300x181.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-179-768x464.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 948px) 100vw, 948px" /></p>
<p><em>Drag and Drop camera from tree into Sync Playback layout</em></p>
<p><em>Camera drops into layout, expanding the number of tiles if needed.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark888"></a> If the scene is dropped into a populated tile, it will open the new scene in the next available tile. If no tile is available, the layout will be automatically modified to include more tiles.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark889"></a> Scenes with linked audio occupy two tiles, which also expand the layout if necessary.</li>
</ol>
<p>7. Scenes can also be dragged out of the layout to remove them and the unified timeline is removed for that scene.</p>
<p><strong>JlM PORTANT I</strong></p>
<p>L</p>
<p>One scene (the &#8220;original&#8221; scene in the top left tile) must always remain in the Sync Playback layout in order to keep the playback times.</p>
<p>You can fast-forward, rewind or jump to a new time in the displayed clips by using the timeline.</p>
<p><strong>Privacy Mask Passwords when using Synchronized Playback</strong></p>
<p>Because the Synchronized playback may include multiple files that can be from other systems, different scenes and span various times, the possibility that the files were exported with different Privacy Mask passwords.</p>
<p>Playback automatically plays with masking enabled and areas of the video occluded.</p>
<p>The functionality of Synchronized Playback with regards to removing Privacy Mask with passwords is as follows:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark890"></a> You must enter the Privacy Mask password for each scene you want to disable the Privacy Mask on before you can disable the Privacy Mask.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark891"></a> You do not need to enter the Privacy Mask password more than once when the clips are loaded in the Synchronized layout.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark892"></a> You can enter newest scene clip&#8217;s password and you will need to enter the older clip passwords that are loaded with it in the Synchronized layout.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark893"></a> The password remain viable as long as the clip is loaded in the Synchronized layout, Timeline and File Playback panes whether or not you are working online or offline (i.e. If you logout from the system and leave the clips loaded, the passwords and access remain available for you on the offline workspace.)</li>
</ul>
<p>Enabling and disabling the Privacy Mask works the same in the Synchronized layout as it does in the default layouts.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark897"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark895"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark896"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark898"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark894"></a> Workspace Panes</li>
</ol>
<p>See links below for specific information:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark899"></a>Query Results Pane</li>
<li>Clips Pane</li>
<li>Timeline</li>
</ul>
<p>o Selecting a clip</p>
<p>o Scrubbing</p>
<p>o Timeline scale and Viewing point</p>
<ul>
<li>Export Status Pane</li>
</ul>
<p>o Exporting a Clip</p>
<p>o Loop Playback</p>
<ul>
<li>Events Pane</li>
<li>Alarms Pane</li>
</ul>
<p>o Displaying a Camera on Alarm (Automatic and Manual)</p>
<p>The <strong>Workspace </strong>pane is located on the lower right section of the workspace. The user can select what to show in the Workspace by selecting the appropriate tab.</p>
<p>Query Results <strong>Clips Timeline </strong>Alarms Export Events</p>
<p>The workspace content can also be determined by selecting a different Mode from the View/Viewing Mode menu. Each viewing mode has its own preselected Workspace setting. Using the Thumbnail Search opens a Thumbnail Search Layout.</p>
<p><strong>Pane Toolbar &#8211; Switching Panes</strong></p>
<p>The Pane Toolbar is used to navigate among the various panes (As toggled in the <strong>Main Menu/View/Content </strong>selections).</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Pane Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Query Results Pane</td>
<td>Shows the returned results of queries and provides features for displaying the results in the other panes and Layout.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Clips Pane</td>
<td>Provides tools for browsing, opening and selecting recordings and playing them</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Timeline Pane</td>
<td>Provides the ability to view clips, bookmarks and associated content in an organized linear time/date oriented workspace.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Export Status Pane</td>
<td>Provides an interface for organizing and monitoring the exporting of recordings and clips with optional advanced file export features.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Pane Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Events Pane</td>
<td>Provides a workspace for viewing, filtering, and researching events and event relational info.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Pane</td>
<td>Provides features and information for researching, assigning, following procedures, clearing, entering resolutions and generating alarms.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If you do not see a particular icon, this is because the associated pane has been removed. Restore the icons and their associated panes by selecting them in the Main Menu/View/Content drop-down.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="446" height="430" class="wp-image-2631" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-180.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 180" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 619" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-180.jpeg 446w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-180-300x289.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 446px) 100vw, 446px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark908"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark906"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark907"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark909"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark905"></a> Query Results Pane</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Query Results Pane </strong>lists the results of queries performed in the <strong>Query Pane</strong>, and <strong>Motion Query Pane</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="966" height="171" class="wp-image-2632" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-181.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 181" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 620" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-181.jpeg 966w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-181-300x53.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-181-768x136.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 966px) 100vw, 966px" /></p>
<p><strong>Lock Multiple Scenes</strong></p>
<p>You can lock/unlock single or multiple scenes. When locked, a scene is never removed from the archive. An unlocked scene retains the default expiration time and may be deleted from the Archiver.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The <strong>Lock </strong>and <strong>Unlock </strong>options each have separate user privileges.</p>
<p>When you lock a scene, the following changes display in the <strong>Query Results </strong>table pane:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark910"></a> A special icon displays on the locked camera in the site tree &#8211; ^3.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark911"></a> The row in the Query Results pane where the clip appears is duplicated and highlighted in orange.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark912"></a> The <strong>Expiration time </strong>column displays <strong>Never</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p>You can select single or multiple scenes to lock/unlock.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="966" height="194" class="wp-image-2633" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-182.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 182" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 621" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-182.jpeg 966w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-182-300x60.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-182-768x154.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 966px) 100vw, 966px" /></p>
<p><strong>To lock multiple scenes:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark913"></a> In the <strong>ControlCenter</strong>, once a query is executed and the <strong>Query Results </strong>pane is populated, click on a scene, or use the keyboard Ctrl key to select multiple scenes. The selected scene rows highlight in orange.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark914"></a> Locate and select the <strong>Lock </strong>option in the <strong>Query Results </strong>pane toolbar.</li>
</ol>
<p>The selected scenes row(s) are duplicated, the <strong>Expiration time </strong>column displays <strong>Never</strong>, and a lock icon displays on the camera in the tree.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark915"></a> To unlock scenes, reselect the locked scenes, and click the <strong>Unlock </strong>icon in the <strong>Query Results </strong>toolbar.</li>
</ol>
<p>The selected scenes are unlocked, unhighlighted, the lock icon is removed from the camera, and the duplicate rows are removed.</p>
<p><strong>Play Multiple Clips</strong></p>
<p>If multiple clips are selected in a <strong>Clip </strong>or <strong>Bookmark Query</strong>, the <strong>Play </strong>button will open a synchronized playback layout and play the clips there.</p>
<p>The Query Results pane also lists results from <strong>CaseBuilder Queries</strong>.</p>
<p>Aside from the retrieved clips&#8217; start and end times, the results pane displays each clip&#8217;s <strong>Expiration Time </strong>(the time it is scheduled to be erased from storage), <strong>Archiving Trigger </strong>(scheduled, manual, event or alarm-based recording, or &#8216;Edge&#8217; for recordings recovered from Storage-on-the-Edge devices) and whether or not it has been locked (to prevent the clip from being erased even after its expiration time).</p>
<p>The query results are sorted by time in ascending order. The query may return partial results because the amount of results exceeds the limit that is specified by the query. Sorting the query enables the user/SDK to change the time filter and page to the next results.</p>
<p>The following table describes the buttons at the top of the pane:</p>
<p><strong>Button</strong></p>
<p>X Clear</p>
<p><strong>Description</strong></p>
<p>Click this button to clear the selected query result from the list. To clear the entire list, click &#8211; and choose <strong>Clear All</strong>.</p>
<p>i2j Export</p>
<p>Q Lock</p>
<p>Click this button to export the selected clips.</p>
<p>Click this button to lock or unlock the selected clips. Multiple clips may be locked/unlocked.</p>
<p>Validate</p>
<p>Allows user to validate the clip by checking the digital signature</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="528" class="wp-image-2634" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-183.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 183" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 622" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-183.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-183-300x206.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Button</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td><strong>Note: </strong>Clips have a digital signature appended if, at creation time, the Archiver to which they were attached had the option &#8216;Tamper proof archiving&#8217; enabled. This setting is made in the AdminCenter Archiver/Storage Tab.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>Not used.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>E Group J|</td>
<td>Click this button to change how results are grouped. The available options are: no grouping, by scene, and by incident.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Click this button to add the selected clips to the open case in the CaseBuilder Navigation Tree.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark918"></a> When a clip is exported, an &#8220;Export&#8221; event appears in the Event Status Pane, displaying the export progress. When the system completes exporting the clip, the progress displays as 100%. This provides a confirmation that the exported clip is now safe to view.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark921"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark919"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark920"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark922"></a> Clips Pane</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Clips </strong>pane is used to play exported clips in .DVT Format. It enables the concurrent playing of multiple media clips that occurred at the same time and were recorded by different cameras or audio sources. In addition, media clips that were exported in segments can be played as one clip. In the File Playback pane, you can also validate the authenticity of any .DVT Format clip, and indicate whether or not a clip has been tampered with.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="966" height="174" class="wp-image-2635" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-184.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 184" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 623" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-184.jpeg 966w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-184-300x54.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-184-768x138.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 966px) 100vw, 966px" /></p>
<p>The top of the pane contains the following buttons:</p>
<p><strong>Button</strong></p>
<p><strong>Description</strong></p>
<p>Click to add files or folders to be played in the File Playback pane.</p>
<p>Folder</p>
<p>Click to clear an alarm or alarm related action from the table. An alarm may be cleared only after it has been acknowledged or forwarded.</p>
<p>X Remove</p>
<p>Click to remove all clips, with a check mark, from the table.</p>
<p><strong>Validate checked clips</strong></p>
<p>Click to validate the selected files .</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="963" height="173" class="wp-image-2636" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-185.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 185" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 624" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-185.jpeg 963w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-185-300x54.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-185-768x138.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 963px) 100vw, 963px" /></p>
<p>You can perform the following actions:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark923"></a>Adding clips</li>
<li>Removing clips</li>
<li>Validating the digital signature of clips</li>
<li>Playing clips</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark927"></a> Adding Clips to the File Playback Pane</p>
<p>You can select individual clips or whole folders to be added to the File Playback pane.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>You can only add folders that contain clips. The content of sub folders are not automatically added.</p>
<p><strong>To add clips:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark928"></a> Click the button to load a file.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Open </strong>dialog box displays.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>You can select one clip at a time.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark929"></a> Select the desired clip, and then click <strong>Open</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The selected clip is added to the <strong>File Playback </strong>pane.</p>
<p><strong>To add folders:</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="26" height="25" class="wp-image-2637" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-186.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 186" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 625"></p>
<p>1. Select the</p>
<p>Folder</p>
<p>button.</p>
<p>The <strong>Browse for Folder </strong>dialog displays.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark930"></a> Select the desired folder, and click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Notes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark931"></a> You can select one folder at a time.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark932"></a> Verify that the folder contains clips.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark933"></a> Clips that are located in sub folders can not be added automatically.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark934"></a> The selected folder and the clips contained in it are added to the <strong>File Playback </strong>pane.</p>
<p>Removing Clips from the File Playback Pane</p>
<p>You can remove clips from the <strong>File Playback</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>To remove clips or folders:</strong></p>
<p>1. Select the desired clips or folders.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="100" height="31" class="wp-image-2638" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-187.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 187" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 626"></p>
<p>2. Click the</p>
<p>button.</p>
<p>A confirmation message displays, asking you whether or not to delete the selected items.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark935"></a> Click <strong>OK </strong>to remove the clip(s).</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark936"></a> Validating the Digital Signature</p>
<p>Every clip exported in the .DVT Format contains an encrypted watermark to ensure against data tampering. You can validate the files in the .DVT Format and indicate whether or not the files have been tampered with in the <strong>File Playback </strong>pane.</p>
<p>Files can be playedback even if they are indicated as invalid. The clip validation status appears in the <strong>Digital Signature </strong>column. A clip can be validated, unchecked, or not valid.</p>
<p><strong>To validate the digital signature of a clip:</strong></p>
<p>1. Select the desired clip(s).</p>
<p>2. Click the</p>
<p>Validate checked clips</p>
<p>button.</p>
<p>While the system is validating the clips, the <strong>Digital Signature </strong>column displays the <strong>Validating </strong>status.</p>
<p>After the validation process is complete, the clip <strong>Digital Signature </strong>displays as valid or not valid.</p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark937"></a> Play Clips</p>
<p>Once a clip is added to the <strong>File Playback </strong>pane, it can be played and is displayed in the <strong>Viewing </strong>pane.</p>
<p>You can play:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark938"></a> Clips continuously, using Loop Playback.</li>
<li>Multiple clips simultaneously by selecting several clips at once.</li>
<li>Clips synchronously. For more information, see Synchronized Playback.</li>
</ul>
<p>Once a clip is played, the Timeline pane is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>To play a clip, do one of the following:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark941"></a> Double-click the desired clip(s) in the <strong>File Playback </strong>pane.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark942"></a> Drag and drop the desired clip to a tile in the <strong>Viewing </strong>pane.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark943"></a> Select the desired clip(s) in the <strong>File Playback </strong>pane, and then click the <strong>Play </strong>D button on the toolba r.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Notes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark944"></a> It is recommended when you are finished viewing a clip that you remove it from the tiles, <strong>Timeline </strong>and <strong>File Playback </strong>pane.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark945"></a> If you log out of the associated System system, files loaded in this pane will remain available for offline playback.</li>
</ul>
<p>Removing Privacy Mask During Synchronized Playback</p>
<p>If you have loaded a clip that was exported with a Privacy Mask, it is password protected. Once you enter a Privacy Mask password for a scene, the system remembers it during your current session and you do not need to enter it again.</p>
<p>If a clip has been added and is playing, you can right-click and select the <strong>Deactivate</strong></p>
<p><strong>Privacy Mask </strong>option.</p>
<p>You are prompted for the password for the file you clicked on. Enter the password of the file and click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>If you have multiple exported clips with different passwords but for the same scene, you need only enter the latest password to unlock all of the scenes.</p>
<p><strong>Caution: </strong>If you leave an exported clip which you have entered a password for loaded in the ControlCenter <em>and</em> you log out from the System, the ControlCenter only switches to offline, and the passwords you entered remain for each video still loaded in the offline ControlCenter panes. It is recommended when you are finished viewing a clip that you have entered a Privacy Mask password for, that you remove it from the tiles, <strong>Timeline </strong>and <strong>File Playback </strong>pane.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark947"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark948"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark946"></a><strong>Timeline</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>See links below for specific information:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark949"></a>Lock or Export a Clip</li>
<li>Scrubbing</li>
<li>Timeline Scale and Viewing Point</li>
</ul>
<p>When a focused Viewing Tile is showing the playback of a clip, the <strong>Timeline Pane </strong>displays detailed information for the archived clip (or clips, in the case of Synchronized Playback), in the form of colored bars representing the recordings, and flags or colored highlights to depict information contained in the recordings &#8211; such as Alarms, Bookmarks and Motion events.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="965" height="186" class="wp-image-2639" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-188.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 188" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 627" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-188.jpeg 965w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-188-300x58.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-188-768x148.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 965px) 100vw, 965px" /></p>
<p>The <strong>Timeline </strong>provides tools for navigating the content &#8211; <strong>zooming </strong>to provide finer granularity, and <strong>moving earlier or later </strong>to view other clips that may be available from the selected source/s.</p>
<p>The display includes a <strong>Time Ruler </strong>(hours above, minutes below) showing the time scale that applies to the recording tracks. The user can move this left or right by clicking on the the Scroll bars to move earlier or later.</p>
<p>Below the <strong>Time Ruler</strong>, the pane displays one or more <strong>Recording </strong>tracks. The first line displays times during which any of the selected sources have recordings. Below that, the pane shows any other recorded information for the selected source/s.</p>
<p><strong>Recording Triggers</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark952"></a> A recording may be associated with multiple recording triggers. For example, a user may start manually recording a camera that is already being archived by a schedule. In such cases, the quality and time-to-live settings applied to the clip are, respectively, the highest and longest for the relevant triggers.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark955"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark953"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark954"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark956"></a> Lock or Export a Clip</li>
</ol>
<p>This procedure describes how to lock or export an archived clip segment using the timeline.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong>: Click and drag when the mouse is positioned <strong>on a track </strong>marks a clip portion for <strong>Export </strong>or <strong>Locking</strong>, and does not alter the time scale.</p>
<p><strong>Do the following:</strong></p>
<p>1. Click and drag the mouse over a pertinent track section.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="966" height="314" class="wp-image-2640" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-189.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 189" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 628" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-189.jpeg 966w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-189-300x98.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-189-768x250.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 966px) 100vw, 966px" /></p>
<p>2. When the desired time frame is selected, release the mouse to mark for export or lock.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>When you hover over the marked indication, the start and end time as selected displays.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="966" height="314" class="wp-image-2641" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-190.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 190" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 629" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-190.jpeg 966w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-190-300x98.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-190-768x250.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 966px) 100vw, 966px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark957"></a> To lock or export the selected clip section, click the <strong>Lock </strong>or <strong>Export </strong>buttons, respectively, in the toolbar section on the top left, or right-click the timeline to open the Context menu.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="967" height="282" class="wp-image-2642" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-191.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 191" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 630" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-191.jpeg 967w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-191-300x87.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-191-768x224.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 967px) 100vw, 967px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark958"></a> Use the <strong>Mark in </strong>( ) and <strong>Mark out </strong>( ) tools to mark the beginning and end of the desired section.</li>
</ol>
<p>When you export a clip, the status, time and progress of the ongoing export appears in the Export Status Pane. When the system finishes exporting the clip, the status and time provides a confirmation that the exported clip is now safe to view.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="967" height="173" class="wp-image-2643" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-192.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 192" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 631" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-192.jpeg 967w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-192-300x54.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-192-768x137.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 967px) 100vw, 967px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark960"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark961"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark959"></a> Scrubbing</li>
</ol>
<p>For video playback, scrubbing means to manually move the cursor or playhead across the video timeline to locate a specific point in the clip.</p>
<p>The following are scrubbing methods:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark962"></a><strong>Direct Video Scrub in the Playback Pane</strong></li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark963"></a><strong>Scrub Thumbnails on the Timeline</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark964"></a><strong>Direct Video Scrub in the Playback Pane</strong></p>
<p><strong>Do the following:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark965"></a> On the timeline, drag the timeline cursor earlier or later, and watch the playback in its current window.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="965" height="579" class="wp-image-2644" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-193.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 193" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 632" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-193.jpeg 965w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-193-300x180.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-193-768x461.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 965px) 100vw, 965px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="470" height="150" class="wp-image-2645" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-194.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 194" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 633" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-194.jpeg 470w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-194-300x96.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 470px) 100vw, 470px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="470" height="148" class="wp-image-2646" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-195.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 195" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 634" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-195.jpeg 470w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-195-300x94.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 470px) 100vw, 470px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="393" height="243" class="wp-image-2647" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-196.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 196" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 635" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-196.jpeg 393w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-196-300x185.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-196-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 393px) 100vw, 393px" /><a id="post-2450-bookmark968"></a> Timeline Scale and Viewing Point</p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark916"></a><strong>Scrub Thumbnails on the Timeline</strong></p>
<p><strong>Do the following:</strong></p>
<p>• Hover over the timeline and check in the thumbnails.</p>
<p>Thumbnails show their own time details.</p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark917"></a> 6.3.3</p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark966"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark967"></a> Using the Mouse for Timeline Control</p>
<p>The following facilities are available:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark969"></a><strong>Zoom the timescale</strong>:</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="454" height="272" class="wp-image-2648" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-197.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 197" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 636" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-197.jpeg 454w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-197-300x180.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 454px) 100vw, 454px" /></p>
<p>With the mouse positioned anywhere in the <strong>Timeline </strong>pane, the corresponding vertical position on the timescale is held constant, and moving the mouse wheel zooms the timescale wider or narrower (displaying more or less time).</p>
<p>2. <strong>Move to another point in the timescale:</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="933" height="559" class="wp-image-2649" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-198.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 198" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 637" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-198.jpeg 933w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-198-300x180.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-198-768x460.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 933px) 100vw, 933px" /></p>
<p>*</p>
<p>With the mouse anywhere in the <strong>Timeline </strong>pane (but NOT on a specific clip/track ), then clicking and dragging the mouse slides the timeline <em>earlier</em> or <em>later.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark970"></a><strong>Select the displayed playback range</strong>:</li>
</ol>
<p>With the mouse positioned below a track, the user can select a part of the clip by right­clicking at a starting time and dragging the mouse to a later time.</p>
<p>When the mouse is released, the timescale expands so that selected portion of the clip fills the timeline.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="6" height="70" class="wp-image-2650" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-199.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 199" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 638"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="472" height="289" class="wp-image-2651" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-200.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 200" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 639" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-200.jpeg 472w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-200-300x184.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 472px) 100vw, 472px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="489" height="295" class="wp-image-2652" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-201.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 201" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 640" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-201.jpeg 489w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-201-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 489px) 100vw, 489px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark974"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark972"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark973"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark975"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark971"></a> Export Status Pane</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="967" height="116" class="wp-image-2653" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-202.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 202" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 641" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-202.jpeg 967w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-202-300x36.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-202-768x92.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 967px) 100vw, 967px" /></p>
<p>Click on the <strong>Export </strong>icon in the <strong>Query Results </strong>pane to initiate an export.</p>
<p>The <strong>Export Status </strong>pane displays the status, time and progress of ongoing and completed exports and to stop one or all ongoing export processes.</p>
<p>When the progress bar is green, the export is either in progress or has successfully completed.</p>
<p>When the progress bar is red, the export has either stopped or aborted (manually or by the system).</p>
<p>You can clear one or all export events from the <strong>Export Status </strong>pane by selecting the desired export events and clicking the</p>
<p>button.</p>
<p>X Clear</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="967" height="170" class="wp-image-2654" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-203.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 203" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 642" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-203.jpeg 967w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-203-300x53.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-203-768x135.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 967px) 100vw, 967px" /></p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>This action does not affect the export process itself.</p>
<p><strong>For more information about the export process, </strong>see <strong>Lock or Export a Clip</strong>.</p>
<p>The following topics are included:</p>
<ul>
<li>Export a Clip</li>
<li>Export a Clip (Advanced Mode)</li>
<li>Export a Clip or Partial Clip via the Timeline Pane</li>
<li>Burn a Clip</li>
<li>View OSD Information in MP4 Exports</li>
<li>Loop Playback</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark983"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark984"></a> Export a Clip</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark985"></a> You can export a specific clip directly from the ControlCenter via the <strong>Query Results </strong>pane and then burn it onto a DVD. The results are viewed in the <strong>Export Status Pane</strong>. For more information on the burn process, see <strong>Tools</strong>, <strong>Options</strong>, <strong>Export</strong>,<a href="#post-2450-bookmark1047"> <strong>Burn</strong></a>.</p>
<p><strong>Follow these steps:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark986"></a> At the bottom pane of the Control Center, click the <strong>Query </strong>tab, select resource(s) (system/camera) from the tree, and perform a search query for <strong>Clip</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Query Results </strong>pane displays results listing parameters (<strong>Scenes</strong>, <strong>Start time</strong>, <strong>End time</strong>, <strong>Expiation time</strong>, <strong>Archiving trigger</strong>, <strong>System name</strong>, <strong>Digital Signature</strong>).</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark987"></a> From the <strong>Query Results </strong>pane, select a clip.</li>
</ol>
<p>The related camera plays in a tile, and the <strong>Timeline </strong>pane displays with clip control, time stamp, and other tools. in the query results pane.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark988"></a> From the toolbar, use the <strong>Mark in </strong>(B<em>j</em> and <strong>Mark out </strong>(B<em>j</em> tools to select a clip section, and</li>
</ol>
<p>click the <strong>Export </strong>icon ( ).</p>
<p>The <strong>Export </strong>tab displays with the clip name, selected timestamp, progress, and desecription (including path file location, name, and type).</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="964" height="117" class="wp-image-2655" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-204.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 204" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 643" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-204.jpeg 964w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-204-300x36.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-204-768x93.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 964px) 100vw, 964px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark989"></a> Click <strong>Browse </strong>to define a location for the exported clip, and click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The export process starts, and the <strong>Export Status </strong>pane displays the progress.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="967" height="173" class="wp-image-2656" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-205.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 205" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 644" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-205.jpeg 967w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-205-300x54.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-205-768x137.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 967px) 100vw, 967px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark993"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark991"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark992"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark994"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark990"></a> Export a Clip (Advanced Mode)</li>
</ol>
<p>You can also export a specific clip directly from the ControlCenter via the <strong>Query Results </strong>pane and then burn it onto a DVD using the advanced mode. View the results in the <strong>Export Status </strong>pane.</p>
<p>This mode requires you to select the <strong>Show advanced options when exporting a clip </strong>option from the <strong>Tools </strong>menu.</p>
<p><strong>Follow these steps:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark995"></a> From the Control Center <strong>Tools </strong>menu, select <strong>Options</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Options </strong>dialog displays.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark996"></a> Navigate to <strong>Export</strong>, <strong>Clip</strong>, and in the <strong>Advanced Mode </strong>section select the <strong>Show advanced options when exporting a clip </strong>option, and click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark997"></a> At the bottom pane of the Control Center, click the <strong>Query </strong>tab, select resource(s) (system/camera) from the tree, and perform a search query for <strong>Clip</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Query Results </strong>pane displays results listing parameters (<strong>Scenes</strong>, <strong>Start time</strong>, <strong>End time</strong>, <strong>Expiation time</strong>, <strong>Archiving trigger</strong>, <strong>System name</strong>, <strong>Digital Signature</strong>).</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark998"></a> From the <strong>Query Results </strong>pane, select a clip.</li>
</ol>
<p>The related camera plays in a tile, and the <strong>Timeline </strong>pane displays with clip control, time stamp, and other tools. in the query results pane.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark999"></a> Select a clip section, and click the <strong>Export </strong>icon ( ).</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Export Settings </strong>dialog displays.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="966" height="131" class="wp-image-2657" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-206.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 206" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 645" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-206.jpeg 966w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-206-300x41.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-206-768x104.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 966px) 100vw, 966px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1000"></a> Complete the following:</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1001"></a> In the <strong>Exported file name </strong>field, enter a file name for the exported clip.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1002"></a> In the <strong>Saved Location </strong>field, enter in a path or click <strong>Browse </strong>to navigate to a</li>
</ol>
<p>location for the exported clip.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1003"></a> Select the <strong>Create a new folder for this export </strong>option to create a new directory for this clip.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1004"></a> (Optional) Click <strong>Advanced </strong>for additional clip export options.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1005"></a> Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The export process starts, and the selected clip is exported to the directory.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1009"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1007"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1008"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1010"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1006"></a> Advanced Export Settings Dialog</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Advanced </strong>option on the <strong>Export Settings </strong>dialog enables you to set various export parameters.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>0FLIR Export Settings</strong></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>X</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Saved Location</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Exported file name:</td>
<td colspan="2"><em>fDefiautt filename]</em></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Saved Location:</td>
<td colspan="2">c:\exp orts\</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3">Q Create new folder for this export</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Max file size</td>
<td>500</td>
<td colspan="2">*&#8217; (Megabytes)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3">| Create autorun file Q Include player</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Clip Segment</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>From:</td>
<td colspan="3">12/25/2022 3:00:00 AM C</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>To:</td>
<td colspan="3">12/25/2022 2:54:46 PM 2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Settings</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□ Use DVT format</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□ Use MP4 Format</td>
<td>□ e</td>
<td>mbed OSD</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Q Use AVI Format</td>
<td colspan="2">Video Codec:</td>
<td>□V Video Encoder ▼</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">Audio Codec:</td>
<td>Uncompressed PCM t</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">Q Use OSD</td>
<td>Q Interleaved Export</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>OK Cancel</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><em>Export Settings dialog</em></p>
<p>The following parameters are available in the <strong>Saved Location </strong>section:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1011"></a><strong>Exported file name </strong>&#8211; Enter a file name for the exported clip.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1012"></a><strong>Saved Location &#8211; </strong>Enter in a path or click <strong>Browse ^9 </strong>to navigate to a location for the exported clip.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1013"></a><strong>Create new folder for this export </strong>&#8211; Create a new directory for this clip.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1014"></a><strong>Max file size </strong>&#8211; Use the directional arrows to set the maximum file size in Megabytes.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1015"></a><strong>Create autorun file </strong>&#8211; Select this option to create an autorun file for all exported files to automatically run the files after they are burnt on a disk.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1016"></a><strong>Include player </strong>&#8211; Select this option to automatically export and burn an executable player (QCC) with exported files that are burnt on a disk</li>
</ul>
<p>The following parameters are available in the <strong>Clip Segment</strong>_section where you can set the clip segment interval:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1017"></a><strong>From </strong>&#8211; Use the drop down arrows to set the day, month, year, and hour, minute, seconds to start the clip export.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1018"></a><strong>To </strong>&#8211; Use the drop down arrows to set the day, month, year, and hour, minute, seconds to stop the clip export.</li>
</ul>
<p>The following parameters available in the <strong>Settings </strong>are dependent on the options selected in this section.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1019"></a><strong>Use DVT Format </strong>&#8211; <strong>DVT </strong>(<strong>DepoView Digital Video Transcript</strong>) select this option to display a transcript when the video plays.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1020"></a><strong>Use MP4 Format </strong>&#8211; When this option is selected, the following option is enabled:</li>
</ul>
<p>o <strong>Embed OSD in exported clip </strong>&#8211; Insert OSD information into the exported clip.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1021"></a><strong>Use AVI Format </strong>&#8211; When this option is selected, the following options are enabled:</li>
</ul>
<p>o <strong>Video Codec </strong>&#8211; Use the drop down arrow to select available video codec. o <strong>Audio Codec </strong>&#8211; Use the drop down arrow to select available audio codec. o <strong>Use OSD </strong>&#8211; Use On Screen Display (OSD) information into the exported clip.</p>
<p>o <strong>Interleaved Export </strong>&#8211; This option enables you to set the number of export files created. When selected, a single file is created that contains both audio and video. When deselected, separate files (video and audio) are created.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1023"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1024"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1022"></a> Select a Clip</li>
</ol>
<p>This topic describes how to select a clip segment in the Control Center.</p>
<p>This is useful when exporting clip segments or other related activities.</p>
<p>The starting point is in the Control Center, playing back a clip, and using the Timeline pane usually located in the bottom half of the monitor.</p>
<p>You can use timeline tools, or the mouse the drag and mark a clip segment.</p>
<p><strong>Timeline Tools</strong></p>
<p>This procedure describes how to select a clip segment using the timeline tools.</p>
<p><strong>Follow these steps:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1025"></a> Select and play a clip.</li>
</ol>
<p>The clip plays in a tile, and the <strong>Timeline </strong>pane displays with clip control, time stamp, and other tools. in the query results pane.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="931" height="103" class="wp-image-2658" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-207.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 207" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 646" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-207.jpeg 931w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-207-300x33.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-207-768x85.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 931px) 100vw, 931px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1026"></a> From the toolbar, use the <strong>Mark in </strong>(<em>J</em> and <strong>Mark out </strong>(<em>J</em> tools to select a clip section.</li>
</ol>
<p>a. On the timeline, click the <strong>Mark in </strong>tool. A mark displays on the timeline to indicate the selection start point:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="129" height="153" class="wp-image-2659" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-208.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 208" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 647"></p>
<p>b. On the timeline, click the Mark out tool. A mark displays on the timeline to indicate the selection end point:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="109" height="150" class="wp-image-2660" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-209.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 209" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 648"></p>
<p>The clip selection indicator icon displays including the start and end points:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="269" height="145" class="wp-image-2661" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-210.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 210" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 649"></p>
<p>The clip selection is selected.</p>
<p><strong>Mouse Drag and Mark</strong></p>
<p>This procedure describes how to select a clip segment using the mouse to drag and mark a clip segment..</p>
<p><strong>Follow these steps:</strong></p>
<p>1. Select and play a clip.</p>
<p>The clip plays in a tile, and the <strong>Timeline </strong>pane displays with clip control, time stamp, and other tools. in the query results pane.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="936" height="106" class="wp-image-2662" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-211.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 211" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 650" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-211.jpeg 936w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-211-300x34.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-211-768x87.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 936px) 100vw, 936px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1027"></a> Using the mouse, select a starting point on a clip, and start dragging.</li>
</ol>
<p>A white dotted rectangle displays on the blue timeline:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="565" height="209" class="wp-image-2663" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-212.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 212" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 651" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-212.jpeg 565w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-212-300x111.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 565px) 100vw, 565px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1028"></a> Release the mouse at the desired endpoint</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="269" height="145" class="wp-image-2664" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-213.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 213" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 652"></p>
<p>The clip selection is selected.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1032"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1030"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1031"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1033"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1029"></a> Export a Clip or Partial Clip via the Timeline Pane</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark1034"></a><strong>Export a Clip or Partial Clip via the Timeline Pane</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark1036"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1035"></a> The following procedure describes how to export a clip or a clip portion using the Timeline pane.</p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark1037"></a><strong>Follow these steps:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1038"></a> While playing a .DVT file, mark the desired section in the ControlCenter timeline pane.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1039"></a> On the timeline toolbar, click the H button, or right-click the desired section and select</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Export</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Export Settings </strong>slider appears in the Timeline pane.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="966" height="156" class="wp-image-2665" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-214.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 214" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 653" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-214.jpeg 966w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-214-300x48.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-214-768x124.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 966px) 100vw, 966px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1040"></a> Set the exported file name, export location and whether to create a new folder for the exported file.</li>
</ol>
<p>If you do not fill in the fields, the system uses the parameters defined in the <strong>Export Clip Options </strong>menu.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1041"></a> To set additional export parameters, click <strong>Advanced</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>(This option is only enabled if set appropriately in the <strong>Tools</strong>, <strong>Export</strong>, <strong>Clip</strong>, <strong>Advanced Mode</strong>, <strong>Show advanced options when exporting a clip </strong>option)</p>
<p>The <strong>Advanced Export Settings </strong>dialog displays, enabling you to set non-default characteristics to this specific export.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1042"></a> Set the desired advanced parameters, and click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Notes on Export Settings:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1043"></a> Default output format is .DVT</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1044"></a> If the default .DVT format is deselected <em>and no format selection is made,</em> the Video/Audio codec selection fields are enabled and you can manually select the video and audio codecs used.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1045"></a> MP4 is unavailable for non-H.264/H.265 streams.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1046"></a> By default, MP4 files are exported with associated .smi files that contain OSD information unless the <strong>Embed OSD in Exported clip </strong>option is selected.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Notes</strong>:</p>
<p>o When using the default option of NOT embedding the OSD, if the exported clip is approximately 15 minutes or longer, the subtitles update once every second to reduce delay.</p>
<p>o When selecting to embed OSD into MP4 clips, it is recommended that you only use this option for short clips.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="597" height="514" class="wp-image-2666" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-215.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 215" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 654" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-215.jpeg 597w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-215-300x258.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 597px) 100vw, 597px" /></p>
<p><em>Playback of .mp4 Export displaying OSD information</em></p>
<p>• Privacy Masks are supported in MP4 exports, and clips with Privacy Masks can be exported in .MP4 format.</p>
<p>6. Click OK.</p>
<p>The clip is exported to the defined location.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1048"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1047"></a> Burn a Clip</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark1049"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1050"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1051"></a> Burn a Clip</p>
<p>After the clip is exported, the burn process begins. The results appear in the <strong>Export </strong>status pane.</p>
<p><strong>Follow these steps:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1052"></a> In the Control Center, select <strong>Tools</strong>, <strong>Options</strong>, expand <strong>Export </strong>and select the <strong>Burn </strong>option.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1053"></a> In the <strong>Temp burn location </strong>field, navigate to a location to set the burn location folder.</li>
</ol>
<p>or</p>
<p>Select the <strong>Use default location </strong>option.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1054"></a> (Optional) Select the <strong>Delete files after burn operation </strong>option to delete the files.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="666" height="438" class="wp-image-2667" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-216.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 216" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 655" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-216.jpeg 666w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-216-300x197.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 666px) 100vw, 666px" /></p>
<p><strong>Note: Export Partial Segments</strong></p>
<p>While reviewing a recorded or exported clip, you can create and export partial clips of significant events from the original clip.</p>
<p>You can export audio and video clips in the .DVT format and AVI format from the ControlCenter, and view them via the File Playback pane or with the QCC.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If your system has the <strong>Privacy Mask </strong>feature and there is a privacy mask on an exported AVI format clip, the mask in the AVI file is embedded in the image and cannot be disabled. If you export in DVT format, anyone attempting to disable the <strong>Privacy Mask </strong>must have the authentication password issued at the time the file was generated. The Administrator manages the System entity password where the masked scene belongs. During Synchronized Playback if multiple masked files with differentpasswords are included, the newest password credentials unlocks the sequence to be viewed with disabled Privacy Mask (DVT format only).</p>
<p>aa</p>
<p>For more information regarding the clip export settings, see Tools/Options menu, Export.</p>
<ul>
<li>To export a clip via the Query Results pane</li>
<li>To export a clip or partial clip via the Timeline pane</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1057"></a> Set the desired Clip parameters:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1058"></a> Time Segment &#8211; The exported clip duration. This parameter only applies when exporting from the Query Results pane, since export from the Timeline requires specifying start and end points.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1059"></a> Interleaved Export &#8211; This option in the Format section enables you to set the number of export files created. When selected, a single file is created that contains both audio and video. When deselected, seperate files (video and audio) are created.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1060"></a> Create autorun file &#8211; Select this option to create an autorun file for all exported files to automatically run the files after they are burnt on a disk.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1061"></a> Include player &#8211; Select this option to automatically export and burn an executable player (QCC) along with exported files that are burnt on a disk.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1062"></a> Video Codec / Audio Codec &#8211; Determine the clip codec.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1063"></a> Click OK.</li>
</ol>
<p>The clip is exported to the defined location.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1067"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1065"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1066"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1068"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1064"></a> View OSD Information in MP4 Exports</li>
</ol>
<p>This section describes how to view OSD information in MP4 exported clips.</p>
<p>MP4 exports are accompanied by an .smi-format file containing OSD information. This .smi file is the default subtitle format used by Windows Media Player and several other Video Player applications.</p>
<p>If the subtitles do not appear automatically upon opening the video file in WMP:</p>
<p>Verify that the <strong>Show local captions when present </strong>option in the <strong>Security </strong>tab is selected (press &#8220;Alt&#8221; and then <strong>Tools</strong>, <strong>Options</strong>).</p>
<p>If the OSD still does not display:</p>
<p>Click <strong>Alt/Tools</strong>, <strong>Play </strong>and set <strong>Lyrics, captions and subtitles </strong>to <strong>On if available</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="374" height="486" class="wp-image-2668" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-217.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 217" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 656" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-217.jpeg 374w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-217-231x300.jpeg 231w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 374px) 100vw, 374px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="376" height="205" class="wp-image-2669" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-218.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 218" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 657" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-218.jpeg 376w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-218-300x164.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 376px) 100vw, 376px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1070"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1071"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1069"></a> Loop Playback</li>
</ol>
<p>While reviewing an exported clip in the ControlCenter, you can play the clip continuously.</p>
<p><strong>Follow these steps:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1072"></a> While playing a .DVT file, mark the desired section in the ControlCenter time line.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1073"></a> On the time line toolbar, right-click the desired section and select <strong>Start Loop Playback</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1075"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1074"></a> To stop the continuous playing of the clip, right-click the desired section and select <strong>Stop Loop Playback</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1076"></a> Privacy Mask Note</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark1078"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1077"></a><strong>Privacy Mask Note</strong>When a clip that uses a Privacy Mask overlay is exported, the Privacy Mask feature does not use the logged-in user&#8217;s privileges, but is password-protected by the system-wide Privacy Mask password. Users may be unable to remove the Privacy Mask for that exported clip during playback, unless they enter the system-wide Privacy Mask password.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1081"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1079"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1080"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1082"></a> Events Pane</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Events </strong>pane presents a list of events that have occurred since the current user logged on to the system. Only events of the types to which the user is subscribed are displayed.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Query Results: 5 Clips rimeline</td>
<td colspan="3">Export Events Alarms</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>X Clear IV | z* Edit H Group ▼</td>
<td><sup>1</sup> T FiiHleir ▼</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Type</td>
<td>Firing entity</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Date</td>
<td>Initiator</td>
<td></td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>O </strong>Analytics &#8211; Intrusion ended</td>
<td>Workstations 1</td>
<td>(1) &#8211; System</td>
<td>on</td>
<td>55</td>
<td>1/27/20202:51:45&#8230;</td>
<td>Workstations 1</td>
<td>(1)</td>
<td>IntrusionEnded</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>0 </strong>Analytics &#8211; Intrusion started</td>
<td>Workstations 1</td>
<td>(1) &#8211; System</td>
<td>on</td>
<td>55</td>
<td>1/27/20202:50:37&#8230;</td>
<td>Workstations 1</td>
<td>(1)</td>
<td>IntrusionStarted</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>0 </strong>Analytics &#8211; Intrusion ended</td>
<td>Workstations 1</td>
<td>(1) &#8211; System</td>
<td>on</td>
<td>55</td>
<td>1/27/20202:36:03&#8230;</td>
<td>Workstations 1</td>
<td>(1)</td>
<td>IntrusionEnded</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>0 </strong>Analytics &#8211; Intrusion started</td>
<td>Workstations 1</td>
<td>(1) &#8211; System</td>
<td>on</td>
<td>55</td>
<td>1/27/20202:34:51 &#8230;</td>
<td>Workstations 1</td>
<td>(1)</td>
<td>IntrusionStarted</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>0 </strong>Analytics &#8211; Intrusion ended</td>
<td>Workstations 1</td>
<td>(1) &#8211; System</td>
<td>on</td>
<td>55</td>
<td>1/27/20202:11:18&#8230;</td>
<td>Workstations 1</td>
<td>(1)</td>
<td>IntrusionEnded</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>0 </strong>Analytics &#8211; Intrusion started</td>
<td>Workstations 1</td>
<td>(1) &#8211; System</td>
<td>on</td>
<td>55</td>
<td>1/27/2020 2:09:10&#8230;</td>
<td>Workstations 1</td>
<td>(1}</td>
<td>IntrusionStarted</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>For each event, the pane provides a description and information on the firing entity; date and time; initiator; and the event type.</p>
<p>The top of the pane contains the following buttons:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="120" height="327" class="wp-image-2670" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-219.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 219" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 658" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-219.jpeg 120w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-219-110x300.jpeg 110w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 120px) 100vw, 120px" /></p>
<p><strong>Button</strong></p>
<p><strong>Nam e</strong></p>
<p><strong>Clea r</strong></p>
<p><strong>Edit</strong></p>
<p><strong>Gro up</strong></p>
<p><strong>Filte r</strong></p>
<p><strong>Description</strong></p>
<p>Clear the selected event from the list.</p>
<p>To clear the entire list, click &#8211; and choose <strong>Clear All</strong>.</p>
<p>Edit an incident description (not applicable to other type of events).</p>
<p>Change the grouping method.</p>
<p>Filter events by type.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1086"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1084"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1085"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1087"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1083"></a> Alarms Pane</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Alarm </strong>pane is used to trigger and manage alarms. The table contains basic alarm information the user received during the current login session. Above the table are a number of buttons providing the actions the user can carry out.</p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th><strong>v* Accept | Forward |</strong></th>
<th><strong>2<sup>s</sup> Snooze |</strong></th>
<th>Procedure X</th>
<th><strong>Clear (•) Trigger X Filter</strong></th>
<th></th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Status</strong></td>
<td><strong>Priority Time</strong></td>
<td><strong>Initiated by</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>El-Z Gate #6</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Accepted</strong></td>
<td><strong>1 1/27/2020 4:20:50 PM</strong></td>
<td><strong>Corridor 1</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>İ ••••^Gate #6</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Triggered</strong></td>
<td><strong>1 1/27/2020 4:20:45 PM</strong></td>
<td><strong>Corridor 1</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>i (*)Gate#6</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Activated</strong></td>
<td><strong>1 1/27/20204:20:51 PM</strong></td>
<td><strong>Corridor 1</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><em>V</em><strong> Gate tffi</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Accepted</strong></td>
<td><strong>1 1/27/2020 4:20:50 PM</strong></td>
<td><strong>Corridor 1</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>EH Door #2</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Active</strong></td>
<td><strong>1 1/27/2020 4:21:07 PM</strong></td>
<td><strong>System Administrator</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>t-QDbor#2</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Triggered</strong></td>
<td><strong>1 1/27/2020 4:21:07 PM</strong></td>
<td><strong>System Administrator</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>E) •(•] Gate #7</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Active</strong></td>
<td><strong>1 1/27/2020 4:20:54 PM</strong></td>
<td><strong>Corridor 1</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>i 0Gate #7</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Triggered</strong></td>
<td><strong>1 1/27/2020 4:20:54 PM</strong></td>
<td><strong>Corridor 1</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Ar+iwateri</td>
<td>1 1/77/70» â-71-nn PM</td>
<td>Cnnvtftr 1</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Accepted by Description</strong></p>
<p><strong>System Administrator Motion is started in zone Eastern Wing of camera Corridor 1</strong></p>
<p><strong>Motion is started in zone Eastern Wing of camera Corridor 1</strong></p>
<p><strong>Motion is started in zone Eastern Wing of camera Corridor 1</strong></p>
<p><strong>System Administrator Motion is started in zone Eastern Wing of camera Corridor 1</strong></p>
<p><strong>Motion is started in zone Eastern Wing of camera Corridor 1</strong></p>
<p><strong>Motion is started in zone Eastern Wing of camera Corridor 1</strong></p>
<p>The top of the pane contains these buttons:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Butto n</strong></td>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>V Accept</p>
<p><strong>Accept</strong></p>
<p>Click to <strong>accept </strong>an alarm. When one recipient accepts an alarm it is locked for use by any other recipients. It is possible to <strong>unaccept </strong>an alarm after it has been accepted to release it to other users.</p>
<p>Forward</p>
<p><strong>z<sup>2</sup>Snooze</strong></p>
<p><strong>Procedure</strong></p>
<p>X Clear</p>
<p>(•) Trigger</p>
<p><strong>T </strong>Filter ▼</p>
<p><strong>Unacc ept</strong></p>
<p>Click to <strong>unaccept </strong>an alarm. When a user accepted and alarm and wants to reverse the acceptance and allow others to accept and clear the alarm.</p>
<p><strong>Forwar </strong>Click to <strong>forward </strong>the alarm to another user.</p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th><strong>Snooz e</strong></th>
<th>Click to <strong>snooze </strong>the selected alarm (the snooze duration can be specified by going to Options in the <a href="#post-2450-bookmark242">Tools </a>menu. The default value is 60 seconds).</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Proce dure</strong></td>
<td>Click to <strong>view the procedure associated with the alarm </strong>(if applicable).</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>d</strong></p>
<p><strong>Clear</strong></p>
<p>Click to <strong>clear </strong>an alarm or alarm related action from the table. Once an alarm is cleared, it is released and can be used by any other recipient who has received the same alarm.</p>
<p><strong>Trigge r</strong></p>
<p>Click to <strong>manually trigger </strong>an alarm.</p>
<p><strong>Filter</strong></p>
<p>Click to <strong>filter </strong>the alarm information shown in the pane based on</p>
<p>alarm state.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="192" height="55" class="wp-image-2671" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-220.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 220" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 659"></p>
<p>Active</p>
<p>Accepted by logged-in user</p>
<p>Accepted by other user Forwarded</p>
<p>Snoozed</p>
<p>When triggering and alarm or forwarding an existing one, a new section is added to the right-hand side of the pane, as shown below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="967" height="125" class="wp-image-2672" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-221.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 221" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 660" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-221.jpeg 967w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-221-300x39.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-221-768x99.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 967px) 100vw, 967px" /></p>
<p><strong>Alarm Priority</strong></p>
<p>Each Alarm has a priority associated it when it is defined.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="185" height="246" class="wp-image-2673" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-222.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 222" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 661"></p>
<p>The priority is displayed in the <strong>Alarm </strong>pane.</p>
<p><strong>Displaying Alarms in Tiles</strong></p>
<p>In the ControlCenter &#8216;s customizable screen configuration there is an option to dedicate one of the workstation monitors solely for alarm management, providing more real estate for the alarm task.</p>
<p>Display alarm video in one of the following ways:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1088"></a> When one or more tiles are &#8216;<strong>armed for alarms</strong>&#8216;, the application automatically switches the highest priority alarms to be displayed in those tiles.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1089"></a> When an active alarm icon is double clicked in the map or drag and dropped from it onto on an available tile, the alarm displays.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1090"></a> Double click or drag and drop an alarm from the alarm pane and onto a tile.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Alarm Life Cycle</strong></p>
<p>ControlCenter supports a tri-state alarm life cycle:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1091"></a> Activated</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1092"></a> Accepted</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1093"></a> Cleared</li>
</ul>
<p>Consider the following workflow:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1094"></a> Once an alarm is triggered, it is sent by the system to multiple recipients and its status changes to activated.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1095"></a> One of the recipients can accept the alarm by clicking the accept button on the GUI, this then changes the alarm status to accepted.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1096"></a> When the alarm handling is complete, one of the users can clear it and in this way ends the life-cycle of that alarm instance, causing it to disappear from all recipient workstations.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Clear Alarm Description</strong></p>
<p>When the AdminCenter option is selected to force clear alarm description, the ControlCenter operator must enter a description for why the alarm was cleared.</p>
<p>This can be accomplished with the following:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1097"></a> Free text description based on the situation.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1098"></a> Predefined description entered into AdminCenter field when alarm is created.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Clearing description • Alarm #6</strong></p>
<p>False Alarm</p>
<p>Clear</p>
<p><strong>Color Coding</strong></p>
<p>Each alarm is defined with priority and the priorities are mapped to color codes:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1099"></a> Red: high priority range</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1100"></a> Yellow: medium priority range</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1101"></a> Blue: low priority range</li>
</ul>
<p>In the ControlCenter application the user can view the list of active alarms in the <strong>Alarm </strong>pane together with color coding so the user can instantly understand the alarm priority:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1102"></a> Each alarm instance in the list is presented with its color code.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1103"></a> The user can sort the alarm list by priority.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="967" height="527" class="wp-image-2674" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-223.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 223" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 662" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-223.jpeg 967w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-223-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-223-768x419.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 967px) 100vw, 967px" /></p>
<p>When an alarm is triggered, an alarm notification pops up in the bottom-right corner of your desktop. The alarm entry is added into the <strong>Alarm </strong>pane with the proper color coding.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1106"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1104"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1105"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1107"></a> Display a Camera on Alarm (Automatic and Manual)</li>
</ol>
<p>When you configure alarms to display content from cameras when triggered, the display can be Automatic or Manual.</p>
<p>Automatic Display</p>
<p>To use the Automatic mode, you must set one or more viewing tiles to Armed for Alarms status. Cameras associated with alarms automatically display in Armed tiles, according to the display mode set for that user. See: View Modes for alarms.</p>
<p>Manual Display</p>
<p>Manual display is used if the user does not set any tiles to Armed for Alarm status.</p>
<p>Content from cameras associated with alarms are displayed by the user in the following ways:</p>
<ul>
<li>Double-click on an alarm in the Alarms pane. Cameras associated with the alarm are displayed in the next available viewing tile.</li>
</ul>
<p>-or-</p>
<ul>
<li>Drag-and-drop the alarm directly to a viewing tile.</li>
</ul>
<p>The display sequence in the viewing tile follows the rules for Block Mode.</p>
<p>(A subsequent alarm can be similarly opened in another ‘next available’ tile, or dragged to a user-chosen tile, where it is also be displayed in Block Mode).</p>
<p>While scenes from an alarm are being displayed, the user can click the OSD pause button and stop the cycle to view the single camera. Click play to return to the sequence.</p>
<p><strong>Display Alarm OSD Information</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="734" height="448" class="wp-image-2675" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-224.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 224" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 663" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-224.jpeg 734w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-224-300x183.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 734px) 100vw, 734px" /></p>
<p><em>OSD text and icons indicate what alarm and which of the alarms cameras is now displaying</em></p>
<p><strong>T o enable the OSD text as shown in the image above</strong>:</p>
<p>In the ControlCenter, navigate Tools, Options, View Settings, OSD, Metadata general, and select the Show metadata OSD option.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1114"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1112"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1113"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1115"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1111"></a> Cases &#8211; CaseBuilder Features</li>
</ol>
<p>The CaseBuilder features enable users to collect items and put together supporting documentation and video clips into a single entity for research and investigative purposes.</p>
<p>You can add the following to a Case:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1116"></a><strong>Clips: </strong>Archiver Recorded Video Clips.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1117"></a><strong>Bookmarks: </strong>Existing video bookmarks (with text) and video sections before and after the bookmark.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1118"></a><strong>Incidents: </strong>Information about existing incidents and related content.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1119"></a><strong>Alarms: </strong>Alarms and the supporting alarm information, descriptions (resolution), and procedures where available.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1120"></a><strong>URLs: </strong>Allows the inclusion of hyperlinks to HTTP content.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1121"></a><strong>Snapshots: </strong>Include snapshots (frame capture to image file) from a viewed clip in the CaseBuilder Layout.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1122"></a><strong>Files: </strong>Allows including user selected files in a case. No restriction on file types.</li>
</ul>
<p>For example, material might include exported DVT files, readme instructions, letters to the user, audio clips, previously captured snapshots (from the Default Layout), etc.</p>
<p>The following image shows the CaseBuilder Mode interface and its features:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="965" height="772" class="wp-image-2676" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-225.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 225" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 664" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-225.jpeg 965w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-225-300x240.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-225-768x614.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 965px) 100vw, 965px" /></p>
<p><strong>For more information about these features, see the following:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1123"></a>CaseBuilder Navigation Tree Toolbar</li>
<li>CaseBuilder Navigation Tree</li>
<li>CaseBuilder Query Pane ( How to open a saved case)</li>
<li>CaseBuilder Layout</li>
<li>Query Results Pane</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1131"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1129"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1130"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1132"></a> Building a Case in CaseBuilder Mode</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note: Only available when connected to a Latitude system</strong></p>
<p>The CaseBuilder enables you to prepare and label various case components and then save the case to the CaseBuilder server.</p>
<p><strong>A created case has the following settings and properties:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1133"></a><strong>Case Name </strong>&#8211; A short descriptive name of the case.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1134"></a><strong>Serial Number </strong>&#8211; A unique ID number assigned to the case when it is saved.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1135"></a><strong>Case Time </strong>&#8211; The range of dates (times) when a case began and when it was closed.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1136"></a><strong>Creation Time </strong>&#8211; The range of dates from when a case was first created to the last time a</li>
</ul>
<p>case was modified.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1137"></a><strong>Creator Name </strong>&#8211; The name of the logged in user who created the case.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1138"></a><strong>Custom Fields </strong>&#8211; A group of fields that enable you to enter case values.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The CaseBuilder Server definition in the AdminCenter enables these fields to be given meaningful names.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1139"></a><strong>Description </strong>&#8211; An optional field for entering a description of the case.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1140"></a><strong>Status </strong>&#8211; Specifies the status of the case and whether it has been exported (Created/Exported Successfully/Export failed).</li>
</ul>
<p>The following topics are discussed in this section:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1141"></a>Opening a Saved Case in CaseBuilder Mode</li>
<li>Add an Existing Clip to a Case and Adding a Clip Segment to a Case</li>
<li>Add an Existing Clip Bookmark to a Case</li>
<li>Add an Existing Alarm to a Case</li>
<li>Add a New Snapshot (on-the-fly) to a Case</li>
<li>Add an Existing Incident to a Case</li>
<li>Add a File to a Case (documents, images, exports, etc.)</li>
<li>Add a URL to a Case</li>
<li>Open and View an Exported Case</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1153"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1151"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1152"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1154"></a> Adding an Existing Clip to a Case</li>
</ol>
<p>You can add an entire existing recorded clip recorded by an Archiver by searching for the clip and adding it to a case.</p>
<p>A clip that is added to a case has the following settings and properties:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1155"></a><strong>Clip File Name </strong>&#8211; A short descriptive name of the clip.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1156"></a><strong>Clip Time </strong>&#8211; The range of Date/Times that mark the beginning and end of a clip.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1157"></a><strong>Scene Name </strong>and <strong>Logical ID </strong>&#8211; this is the scene that was the video source which the clip was recorded from.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1158"></a><strong>File Size </strong>&#8211; The size in MB of the video clip.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1159"></a><strong>Description </strong>&#8211; An optional field for entering a description of the clip.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Tip: </strong>If the clip only contains small segments of interest that are useful to the case, consider adding only the segment. This can be done using bookmarks (Bookmark query) and adding them to the case or by marking the in and out times of the clip (viewing the clip and setting in and out times).</p>
<p><strong>For more information, see </strong><a href="#post-2450-bookmark1190">Add a Clip Segment to a Case</a>.</p>
<p><strong>To Add an Existing Archiver Recorded Clip to a Case:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1160"></a> Click the Side-Bar menu, select <strong>CaseBuilder </strong>and then on the bottom toolbar, click and</li>
</ol>
<p>do the following:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1161"></a> In the <strong>Query </strong>pane, from the <strong>Search </strong>for menu, select <strong>Clip</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1162"></a> Select the recorded source scene, by marking the tree entities.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1163"></a> From the <strong>Date and Time </strong>menu, select a preset time option or select <strong>Manual selection</strong>, and then enter <strong>From date </strong>and time and <strong>To date </strong>and time, and click <strong>Go</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1164"></a> From the results that display in the <strong>Query Results </strong>pane, select the clip you want to add.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1165"></a> Click <strong>Add to case </strong>and if prompted about the duration of the clip, click <strong>Yes </strong>to add the clip.</li>
</ol>
<p>(Clip length exceeds the <strong>Tools</strong>, <strong>Options</strong>, <strong>CaseBuilder</strong>, Clip Duration <strong>Limitation</strong>.) The case displays in the CaseBuilder navigation tree and in the CaseBuilder layout.</p>
<p>In <strong>Clip Properties</strong>, enter an optional new name in the <strong>Clip File Name </strong>field and option</p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark1110"></a> 4.</p>
<p>description in the <strong>Description </strong>field, and click <strong>Save </strong>.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1168"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1166"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1167"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1169"></a> Adding an Existing Clip Bookmark to a Case</li>
</ol>
<p>You can search and add existing video bookmarks to a case which can include the video segment that surrounds the bookmark. This is a clip whose length is determined by the settings defined in the<a href="#post-2450-bookmark1323"> Options CaseBuilder settings</a>.</p>
<p>The added bookmark to a case includes the following features and properties:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1170"></a><strong>Clip File Name </strong>&#8211; The Latitude bookmark name.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1171"></a><strong>Description </strong>&#8211; A long description for the bookmark.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1172"></a><strong>Bookmark time </strong>&#8211; The time and date stamp that the bookmark represents on the recorded clip timeline.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1173"></a><strong>Related clip </strong>&#8211; The video clip from the scene before and after the bookmark (This displays a child entity of the bookmark and contains Case Clip Properties).</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>To Add an Existing Bookmark to a Case:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1174"></a> Click the Side-Bar menu arrow and from the Side-Bar menu, select <strong>CaseBuilder</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1175"></a> From the Explorer area on the bottom toolbar, click and do the following in the</li>
</ol>
<p>Query pane:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1176"></a> From the Search for menu, select <strong>Bookmark</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1177"></a> Select the recorded source scene, by marking the tree entities.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1178"></a> From the Date and Time menu, select a preset time option or select Manual selection and then enter From date and time and To date and time, and click <strong>Go</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1179"></a> From the results that display in the Query Results pane, select the bookmark you want to add, and click <strong>Add to case</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The bookmark and associated clip appear in the CaseBuilder Navigation Tree.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1180"></a> In the CaseBuilder Navigation Tree, double click the bookmark.</li>
</ol>
<p>The Bookmark properties display in the CaseBuilder layout.</p>
<p><strong>Tip: </strong>If the video playback does not display properly, it may help to minimize and restore the ControlCenter window to refresh the display.</p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark1181"></a> 5. Make any optional changes to the <strong>Description </strong>and <strong>Bookmark Name </strong>properties and then click <strong>Save ® .</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1184"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1182"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1183"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1185"></a> Adding a New Snapshot (on-the-fly) to a Case</li>
</ol>
<p>You can add to a case a snapshot image of a video loaded in the CaseBuilder display window.</p>
<p>An added snapshot has the following features and properties:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1186"></a><strong>Snapshot File Name </strong>&#8211; Name for the snapshot image.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1187"></a><strong>Description </strong>&#8211; Optional short description area for the image.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1188"></a><strong>Scene Name and Logical ID </strong>&#8211; Name of the scene that was the video source from which the image was grabbed.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1189"></a><strong>Snapshot Time </strong>&#8211; Date stamp from the video frame that the image represents.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Snapshots that are taken from a video that was displayed in the Monitor Mode on the Default Layout, cannot be added to a case as a &#8220;snapshot&#8221; but can be added as a file. For more information, see <a href="#post-2450-bookmark1255"><strong>Add an Existing Snapshot to a Case (Monitor-Tile)</strong></a><strong>.</strong></p>
<p><strong>To Add an On-the-Fly Snapshot to a Case:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1191"></a> From the Side-Bar menu, select CaseBuilder and then on the bottom toolbar, click and</li>
</ol>
<p>do the following:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1192"></a> From the <strong>Search for </strong>menu, select <strong>Clip</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1193"></a> Select the recorded source scene, by marking the tree entities.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1194"></a> From the <strong>Date and Time </strong>menu, select a preset time option or select <strong>Manual selection </strong>and then enter the <strong>From </strong>date and time and the <strong>To </strong>date and time, and click <strong>Go</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1195"></a> From the results that display in the Query Results pane, click and drag the clip you want to add into the viewing window of the <strong>CaseBuilder Layout</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The clip loads in the CaseBuilder Layout window, automatically displays the Timeline pane, and starts playing.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1196"></a> Right-click the video playing in the CaseBuilder window and select <strong>Add snapshot to case</strong>. The snapshot image appears in the CaseBuilder Navigation Tree.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1197"></a> In the CaseBuilder Navigation Tree, double click the snapshot image.</li>
</ol>
<p>The Case Snapshot Properties appear in the CaseBuilder Layout and the image displays in the CaseBuilder window.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1199"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1198"></a> Make any optional changes to the Description and Snapshot File Name properties and click <strong>Save ® .</strong></li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1200"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1201"></a> Adding an Existing Alarm to a Case</li>
</ol>
<p>You can add existing &#8220;cleared&#8221; alarms to a case. It should be noted that Active, Snoozed, and Accepted have not been considered acknowledged and are not available to be searched or added to a case.</p>
<p>An added alarm in a case includes the following information about the alarm:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1202"></a><strong>Alarm Instance Name </strong>&#8211; The alarm name. (By default this is the configured alarm type.)</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1203"></a><strong>Triggered Time </strong>&#8211; The time that the Alarm became active and was initiated.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1204"></a><strong>Acknowledged Time </strong>&#8211; The time the Alarm was cleared.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1205"></a><strong>Acknowledged By </strong>&#8211; The logged in user who cleared the alarm.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1206"></a><strong>Description </strong>&#8211; Optional alarm description.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1207"></a><strong>Linked Procedure URL </strong>&#8211; If a procedure URL this will be a child entity of the Alarm in the case and can be clicked by the user to see the URL content in the viewing pane.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Tip: </strong>If you have a linked procedure that is a HTML page on the network and the viewer of the case will not have access (link will be broken), you may want to add this content as a file to the case.</p>
<p><strong>To Add an Existing Alarm to a Case:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1208"></a> Click the Side-Bar menu arrow and from the Side-Bar menu, select <strong>CaseBuilder</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1209"></a> From the Explorer area on the bottom toolbar, click and do the following in the Query</li>
</ol>
<p>pane:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1210"></a> From the Search for menu, select <strong>Alarm</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1211"></a> Select the Alarm type from the Query tree.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1212"></a> From the Date and Time menu, select a preset time option or select Manual selection and then enter From date and time and To date and time, and click <strong>Go</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1213"></a> From the results that display in the Query Results pane, select the Alarm you want to add.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1214"></a> Click <strong>Add to case</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The Alarm and any associated Procedure appear in the CaseBuilder Navigation Tree.</p>
<p>In the CaseBuilder Navigation Tree, double click the Alarm.</p>
<p>5.</p>
<p>The <strong>Alarm Properties </strong>display in the CaseBuilder layout.</p>
<p>Make any optional changes to the Description and Alarm Instance Name properties. and</p>
<p>6.</p>
<p>click <strong>Save ™ </strong>.</p>
<p>7.</p>
<p>If a procedure URL for the alarm exists, double click the URL. The <strong>Case URL Properties </strong>display in the CaseBuilder layout.</p>
<p>Make any optional changes to the Description and URL properties and click <strong>Save</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark1190"></a> 8.</p>
<p>7.1.3.2</p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark1215"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1216"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1217"></a> Adding a Clip Segment to a Case</p>
<p>You can select and add only partial segments of an existing Archiver recorded clip to a case. Unlike the bookmark addition that takes a predefined (setting in CaseBuilder options) range of time around the bookmark, the CaseBuilder feature enables you to manually select the times of the clip you want to add.</p>
<p>This can be doneby either by marking a CaseBuilder displayed clip in the timeline pane using <strong>Mark In </strong>and <strong>Mark out </strong>or by setting the <strong>Start Time </strong>and <strong>End Time </strong>in the <strong>CaseBuilder Layout Clip Time </strong>menus.</p>
<p><strong>To Add a Clip Segment to a Case:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1219"></a> From the Side-Bar menu, select CaseBuilder and then on the bottom toolbar, click and</li>
</ol>
<p>do the following:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1220"></a> From the Search for menu, select <strong>Clip</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1221"></a> Select the recorded source scene, by marking the tree entities.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1222"></a> From the <strong>Date and Time </strong>menu, select a preset time option, or select <strong>Manual selection </strong>and then enter <strong>From </strong>date and time and <strong>To </strong>date and time, and click <strong>Go</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1223"></a> From the results that display in the <strong>Query Results </strong>pane, drag the clip you want to add into the viewing window of the <strong>CaseBuilder Layout</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The clip loads in the <strong>CaseBuilder Layout </strong>window, automatically displaying the Timeline pane and start playing.</p>
<p>Do one the following:</p>
<p>a. Mark the in/start time, do one of the following:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1224"></a> From the <strong>CaseBuilder Layout Start Time </strong>menu, select the <strong>Start Time </strong>date and time.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1225"></a> In the <strong>Timeline</strong>, click ^^, click-and-drag the playhead line to the start time and click</li>
</ul>
<p>-.</p>
<p>(playhead being dragged)</p>
<p>b. Mark the out/end time, do one of the following:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1226"></a> From the <strong>CaseBuilder Layout End Time </strong>menu, select the <strong>End Time </strong>date and time.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1227"></a> In the Timeline, drag the red playhead line to the end time and click ■&#8221; ■.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1228"></a> Click <strong>Add to case</strong>, and if prompted about the duration of the clip, click <strong>Yes </strong>to add the clip.</li>
</ol>
<p>(Clip length exceeds the <strong>Tools</strong>, <strong>Options</strong>, <strong>CaseBuilder</strong>, <strong>Clip Duration Limitation</strong>.)</p>
<p>The case displays in the CaseBuilder navigation tree and in the CaseBuilder layout.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1229"></a> In <strong>Clip Properties</strong>, enter an optional new name in the <strong>Clip File Name </strong>field and option description in the <strong>Description </strong>field.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1231"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1230"></a> Click <strong>Save ® .</strong></li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1234"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1232"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1233"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1235"></a> Adding an Existing Incident to a Case</li>
</ol>
<p>You can add an existing Incident to a case. When you add an incident, all supporting information attached that incident is also attached. If there is a bookmark associated with the Incident, the incident will include the video segment surround the bookmarks as defined in the <a href="#post-2450-bookmark1323">Options CaseBuilder settings</a>.</p>
<p>An added incident to a case includes the following features and information:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1236"></a><strong>Incident Name </strong>&#8211; the name of the incident</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1237"></a><strong>Description </strong>&#8211; Descriptive text related to or describing the incident.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1238"></a><strong>Incident Time </strong>&#8211; The time and date the incident occurred.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1239"></a><strong>Supporting info </strong>&#8211; These are added as child entities, for example a bookmark and the bookmark supported video clip.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>To add an existing incident to a case:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1240"></a> From the Side-Bar menu, select <strong>CaseBuilder </strong>and then on the bottom toolbar, click and</li>
</ol>
<p>do the following:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1241"></a> From the Search for menu, select <strong>Incident</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1242"></a> Select the source scene, by marking the tree entities.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1243"></a> From the <strong>Date and Time </strong>menu, select a preset time option or select <strong>Manual </strong>selection and enter the <strong>From </strong>date and time and the <strong>To </strong>date and time, and click <strong>Go</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1244"></a> From the results that display in the Query Results pane, select the Incident you want to add, and click <strong>Add to case</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The incident and any associated child entities appear in the CaseBuilder Navigation Tree.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1245"></a> In the CaseBuilder Navigation Tree, double click the incident.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Incident Properties </strong>display in the CaseBuilder layout.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1246"></a> Make any optional changes to the <strong>Description </strong>and <strong>Incident Name </strong>properties, and click</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Save <sup>63</sup> .</strong></p>
<p>If child entities for the Incident exist, double click each and modify the properties as needed</p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark1218"></a> 5.</p>
<p>in the CaseBuilder layout, and when finished, click <strong>Save</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1249"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1247"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1248"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1250"></a> Adding a File to a Case (documents, images, exports, etc.)</li>
</ol>
<p>You can include files in a case. Files that are included in a case can be exported and packaged along with the other case materials. Once a file is included by adding it to a case, it will appear in the case tree and can be double clicked to either launch the file in the ControlCenter CaseBuilder Layout (if a supported HTML file type) or via the workstation program associated to the file extension.</p>
<p><strong>To Add a File to a Case:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1251"></a> From the Side-Bar menu, select <strong>CaseBuilder</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1252"></a> From CaseBuilder Navigation Tree Toolbar, click the <strong>Add </strong>icon and select the <strong>File </strong>option.</li>
</ol>
<p>a ■</p>
<p>File URL</p>
<p>An Open dialog appears.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1253"></a> In the <strong>Open </strong>file dialog, select the file you want to add and click <strong>Open</strong>. The selected file appears in the CaseBuilder Navigation Tree.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1254"></a> Click <strong>Save ® .</strong></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If you double click the file in the CaseBuilder Navigation Tree, it either opens in the CaseBuilder layout window (HTML based content) or the application assigned to open that file extension on the workstation launches and opens the file.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1258"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1256"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1257"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1259"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1255"></a> Adding an Existing Snapshot to a Case (Monitor-Tile)</li>
</ol>
<p>The CaseBuilder enables adding snapshots on the fly to the Case directly from the CaseBuilder Layout window, however there may be snapshots that were previously taken during monitoring.</p>
<p>The CaseBuilder does not allow adding previously taken snapshots to the case as &#8220;snapshots&#8221; but they can be added as files.</p>
<p>Snapshots taken during monitoring are stored in the location specified in the <strong>Options </strong>dialog.</p>
<p><strong>To Locate the Folder Where Your Snapshots are Saved</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1260"></a> From the main menu, select <strong>Tools</strong>, <strong>Options</strong>, <strong>Export</strong>, <strong>Snapshot</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p>The snapshot option settings are displayed.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1261"></a> The <strong>Saved Location </strong>field displays the path of the folder in which your snapshots are saved.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>To Add an Existing Snapshot as a File to a Case:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1262"></a> From CaseBuilder Navigation Tree Toolbar, click the <strong>Add </strong>icon and select <strong>File</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>aH ■ File URL</p>
<p>An <strong>Open </strong>dialog appears.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1263"></a> In the <strong>Open </strong>file dialog, select the file you want to add and click <strong>Open</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The selected file appears in the CaseBuilder Navigation Tree.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1264"></a> Click <strong>Save ® .</strong></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If you double click the file in the CaseBuilder Navigation Tree, it will either open in the CaseBuilder layout window (HTML based content) or the application assigned to open that file extension on the workstation will launch and open the file.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1266"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1265"></a> Adding a URL to a Case</li>
</ol>
<p>You can add a URL link to a case. Once you add a URL link to a case, you can add a description as needed.</p>
<p>You can enter any valid HTML HREF/URL (mailto: file:, etc.)</p>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark1267"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1268"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1269"></a> To Add a URL to a Case:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1270"></a> From the Side-Bar menu, select CaseBuilder, and from CaseBuilder Navigation Tree Toolbar, click the <strong>Add </strong>icon, and select URL.</li>
</ol>
<p>An <strong>Add URL </strong>dialog displays.</p>
<p>File</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1271"></a> In the <strong>Add URL </strong>dialog, select type the URL address you want to add and click <strong>OK</strong>. url</li>
</ol>
<p>The URL appears in the CaseBuilder Navigation Tree.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1272"></a> Click <strong>Save ® .</strong></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If you double click the file in the CaseBuilder Navigation Tree, it either opens in the CaseBuilder layout window (HTML based content), or the application assigned to open that file extension on the workstation launches and opens the file.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1276"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1274"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1275"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1277"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1273"></a> Opening a Saved Case</li>
</ol>
<p>You can open an existing case that you previously saved by searching the CaseBuilder stored cases and loading it from the search results. For information on opening and viewing an exported case, see <a href="#post-2450-bookmark1289">Open and Edit an Exported Case</a>.</p>
<p><strong>To Open a Saved Case:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1278"></a> Click the Side-Bar menu arrow and from the Side-Bar menu, select CaseBuilder and in the CaseBuilder Query Pane do the following:</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1279"></a> Enter optional search parameters:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1280"></a> Enter a full or partial case name in the <strong>Case Name </strong>field.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1281"></a> Enter a full or partial serial number in the <strong>Serial Number </strong>field.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1282"></a> From the <strong>Created by </strong>menu, mark one or more creator sources.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1283"></a> In the <strong>Case </strong>time range select:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1284"></a><strong>Start Time </strong>date.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1285"></a><strong>End Time </strong>date.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1286"></a><strong>Start Time </strong>hour and minute.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1287"></a><strong>End Time </strong>hour and minute.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1288"></a> In the <strong>Description </strong>field, enter an optional description text, and click <strong>Go</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1290"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1289"></a> From the results that display in the Query Results pane, double-click the case you want to open.</li>
</ol>
<p>The case displays in the CaseBuilder navigation tree and in the CaseBuilder layout.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1293"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1291"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1292"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1294"></a> Opening and Viewing an Exported Case</li>
</ol>
<p>You can open and view an exported case file for viewing and playback. An exported case file does not allow editing.</p>
<p><strong>To Open and View an Exported Case File:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1295"></a> Click the Side-Bar menu, select <strong>CaseBuilder</strong>, and from the CaseBuilder Navigation Tree Toolbar, click ®.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Open Exported Case </strong>dialog displays.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1296"></a> In the <strong>Open Exported Case </strong>dialog, select a case file and click <strong>Open</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1297"></a> Use the CaseBuilder Navigation Tree to select and view the components in the CaseBuilder Layout.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark1298"></a><strong>Note: </strong>The attached files of a case can be found in the compressed file Documents folders.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1301"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1299"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1300"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1302"></a> Exporting a Case</li>
</ol>
<p>You can query existing cases and then export them from the Query Results pane. Exported cases can be exported with or without an included player based on the settings for CaseBuilder in the<a href="#post-2450-bookmark1323"> Options </a>dialog found in the Tools menu.</p>
<p><strong>To export a case:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1303"></a> Click the Side-Bar menu arrow, select <strong>CaseBuilder </strong>and in the CaseBuilder Query Pane do the following:</li>
</ol>
<p>a. Enter optional search parameters:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1304"></a> Enter a full or partial case name in the <strong>Case Name </strong>field.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1305"></a> Enter a full or partial serial number in the <strong>Serial Number </strong>field.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1306"></a> From the <strong>Created by </strong>menu, mark one or more creator sources</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1307"></a> In the Case time range select:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1308"></a><strong>Start Time </strong>date.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1309"></a><strong>End Time </strong>date.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1310"></a><strong>Start Time </strong>hour and minute.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1311"></a><strong>End Time </strong>hour and minute.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1312"></a> In the Description Field, enter an optional description text, and click <strong>Go</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1313"></a> From the results that display in the <strong>Query Results </strong>pane, select the case you want to export.</li>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1314"></a> Click <strong>Export</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Browse for Folder </strong>dialog displays.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1315"></a> Select the location where you want to export the case and click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2450-bookmark1316"></a><strong>Note: </strong>If a case is exported with a privacy mask, the global Privacy Mask Password must be used to remove the privacy mask.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1319"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1317"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1318"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1320"></a> Adding an Exported DVT Clip to a Case</li>
</ol>
<p>The CaseBuilder enables you to add video clips to a Case from the Archiver recordings, via search results. This is limited to the Archivers to which the logged-in user of the ControlCenter has access.</p>
<p>If a clip needs to be added from a scene source other than those available, this can be done by first <em>exporting</em> the file, and then <em>attaching</em> it to the case as a <em>file.</em></p>
<p>It should be noted that DVT files that have privacy mask passwords will need the relevant passwords if they are to be opened by remote users. Thus you will need to send the passwords needed for the Privacy Mask whenever needed.</p>
<p>You can create and include a text readme file with the appropriate information and passwords as needed.</p>
<p>The CaseBuilder does not allow adding exported clips to the case as clips but they can be added as files.</p>
<p><strong>To Add an Exported Video Clip File to a Case:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1321"></a> From the Side-Bar menu, select CaseBuilder, from CaseBuilder Navigation Tree Toolbar,</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="112" height="107" class="wp-image-2677" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-226.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 226" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 665"></p>
<p>click</p>
<p>and select <strong>File</strong>.</p>
<p>An <strong>Open </strong>dialog appears.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1322"></a> Navigate and load the exported clip file you want to add and click <strong>Open</strong>. The selected file appears in the CaseBuilder Navigation Tree.</li>
</ol>
<p>3. Click <strong>Save</strong></p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If you double click the file in the CaseBuilder Navigation Tree, it opens in the CaseBuilder layout window (HTML based content), or the application assigned to open that file extension on the workstation launches and opens the file.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2450-bookmark1326"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1324"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1325"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1327"></a><a id="post-2450-bookmark1323"></a> CaseBuilder Options</li>
</ol>
<p>The CaseBuilder options are settings that enable you to define the behavior of some of the features used to build and manage a case.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="746" height="491" class="wp-image-2678" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-227.jpeg" alt="word image 2450 227" title="FLIR United VMS Installation Guide 666" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-227.jpeg 746w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2450-227-300x197.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 746px) 100vw, 746px" /></p>
<p>The following table describes the settings in the CaseBuilder Options:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Setting Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Bookmark Clip Settings</strong></td>
<td>Settings that control how much prerecorded video before and after a bookmark is included as a video clip when a bookmark is added to a case.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Before</strong></td>
<td>Determines the start time of the video clip (mark in) included with the bookmark by specifying the number of seconds prior to the time of the bookmark. This is the first of two time values of a range that determine the length of the clip added to the case when a bookmark is added.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>After</strong></td>
<td>Determines the end time of the video clip (mark out) included with the bookmark by specifying the number of seconds after the time of the bookmark. This is the second of two time values of a range that determine the length of the clip added to the case when a bookmark is added.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Life Span</strong></td>
<td>The time-frame that the case remains valid. After this time the case can be overwritten.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Clip Duration Limit </strong>&#8211;</p>
<p>Show warning when attached clip length exceeds duration limit.</td>
<td>Enables to prompt the CaseBuilder user when the attempt to add a clip that exceeds the maximum length specified here. Useful to inform a user that a clip may be too long and should be trimmed. The user may still choose to add the clip or cancel the action when prompted.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Include Player</strong></td>
<td>When enabled, assures that every exported Case contains a Quick ControlCenter player for viewing a case file. The application is stored inside the compressed case file package (zip file).</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>To change CaseBuilder Options:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>From the main menu, select <strong>Tools</strong>, <strong>Options</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Options </strong>dialog displays.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select CaseBuilder, make changes as needed, and click <strong>O</strong></li>
</ol>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/flir-united-vms-installation-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How to Reset Password Hikvision</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to-reset-password-hikvision/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to-reset-password-hikvision/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 24 May 2023 14:06:02 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Tools]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hikvision]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[HikVision Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hikvision Password Reset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Latest]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Latest Hikvision Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Local Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Reset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QR code]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Quick Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SADP Tool]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=330</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Reset Password Hikvision, HIKVISION different devices share different password strategies. At this stage you can reset your password by SADP ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="How to Reset Password Hikvision" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to-reset-password-hikvision/#more-330" aria-label="Read more about How to Reset Password Hikvision">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Reset Password Hikvision, HIKVISION different devices share different password strategies. At this stage you can reset your password by SADP or NVR/DVR local GUI. Here’s a quick guide of how to reset password for different devices.</p>
<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><span id="Reset_password_by_SADP_Tool">Reset password Hikvision by SADP Tool</span></h2>
<div class="wp-block-columns is-layout-flex wp-container-4">
<div class="wp-block-column is-vertically-aligned-center is-layout-flow">
<p>SADP Tool version: V3.0.0.2 Please follow the link to download the latest version of SADP:</p>
</div>
<div class="wp-block-column is-vertically-aligned-center is-layout-flow">
<p><a href="https://hiknow-soft-bucket.s3.ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/prd/public/all/files/202207/SADPTool.exe" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">SADP Download</a></p>
</div>
<div class="wp-block-column is-layout-flow">
<figure class="wp-block-image"><img decoding="async" src="https://i.shgcdn.com/18719200-ab00-4794-9a0f-9ccc14308ee4/-/format/auto/-/preview/3000x3000/-/quality/lighter/" alt="How to Reset Password for SADP - Hikvision" title="How to Reset Password Hikvision 682"></figure>
</div>
</div>
<p>Connect the device to local network and open SADP Tool to search online devices. Select the device and click Forget Password:</p>
<figure class="wp-block-image"><img decoding="async" src="https://i.shgcdn.com/77775128-e3ec-4046-9dab-bf05af94737d/-/format/auto/-/preview/3000x3000/-/quality/lighter/" alt="How to Reset Password for SADP - Hikvision" title="How to Reset Password Hikvision 683"></figure>
<blockquote><p>Read Next</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to/306/hikvision-password-reset-do-it-yourself/">Hikvision Password Reset Do It Yourself</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/firmwares/302/finding-the-latest-hikvision-firmware/">Finding the Latest Hikvision Firmware</a></li>
</ul>
</blockquote>
<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><span id="You_might_see_one_of_the_three_pop-ups">You might see one of the three pop-ups</span></h2>
<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><span id="1_If_the_pop-up_requires_a_security_code_please_turn_to_method_1">1. If the pop-up requires a security code, please turn to method 1.</span></h2>
<figure class="wp-block-image"><img decoding="async" src="https://i.shgcdn.com/40e77835-dfb0-48e6-9c3c-deaee68bcd5d/-/format/auto/-/preview/3000x3000/-/quality/lighter/" alt="How to Reset Password for SADP - Hikvision" title="How to Reset Password Hikvision 684"></figure>
<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><span id="2_If_the_pop-up_requires_encrypt_file_please_turn_to_method_2">2. If the pop-up requires encrypt file, please turn to method 2.</span></h2>
<figure class="wp-block-image"><img decoding="async" src="https://i.shgcdn.com/f4b1eb11-cb48-4401-8d70-fcb4c170944d/-/format/auto/-/preview/3000x3000/-/quality/lighter/" alt="How to Reset Password for SADP - Hikvision" title="How to Reset Password Hikvision 685"></figure>
<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><span id="3_If_the_pop-up_requires_encrypt_file_or_key_please_turn_to_method_3">3. If the pop-up requires encrypt file or key, please turn to method 3.</span></h2>
<figure class="wp-block-image"><img decoding="async" src="https://i.shgcdn.com/40e77835-dfb0-48e6-9c3c-deaee68bcd5d/-/format/auto/-/preview/3000x3000/-/quality/lighter/" alt="How to Reset Password for SADP - Hikvision" title="How to Reset Password Hikvision 684"></figure>
<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><span id="Method_1">Method 1</span></h2>
<p>Copy the Start Time and Device Serial No and send them to HIKVISION technical support team.</p>
<figure class="wp-block-image"><img decoding="async" src="https://i.shgcdn.com/3e792773-9eef-4a40-b407-1ba5e4957b65/-/format/auto/-/preview/3000x3000/-/quality/lighter/" alt="How to Reset Password for SADP - Hikvision" title="How to Reset Password Hikvision 687"></figure>
<p>HIKVISION technical support team will return security codes. Please choose one according to your device’s current time.</p>
<figure class="wp-block-image"><img decoding="async" src="https://i.shgcdn.com/7efe3649-a05b-47f2-a596-4772514ab09f/-/format/auto/-/preview/3000x3000/-/quality/lighter/" alt="How to Reset Password for SADP - Hikvision" title="How to Reset Password Hikvision 688"></figure>
<p>Input security code and click Confirm. The password will be reset to 12345.</p>
<figure class="wp-block-image"><img decoding="async" src="https://i.shgcdn.com/e2ea076b-7bad-469f-a1c3-26b200dd275b/-/format/auto/-/preview/3000x3000/-/quality/lighter/" alt="How to Reset Password for SADP - Hikvision" title="How to Reset Password Hikvision 689"></figure>
<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><span id="Method_2">Method 2</span></h2>
<p>Click Export to save XML file, send the XML file to HIKVISION technical support team.</p>
<figure class="wp-block-image"><img decoding="async" src="https://i.shgcdn.com/3cbe88fe-2b35-4c6d-91fa-3a943f4b6c29/-/format/auto/-/preview/3000x3000/-/quality/lighter/" alt="How to Reset Password for SADP - Hikvision" title="How to Reset Password Hikvision 690"></figure>
<p>HIKVISION technical support team will return encrypt file. Choose the path of the encrypt file, input your new password and confirm, click Confirm and your password will be reset.</p>
<figure class="wp-block-image"><img decoding="async" src="https://i.shgcdn.com/87526b5c-7961-4550-b79d-e8c90cf296f4/-/format/auto/-/preview/3000x3000/-/quality/lighter/" alt="How to Reset Password for SADP - Hikvision" title="How to Reset Password Hikvision 691"></figure>
<p>Note: Once you get the file, it will be expired after 24 hours.</p>
<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><span id="Method_3">Method 3</span></h2>
<p>With this method you can export the XML file or take a photo of QR code. If you export the XML file, please refer to method 2 to reset password. You can also take a photo of QR code and send it to HIKVISION technical support team.</p>
<figure class="wp-block-image"><img decoding="async" src="https://i.shgcdn.com/ec22b633-c281-420e-be9f-725dab69cf4b/-/format/auto/-/preview/3000x3000/-/quality/lighter/" alt="How to Reset Password for SADP - Hikvision" title="How to Reset Password Hikvision 692"></figure>
<p>HIKVISION technical support team will return key which consists of number and letter (8 bytes). Input the key, type in the new password and confirm. Click Confirm and your password will be reset.</p>
<figure class="wp-block-image"><img decoding="async" src="https://i.shgcdn.com/faf61557-29c7-485c-ba58-2ce4ceb79ed5/-/format/auto/-/preview/3000x3000/-/quality/lighter/" alt="How to Reset Password for SADP - Hikvision" title="How to Reset Password Hikvision 693"></figure>
<p><strong>Note: If you want to reset your cameras’ passwords at the same time, please choose “Reset Network Cameras’ Passwords” option. Cameras’ passwords will be the same with NVR’s</strong></p>
<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><span id="2_Reset_password_via_NVRDVR_local_menu">2. Reset password via NVR/DVR local menu</span></h2>
<p>In NVR/DVR local GUI, you can double click the left bottom of login interface to pop out password reset interface.</p>
<figure class="wp-block-image"><img decoding="async" src="https://i.shgcdn.com/8e402305-8bfe-42cf-bd1d-9e26482ad895/-/format/auto/-/preview/3000x3000/-/quality/lighter/" alt="How to Reset Password for SADP - Hikvision" title="How to Reset Password Hikvision 694"></figure>
<p>Please send Device Serial No and Device start time, HIKVISION technical support team will return security codes.</p>
<p>Note: Please refer to method 1 to get Device Serial No and Device start time.</p>
<p>Input the corresponding security code and <strong>click OK</strong>.</p>
<figure class="wp-block-image"><img decoding="async" src="https://i.shgcdn.com/25068524-2415-4f0b-9998-b91752e9d15e/-/format/auto/-/preview/3000x3000/-/quality/lighter/" alt="How to Reset Password for SADP - Hikvision" title="How to Reset Password Hikvision 695"></figure>
<p>Input user name and <strong>new</strong> <strong>password</strong>, click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<figure class="wp-block-image"><img decoding="async" src="https://i.shgcdn.com/9ff7f599-112d-4eae-9e9c-5658a55b3a51/-/format/auto/-/preview/3000x3000/-/quality/lighter/" alt="How to Reset Password for SADP - Hikvision" title="How to Reset Password Hikvision 696"></figure>
<h1 class="title topictitle1">Reset Password of DVR/NVR by Scanning QR Code</h1>
<div id="contentArea" class="col-lg-8 col-md-8 col-sm-8 col-xs-12">
<div class=" wh_topic_content body ">
<div class="body taskbody">
<p class="shortdesc">If you forgot the admin password of DVR or NVR, you can reset the password by scanning the QR code generated on the local GUI of the device.</p>
<div id="GUID-8F8DD810-AFB4-4340-B5D9-E3563C60CC7B__GUID-A1A72790-9BC2-4299-AD0C-57823F774D53" class="section prereq p">
<ul id="GUID-8F8DD810-AFB4-4340-B5D9-E3563C60CC7B__UL_JGS_B1M_NGB" class="ul">
<li id="GUID-8F8DD810-AFB4-4340-B5D9-E3563C60CC7B__GUID-8F238E68-3021-408A-B7F3-0DDC5416FFC9" class="li">
<p class="p">You should have allowed the Mobile Client to access your phone&#8217;s camera.</p>
</li>
<li id="GUID-8F8DD810-AFB4-4340-B5D9-E3563C60CC7B__GUID-FD73EC9E-6B53-44A4-B6F8-7C3DC2C031D2" class="li">
<p class="p">You should have reserved email address for resetting device password and generated QR code on the device&#8217;s local GUI. For details, see Reserve Email Address for Resetting Password and Generate QR Code on Device Local GUI for details.</p>
</li>
</ul>
</div>
<ol id="GUID-8F8DD810-AFB4-4340-B5D9-E3563C60CC7B__GUID-B3172502-45DF-4043-88A7-969FAC1C3AB4" class="ol steps">
<li id="GUID-8F8DD810-AFB4-4340-B5D9-E3563C60CC7B__GUID-B6A176E2-24DD-4675-833A-276799350755" class="li step stepexpand"><span class="ph cmd">Tap <span class="ph menucascade"><span class="ph uicontrol">More</span> &gt; <span class="ph uicontrol">Reset Device Password</span></span> to enter the Reset Device Password page.</span></li>
<li id="GUID-8F8DD810-AFB4-4340-B5D9-E3563C60CC7B__GUID-B3EB4716-4F3D-4B84-AAB1-36C097135EC2" class="li step stepexpand"><span class="ph cmd">Scan the QR code on the local GUI of the DVR or NVR.</span>
<div class="itemgroup stepresult">
<p class="p">A verification code will be sent to the reserved email address.</p>
<div id="GUID-8F8DD810-AFB4-4340-B5D9-E3563C60CC7B__GUID-D34D46C3-55D0-4C9F-81B8-B5722F80AE46" class="note note"><span class="notetitle">Note:</span></p>
<ul id="GUID-8F8DD810-AFB4-4340-B5D9-E3563C60CC7B__UL_HYN_T1M_NGB" class="ul">
<li id="GUID-8F8DD810-AFB4-4340-B5D9-E3563C60CC7B__GUID-146B59E9-790E-46E3-83C3-D97EEAC4D777" class="li">
<p class="p">The verification code will be valid for 48 hours.</p>
</li>
<li id="GUID-8F8DD810-AFB4-4340-B5D9-E3563C60CC7B__GUID-73D7080B-5E2F-4B6F-95FB-96FF2FBB549F" class="li">
<p class="p">If you reboot the device or change the reserved email address, the verification code would be invalid.</p>
</li>
</ul>
</div>
</div>
</li>
<li id="GUID-8F8DD810-AFB4-4340-B5D9-E3563C60CC7B__GUID-C7F9FAC2-5610-4E67-92CF-B7ED4A679ED3" class="li step stepexpand"><span class="ph cmd">Go to the device&#8217;s local GUI.</span></li>
<li id="GUID-8F8DD810-AFB4-4340-B5D9-E3563C60CC7B__GUID-F98D574A-C073-4292-9A93-DF1A384DB38F" class="li step stepexpand"><span class="ph cmd">Enter the received verification code on the Verify by Reserved Email window and then click <span class="ph uicontrol">OK</span> to continue.</span></li>
<li id="GUID-8F8DD810-AFB4-4340-B5D9-E3563C60CC7B__GUID-2D10BE41-3BCD-425F-BBFA-4C824CA340C7" class="li step stepexpand"><span class="ph cmd">Create a new password and then confirm the password.</span></li>
</ol>
<h1 class="title topictitle1">Reserve Email Address for Resetting Password</h1>
<p class="shortdesc">You should have reserved email address for resetting the admin password of NVR or DVR if you want to change the password by scanning QR code.</p>
<div id="GUID-528CA819-9509-4439-A58A-77AB1C1C35BC__GUID-45A53AA4-58A8-4494-8533-0833200AB7BA" class="section prereq p">
<ul id="GUID-528CA819-9509-4439-A58A-77AB1C1C35BC__UL_AP3_DYL_NGB" class="ul">
<li id="GUID-528CA819-9509-4439-A58A-77AB1C1C35BC__GUID-1F70A3C5-B201-4648-BE46-B7F807936DEE" class="li">
<p class="p">Upgrade the firmware of the NVR or DVR to make the device support self-service password reset.</p>
</li>
<li id="GUID-528CA819-9509-4439-A58A-77AB1C1C35BC__GUID-36DC3C50-BE37-447B-B508-9A364E08B4CB" class="li">
<p class="p">If the device is inactivated, check <span class="ph uicontrol">Reserved Email Settings</span> when activate it. For details about activating NVR or DVR, see the user manual of the device.</p>
</li>
</ul>
</div>
<p id="GUID-528CA819-9509-4439-A58A-77AB1C1C35BC__GUID-DDF21558-54D2-4E31-87DE-9FF3622FEFAC" class="li stepsection">
<div id="GUID-528CA819-9509-4439-A58A-77AB1C1C35BC__GUID-1933A9D1-53A2-4F8E-A213-C4ED480A541B" class="note note"><span class="notetitle">Note:</span></p>
<p class="p">The DVR or NVR should support the function.</p>
</div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol id="GUID-528CA819-9509-4439-A58A-77AB1C1C35BC__GUID-41EC9FEA-C646-476C-BDBA-1715B4F31EBF" class="ol steps">
<li id="GUID-528CA819-9509-4439-A58A-77AB1C1C35BC__GUID-3EE3E5DF-A9B6-40AC-8A7F-D6FFF67C1B4B" class="li step"><span class="ph cmd">Go to <span class="ph menucascade"><span class="ph uicontrol">Configuration</span> &gt; <span class="ph uicontrol">User</span></span> on the local GUI of the device.</span></li>
<li id="GUID-528CA819-9509-4439-A58A-77AB1C1C35BC__GUID-55F5788A-BDED-4856-98A9-D858F312CE58" class="li step"><span class="ph cmd">Select admin user and then click <span class="ph uicontrol">Edit</span>.</span></li>
<li id="GUID-528CA819-9509-4439-A58A-77AB1C1C35BC__GUID-40CFA327-0019-4D88-836C-DC7E1E4C8354" class="li step"><span class="ph cmd">Enter the password of the device in the Old Password field.</span></li>
<li id="GUID-528CA819-9509-4439-A58A-77AB1C1C35BC__GUID-0DAAB9D1-B307-4F38-AE74-9231B3896669" class="li step"><span class="ph cmd">Click the Settings icon in Reserved E-mail Settings field.</span></li>
<li id="GUID-528CA819-9509-4439-A58A-77AB1C1C35BC__GUID-FBDF45BF-9ECA-400F-B28C-AAD7286CF004" class="li step"><span class="ph cmd">Enter an email address for receiving verification code, and then click <span class="ph uicontrol">OK</span>.</span></li>
</ol>
<h1 class="title topictitle1">Generate QR Code on Device Local GUI</h1>
<div id="contentArea" class="col-lg-8 col-md-8 col-sm-8 col-xs-12">
<div class=" wh_topic_content body ">
<div class="body taskbody">
<p class="shortdesc">If you forgot the admin password of the DVR or NVR, you can generate a QR code on the device&#8217;s local GUI and then scan the QR code via the Mobile Client to reset the admin password.</p>
<div id="GUID-16CB11A7-205C-4B74-8D0B-FDE4AEC233B6__GUID-249421D3-5897-4675-AF24-F91369DB81B9" class="section prereq p">
<p class="p">You should have reserved an email address for resetting password.</p>
</div>
<p id="GUID-16CB11A7-205C-4B74-8D0B-FDE4AEC233B6__GUID-0B62CD48-AC9A-4DD0-9453-48DFDF34A80E" class="li stepsection">
<div id="GUID-16CB11A7-205C-4B74-8D0B-FDE4AEC233B6__GUID-9F21BE80-1B17-4E4E-A5C1-9BD031EBE445" class="note note"><span class="notetitle">Note:</span></p>
<p class="p">The DVR or NVR should support this function.</p>
</div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol id="GUID-16CB11A7-205C-4B74-8D0B-FDE4AEC233B6__GUID-FE9A89D3-61F0-46A2-936D-4E28C5F931FF" class="ol steps">
<li id="GUID-16CB11A7-205C-4B74-8D0B-FDE4AEC233B6__GUID-157B7D8A-EFF5-49AC-8155-4774ADF1B83F" class="li step stepexpand"><span class="ph cmd">On the login page of the device&#8217;s local GUI, click <span class="ph uicontrol">Forgot Password</span>.</span></li>
<li id="GUID-16CB11A7-205C-4B74-8D0B-FDE4AEC233B6__GUID-6E3C0AAA-7A1F-4D27-9D6F-FF9DD21D683B" class="li step stepexpand"><span class="ph cmd">Select <span class="ph uicontrol">Verify by Reserved Email</span> and then click <span class="ph uicontrol">OK</span>.</span></li>
<li id="GUID-16CB11A7-205C-4B74-8D0B-FDE4AEC233B6__GUID-3EBA620F-2FA8-41C9-A0E3-3A21617958B2" class="li step stepexpand"><span class="ph cmd">Read and agree the Legal Disclaimer, and click <span class="ph uicontrol">OK</span> to continue.</span>
<div class="itemgroup stepresult">
<p class="p">The QR code for resetting password pops up.</p>
</div>
</li>
</ol>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to-reset-password-hikvision/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>NVMS7000 Setup Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/nvms7000-setup-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/nvms7000-setup-guide/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 16 May 2023 19:03:04 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Auxiliary Views]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Encoding]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[LiveView]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mainstream]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVMS7000]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVMSv3]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pc client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTcloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Quick Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshoot]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=290</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[NVMS7000 is a network video manager software that allows you to view your ip, analog cameras live over the internet ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/nvms7000-setup-guide/#more-290" aria-label="Read more about NVMS7000 Setup Guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>NVMS7000 is a network video manager software that allows you to view your ip, analog cameras live over the internet and playback and do configurations such as recording over the internet using an external hard drive.</p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="(Guide) (PC) - NVMSv3 Quick Guide">NVMSv3 Quick Guide</h1>
<p>Here is the Compact version Reading Guide for the NVMS v3.<br />
This document covers the Device Management, LiveView, Playback, and Backup sections.<br />
<strong>Click the Picture</strong> to download PDF</p>
<p><a href="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/article_attachments/1500009015581/KB_-_NVMSv3_Quick_OP_Guide_v2_3.4.0.65.pdf" target="_self" rel="noopener nofollow"><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/1500009014961/mceclip0.png" alt="mceclip0.png" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 805"></a></p>
<p><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/ZXbIixu3HAM" width="560" height="315" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="(Official) - NVMS7000 v3 manual &amp; FAQ">NVMS7000 v3 manual &amp; FAQ</h1>
<p>Click Link to download the User Manual:  <a href="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/article_attachments/360047650034/NVMS7000_v3_User_Manual.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">NVMS7000 v3 User Manual</a></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>FAQ (Frequently Asked Questions)</strong><br />
Here are some frequently asked questions when operating the client software. We provide the<br />
corresponding answers to help the users to solve the problems.</p>
<p><strong>C.1 During live view, why an error message with error code 91 prompts ?</strong><br />
Q: During live view, why an error message with error code 91 prompts ?<br />
A: For live view of multiple windows, the channel may not support sub stream. You should disable the function of Auto-change Stream Type in System Configuration → Image, and select the appropriate steam type for live view.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>C.2 During live view, why the image is blurred or not fluent?</strong><br />
Q: During live view, why the image is blurred or not fluent?<br />
A: Check the driver of video card. We highly recommend you update the driver of video card to the latest version.</p>
<p><strong>C.3 Why the memory leaked and the client crashed after running for a while?</strong><br />
Q: Why the memory leak and the client crashed after running for a while?<br />
A: In the installation directory of the client software, open the Setup.xml file with Notepad and modify the value of EnableNetandJoystickCheck to false. Restart the client, and if the problem is still not solved, contact our technique support.</p>
<p><strong>C.4 During live view, when getting stream via the Stream Media Server, why an error message with error code 17 prompts?</strong><br />
Q: During live view, when getting stream via the Stream Media Server, why an error message with error code 17 prompts?<br />
A: Check the port mapping of Stream Media Server, especially RTSP port.</p>
<p><strong>C.5 How to get better performance of live view and playback</strong><br />
when network bandwidth is low?<br />
Q: If the network bandwidth is low, how to get better performance of live view and playback?<br />
A: This function should be supported by the device. You can perform the following operations to realize live view in low bandwidth:<br />
● Firstly, after adding the encoding devices to the client, you need to set the camera&#8217;s streaming<br />
protocol.</p>
<p>● Enter Device Management → Group<br />
● Select the camera in the Encoding Channel list and click .<br />
● In the Edit Camera window, set the Protocol Type (for live view) and<br />
Playback Protocol Type (for playback) as Adaptive UDP.<br />
● Click OK to save the settings.<br />
● Then you need to disable the Auto-change Stream Type function.<br />
● Enter System Configuration → Image.<br />
● Disable the switch of Auto-change Stream Type function.<br />
● Select stream type for live view.<br />
● Enter Main View module.<br />
● In the device list on the left, move the cursor to the camera name and click → Stream.<br />
● For network camera, set the stream type as Third Stream.<br />
● For DVRs or NVRs, set the stream type as Virtual Stream.<br />
● Start live view.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>===========================================</p>
<p>D. Error Code</p>
<p>317<br />
No videos.<br />
It will be prompted when the user has no permission to play back.</p>
<p>HCNetSDK.dll ERROR Code<br />
1 Invalid user name or password.<br />
2 No permission.<br />
The user in the device has no enough permission.</p>
<p>4 Invalid channel number.<br />
It will be prompted in the live view of remote screen control.</p>
<p>5 No more devices can be connected.<br />
7 Failed to connect the device.<br />
23 Not supported.<br />
29 Operation failed.</p>
<p>43 No buffer.<br />
It will be prompted when adding a device and the device port is occupied by a web server.</p>
<p>55 Invalid IP address.<br />
56 Invalid MAC address.</p>
<p>91 The channel does not support the operation.<br />
It will be prompted when failed to get the sub stream.</p>
<p>96 The device is not registered on the DDNS.<br />
153 The user is locked.<br />
250 The device is not activated.</p>
<p>404 Channel No. error or the device does not support the sub stream.<br />
It will be prompted when failed to get the sub stream or the sub stream does not exist.</p>
<p>424 Failed to receive the data for RTSP SETUP.<br />
It will be prompted when adding the live view for the software via external network.</p>
<p>800 No more bandwidth can be used.</p>
<p>Playctrl.dll ERROR CODE<br />
2 The stream is not a Video &amp; Audio stream.<br />
6 The playback window turns black when adopting H.265 in the 64-bit operating system.</p>
<p>SMS ERROR CODE<br />
3 The connection problem between the software and the stream media server.<br />
17 The streaming problem between the stream media server and the device.</p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="(PC) - NVMS7000 v3  Custom View &amp; Auto-Switch">NVMS7000 v3 Custom View &amp; Auto-Switch</h1>
<h2>Create a custom view</h2>
<p><a href="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360055622014/mceclip0.png" target="_self" rel="noopener nofollow"><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360055622014/mceclip0.png" alt="mceclip0.png" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 806"></a></p>
<ol>
<li>click + nearby the Custom view, to create a new view.</li>
<li>Click the window division button.</li>
<li>Select the layout you want.</li>
<li>Drag each camera you like to view into each window.<br />
<span class="wysiwyg-font-size-medium">(You may drag different DVR camera into here, to create a merge view)</span></li>
<li>Click Disk icon, give a view name and <span class="wysiwyg-color-red90">Save</span> it.</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360055641834/mceclip0.png" alt="mceclip0.png" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 807"><br />
<span class="wysiwyg-font-size-large"><strong>Auto-Switch</strong></span><br />
There are two Auto-Switch functions.</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/360042110013--PC-NVMS7000-v3-Custom-View-Auto-Switch#h_103557b4-8c60-4cdb-bf5a-2b6524f9a46a" target="_self" rel="noopener nofollow">Multi-screen Auto-switch</a>                    display All DVR/NVR multiple camera display, or more&#8230;</li>
<li>Single-screen Auto-Switch                  display 1 camera only and switch within the DVR/NVR.</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2><strong>Single-Screen Auto-Switch</strong></h2>
<p><strong>How to Play it?</strong>  (Red dot)</p>
<ol>
<li>click switch icon.    Then, the camera should display automatically.</li>
<li>click Pause icon to pause it.</li>
</ol>
<p><a href="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360056491993/mceclip2.png" target="_self" rel="noopener nofollow"><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360056491993/mceclip2.png" alt="mceclip2.png" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 808"></a></p>
<p><strong>How to change duration?</strong>  (Blue dot)</p>
<ol>
<li>You need to <strong>Stop</strong> the auto-switch view first.</li>
<li>Then change the duration  (5sec &#8211; 5mins)</li>
<li>click the Switch button (Red dot 1) to start again.</li>
</ol>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360056497833/mceclip6.png" alt="mceclip6.png" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 809"></p>
<h2></h2>
<h2></h2>
<h2 id="h_103557b4-8c60-4cdb-bf5a-2b6524f9a46a"><strong>Multiple-Screen Auto-switch</strong> <span class="wysiwyg-font-size-medium">contain three features.</span></h2>
<ul>
<li>All Camera Auto-Switch             display all the DVR/NVR camera and switch it.</li>
<li>All Views Auto-Switch                display all custom view <span class="wysiwyg-font-size-medium">(must have 2 custom view at least)</span> and switch it.</li>
<li>Add View Group                        display limited custom view <span class="wysiwyg-font-size-medium">(2 view minimal)</span> and switch it</li>
</ul>
<h2>All Camera Auto-Switch <span class="wysiwyg-font-size-medium">(Red dot)</span></h2>
<ol>
<li>Click the window division button.</li>
<li>Define the window division first.</li>
<li>Click Switch icon.</li>
<li>Click Pause/Resume icon to pause it.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Change Duration</strong> (Blue dot).<br />
1. Stop the View first.   2. change Duration (5sec-5mins)  3. Play again (Red #3)</p>
<p><a href="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360055627874/mceclip3.png" target="_self" rel="noopener nofollow"><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360055627874/mceclip3.png" alt="mceclip3.png" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 810"></a></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2 id="h_d1a049cc-ac46-405e-8616-d90b50064c71">All Views Auto-Switch <span class="wysiwyg-font-size-medium">(will display all custom view and switch it)</span></h2>
<p>You need to pre-define several Custom View first  (minimal 2).   For example,</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360055631794/mceclip11.png" alt="mceclip11.png" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 811"></p>
<p>Go to Auto-Switch Tab</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360055631734/mceclip10.png" alt="mceclip10.png" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 812"></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360055631854/mceclip12.png" alt="mceclip12.png" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 813"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2 id="h_7a62060d-72ce-420e-98f4-a20981af32aa">Add View Group  <span class="wysiwyg-font-size-medium">(Aka  Limited View Auto-Switch)</span></h2>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360056499813/mceclip14.png" alt="mceclip14.png" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 814"></p>
<ol>
<li>click + (Add View Group)</li>
<li>Give a name.  (For example:  Limited View Auto-Switch)</li>
<li>Select the custom view group you like to show.</li>
<li>OK</li>
</ol>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360056499873/mceclip15.png" alt="mceclip15.png" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 815"></p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="(PC) - Fix NVMS7000 video enlarge/cropped issue (v2 v3)">Fix NVMS7000 video enlarge/cropped issue</h1>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360055644974/mceclip2.png" alt="mceclip2.png" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 816"></p>
<p>If your video image has been enlarging/cropped/not filled (dark area), how to fix it?</p>
<p>This problem could be caused by the Windows PC Screen DPI issue.</p>
<ol>
<li>Stop the NVMS7000 software first.</li>
<li><strong>Mouse Right-click</strong> the NVMS7000 icon from the Desktop</li>
<li>Select Properties<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360055645874/mceclip3.png" alt="mceclip3.png" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 817"></li>
<li>Go to the <strong>Compatibility &gt; Change high DPI settings</strong><br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360055646114/mceclip4.png" alt="mceclip4.png" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 818"></li>
<li>Enable the <strong>Override</strong> &gt; <strong>System</strong><br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360056512593/mceclip5.png" alt="mceclip5.png" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 819"></li>
<li>OK, OK to close the Properties.</li>
<li>Open the NVMS7000.    That should fix the issue.</li>
</ol>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360056513033/mceclip6.png" alt="mceclip6.png" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 820"></p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="(PC) - Login PTcloud from the NVMS7000 v3">Login PTcloud from the NVMS7000 v3</h1>
<p>Install and Run the NVMS7000 v3 first.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Click the upper right Cloud icon to Login<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360056419053/mceclip1.png" alt="mceclip1.png" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 821"></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360055547594/mceclip0.png" alt="mceclip0.png" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 822"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>After Login, simply drag the camera into the Video section.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360055547954/mceclip2.png" alt="mceclip2.png" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 823"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Click the PTCloud icon &amp; Exit to <strong>Logout</strong><br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360055548274/mceclip3.png" alt="mceclip3.png" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 824"></p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="(PC) - How to disable the Blue Line on screen  (VCA Line)">How to disable the Blue Line on screen</h1>
<section class="article-info">
<div class="article-content">
<div class="article-body">
<p>VCA Rule Line can help you easily find out the VCA area.   You may turn it off from here.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360055642634/mceclip0.png" alt="mceclip0.png" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 825"></p>
<p>Stop the View first.  Go to the Gear icon.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360056509293/mceclip1.png" alt="mceclip1.png" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 826"></p>
<p>Go to <strong>Image</strong> tab &gt; switch <strong>VCA Rule</strong> to Off<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360056509393/mceclip2.png" alt="mceclip2.png" width="408" height="422" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 827"></p>
<p>Then, try to play the video again.</p>
<p><strong>For some DVR/NVR LiveView local monitor display blue/green line issue.<br />
Use this way that should solve the issue.</strong></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Or, you can go here to find the setting from here.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360055643474/mceclip3.png" alt="mceclip3.png" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 828"></p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="(PC) - NVMSv3 Storage Server Settings">NVMSv3 Storage Server Settings</h1>
<div class="article-body">
<p><a href="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/article_attachments/360081135713/NVMSv3_Storage_Server_Settings.pdf" target="_self" rel="noopener nofollow"><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360080068034/mceclip0.png" alt="mceclip0.png" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 829"></a></p>
</div>
<div class="article-attachments">
<ul class="attachments">
<li class="attachment-item"><a href="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/article_attachments/360081255733/NVMSv3_Storage_Server_Settings.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">NVMSv3 Storage Server Settings.pdf</a></li>
</ul>
<h1>(PC) (Mac) &#8211; NVMS7000 v2</h1>
<h1 class="article-title" title="(PC) - NVMS7000 Quick Guide">NVMS7000 Quick Guide</h1>
<p><strong>click Picture</strong> to download PDF<br />
<a href="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/article_attachments/360042727993/0._KB-NVMS7000__PC__201807.pdf" target="_self" rel="noopener nofollow"><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360042727973/mceclip0.png" alt="mceclip0.png" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 830"></a></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Technical Troubleshoot Note:</p>
<p>If you got the Runtime DLL error(very few chances happened),  then you might need to reload the WinPCAP software.</p>
<h1 class="article-title" title=" (Mac) - NVMS7000 Quick Guide">NVMS7000 Quick Guide</h1>
<p>NVMS7000 (Mac) 64bit version. Download Link: <strong><a href="http://dl.ltsecurityinc.com/software/NVMS7000.pkg.zip" target="_self" rel="noopener nofollow">Here</a></strong><br />
This KB document supports the Catalina or higher version (64bit).  PDF Download Link: <strong><a href="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/article_attachments/360041887714/KB-_NVMS7000_Mac_Quick_Guide_20190506.pdf" target="_self" rel="noopener nofollow">Here</a></p>
<p></strong>Or click the <strong>Picture below</strong> to download the <strong>PDF</strong> Quick Guide file.</p>
<p><a href="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/article_attachments/360041887714/KB-_NVMS7000_Mac_Quick_Guide_20190506.pdf" target="_self" rel="noopener nofollow"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360041887694/mceclip0.png" alt="mceclip0.png" width="508" height="303" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 831"></a><br />
<strong>Remember:</strong> During the installation, it will ask you 4 times your Mac Password to complete the installation.  Don&#8217;t confuse about you type the wrong password.</p>
<p><strong>If you are using OSX or under (less than 10)</strong>, please use the old version (32bit).<br />
Old Download Link is <a href="http://dl.ltsecurityinc.com/software/Archive/NVMS7000mac.pkg.zip" target="_self" rel="noopener nofollow"><strong>Here</strong></a><br />
Old NVMS7000 Mac KB is <strong><a href="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/article_attachments/1500003179622/KB_-_Old_NVMS7000__Mac___32bit_.pdf" target="_self" rel="noopener nofollow">Here</a></strong>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Screenshot from Apple M1</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360102045774/M1.jpg" alt="M1.jpg" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 832"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<hr />
<h2><strong>Troubleshoot:</strong></h2>
<p>Upgrade from 32bit to the latest Catalina OS (64bit).  You may have this issue<br />
<strong><span class="wysiwyg-font-size-large">&#8220;NVMS7000 needs update&#8221;</span> error message.</strong><br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360059001313/mceclip0.png" alt="mceclip0.png" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 833"><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360059001373/mceclip1.png" alt="mceclip1.png" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 834"></p>
<p><span class="wysiwyg-color-black60"><strong>But, the latest NVMS7000 Mac (64bit) is already compatible with the Catalina.</strong><br />
</span>The reason is you are still using the old NVMS7000 version. To fix it, you need to <span class="wysiwyg-color-red">uninstall the previous NVMS7000 Mac</span> from the Mac Applications folder.   <span class="wysiwyg-color-red"><strong>(Remember)</strong></span> <strong>UNINSTALL the broken version,<br />
Do Not Overwrite the existed version. </strong> To uninstall it, select NVMS7000 &amp; dump to the trashcan, will do the uninstall.  Then, reinstall it.  I display the installation in the PDF file already.</p>
<p>This is Broken NVMS7000 icon looks like.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360059001633/mceclip3.png" alt="mceclip3.png" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 835"></p>
<p>Allow 3rd party App to download and install<br />
<strong>Apple System Preference &gt; Security &amp; Privacy &gt; General</strong></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/1500007645522/mceclip1.png" alt="mceclip1.png" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 836"></p>
<p><span class="wysiwyg-font-size-large"><strong>Back Video Screen Issue</strong></span><br />
If you have this issue because your Mac is not allowed to display.  Go To<br />
<strong>Apple System Preference &gt; Security &amp; Privacy &gt; Privacy </strong> (see the Red Circle).<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360061054133/mceclip1.png" alt="mceclip1.png" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 837"></p>
<p><strong><br />
How to Login from the PTCloud?</strong><br />
download the PDF to see more detailed information. Page 4.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360104215753/mceclip0.png" alt="mceclip0.png" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 838"></p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="NVMS7000 PC Client Requirements">NVMS7000 PC Client Requirements</h1>
<p><strong> Recommended Running Environment</strong></p>
<p><strong>Operating System</strong>: Microsoft Windows 7/Windows 8.1/Windows 10,</p>
<p>Microsoft Windows 2008 R2/Windows Server 2012 (64‐bit).</p>
<p><strong><br />
CPU: </strong>Intel Core i5 Processor 3.5 GHZ or above</p>
<p><strong>Memory: 8</strong>G or above</p>
<p><strong>Video Card: </strong>RADEON X700 Series or above</p>
<p><strong>GPU: </strong>256 MB or above</p>
<p><strong>Network Speed</strong>:  Gigabit LAN (recommend)</p>
<p><strong><em><br />
Notes:</em></strong></p>
<p class="wysiwyg-text-align-left">    For high stability and good performance, these above system requirements must be met. The software does not support 64‐bit operating system; the above mentioned 64‐bit operating system refers to the system which supports 32‐bit applications as well. Hardware decoding function is only supported by operating systems the version of which is after Windows XP.</p>
<p class="wysiwyg-text-align-left">Keep in mind that you may need higher specifications depending on your surveillance system. For instance, playing 64 cameras at once at 5mp will demand much higher system specifications.</p>
<p class="wysiwyg-text-align-left">If you are running for the Video Wall, please make sure you have 16GB RAM &amp; 1G Video at least.</p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="Adding Devices to the NVMS7000 PC Client">Adding Devices to the NVMS7000 PC Client</h1>
<p><span class="wysiwyg-font-size-large"><strong>Why Do I Need To Add Devices?</strong></span></p>
<p>The NVMS7000 PC Client is not the recorder. It is a camera management software that allows you to manage multiple recorders and cameras within a single program. Before you can do any of that however, you must add it to the client itself.</p>
<p><strong><span class="wysiwyg-font-size-large">Adding Devices to the Client</span></strong></p>
<p><strong>Step 1.</strong> Run the NVMS7000 PC Client</p>
<p><strong>Step 2.</strong> Select &#8220;Device Management.&#8221; If you do not see device management, you may need to select it under the Control Panel. Depending on your method of remote access set up, you may use one or the other below.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360012792533/ggfgggf.PNG" alt="ggfgggf.PNG" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 839"></p>
<p><span class="wysiwyg-font-size-large"><strong>1) IP Adding Method</strong></span></p>
<p><strong>Step 1.</strong> Select &#8220;Add&#8221; as indicated below</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360012985133/gjhghjh.PNG" alt="gjhghjh.PNG" width="757" height="393" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 840"></p>
<p><strong>Step 2.</strong> Fill in the device information under the IP/DOMAIN adding mode. If you do not know what to use, please refer to our remote access section.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360012955854/hjkhjkhk.PNG" alt="hjkhjkhk.PNG" width="794" height="385" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 841"></p>
<p><strong>Step 3.</strong> Select &#8220;Add&#8221; to finish adding your device to the client.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360012957054/dfgfghf.PNG" alt="dfgfghf.PNG" width="609" height="469" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 842"></p>
<p><strong>Step 4.</strong> Check if a group was made for your device by selecting &#8220;Group.&#8221;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360012958094/fggjghj.PNG" alt="fggjghj.PNG" width="811" height="239" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 843"></p>
<p><strong>Step 5.</strong> Assuming that a group was not made, you may make one by selecting the <img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360012992193/dghgfgf.PNG" alt="dghgfgf.PNG" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 844"> add icon below. If you see your group, you may skip to step 10.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360012991873/hjgjjjgjh.PNG" alt="hjgjjjgjh.PNG" width="825" height="376" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 845"></p>
<p><strong>Step 6.</strong> Type in the desired group name and select &#8220;OK.&#8221;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360012962734/dfgdgdfdg.PNG" alt="dfgdgdfdg.PNG" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 846"></p>
<p><strong>Step 7.</strong> Click on &#8220;Import&#8221; to open the import window.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360012964194/dfgdfg.PNG" alt="dfgdfg.PNG" width="705" height="322" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 847"></p>
<p><strong>Step 7.</strong> On the import window, select the cameras from your devices. This selection allows you to choose which cameras go into the group you made. Otherwise, you may simply use the &#8220;import all&#8221; function to import everything you have added to the client into your group.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360012967814/dgdfgdg.PNG" alt="dgdfgdg.PNG" width="605" height="436" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 848"></p>
<p><strong>Step 9.</strong> Close out of the import window and select &#8220;Main View&#8221;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360012968094/fhfhfhgh.PNG" alt="fhfhfhgh.PNG" width="794" height="376" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 849"></p>
<p><strong>Step 10.</strong> You should see the name of your group on the bottom left corner. You may now start live view.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360012999733/sddgfgg.PNG" alt="sddgfgg.PNG" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 850"></p>
<p><span class="wysiwyg-font-size-large"><strong>2) PT Cloud Adding Method</strong></span></p>
<p>This section assumes that PT Cloud has already been setup. If you have not done so yet, learn more <a href="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/360007740074-PT-Cloud-Setup" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">here.</a></p>
<p><strong>Step 1.</strong> Run the NVMS7000 PC Client</p>
<p><strong>Step 2.</strong> Go to &#8220;Device Management.&#8221; If you cannot find it, it can be found under the control panel.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360012792533/ggfgggf.PNG" alt="ggfgggf.PNG" width="719" height="368" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 851"></p>
<p><strong>Step 1.</strong> Select &#8220;Add New Device Type&#8221;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360013000193/fghgfh.PNG" alt="fghgfh.PNG" width="804" height="403" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 852"></p>
<p><strong>Step 2.</strong> Check the checkbox next to &#8220;PT Cloud Device&#8221; and click &#8220;OK.&#8221;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360012969074/dsfsfsdfsdf.PNG" alt="dsfsfsdfsdf.PNG" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 853"></p>
<p><strong>Step 3.</strong> You should now be able to select &#8220;PT Cloud Device&#8221; in the device type list.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360012969334/gdfgfhfgh.PNG" alt="gdfgfhfgh.PNG" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 854"></p>
<p><strong>Step 4</strong>. Select the appropriate region you are in and then click on &#8220;Login&#8221; to log onto your PT Cloud/LTS Connect account.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360013000773/dfgdffghgfh.PNG" alt="dfgdffghgfh.PNG" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 855"></p>
<p><strong>Step 6.</strong> Type in the user login information. This is the account you created for PT Cloud. You may login when you have inputted the correct credentials.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360013321053/mceclip0.png" width="402" height="328" data-fancybox="" alt="mceclip0" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 856"></p>
<p><strong>Step 7. </strong>By default, your devices will be imported automatically into the client when you log in.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360013300374/mceclip5.png" data-fancybox="" alt="mceclip5" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 857"></p>
<p><strong>Step 8. </strong>The devices are grouped together. You may find the group under the groups tab as shown below.</p>
<p><strong><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360013300314/mceclip4.png" data-fancybox="" alt="mceclip4" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 858"></strong></p>
<p>To learn more about using NVMS7000 with PT Cloud, click <a href="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/360008321293-PT-Cloud-Setup-Using-the-NVMS7000-PC-Client" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">here</a>.</p>
<p>If you do not have any devices added to your account yet, learn more <a href="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/360008321293-PT-Cloud-Setup-Using-the-NVMS7000-PC-Client" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">here</a> on how to add them using the NVMS7000 PC Client.</p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="Saving and Viewing Custom Views">Saving and Viewing Custom Views</h1>
<p>Users may want to save the work they&#8217;ve done on creating a custom views in the NVMS7000 PC Client. You would save it in case the program restores the default channel layout.  Having a saved layout allows you to instantly restore the layout setup you&#8217;ve created.</p>
<p>This guide assumes you have already added your devices If you haven&#8217;t done so yet, learn more <a href="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/360009141694-Adding-Devices-to-the-NVMS7000-PC-Client" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">here</a>.</p>
<p><span class="wysiwyg-font-size-large"><strong>First Steps</strong></span></p>
<p><strong>Step 1.</strong> Run the NVMS7000 PC Client</p>
<p><strong>Step 2.</strong> Select &#8220;Main View.&#8221; If you do not see it, you may also find it in the control panel.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360012813133/ggddgdf.PNG" alt="ggddgdf.PNG" width="680" height="358" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 859"></p>
<p><span class="wysiwyg-font-size-large"><strong>Reorganizing Camera Channels</strong></span></p>
<p><strong>Step 1.</strong> To change the camera allocation on your live view, simply select a channel first by clicking it once.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360013002613/fghgfhfhgfh.PNG" alt="fghgfhfhgfh.PNG" width="891" height="476" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 860"></p>
<p><strong>Step 2.</strong> While the channel is selected, double click the camera from your device left on the left hand side to assign it to the selected channel.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360013002993/dfhfghgf.PNG" alt="dfhfghgf.PNG" width="185" height="320" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 861"></p>
<p><strong>Step 3.</strong> The camera will now appear in that channel. Repeat with other cameras on other channels if desired. If you need to overwrite a channel, simply repeat the first step.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360012972254/dfgfhgffh.PNG" alt="dfgfhgffh.PNG" width="706" height="510" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 862"></p>
<p><span class="wysiwyg-font-size-large"><strong>Adjusting the Number of Channels</strong></span></p>
<p>There are several ways of adjusting the number of channels you have on the main view. You may only save a specific layout using the &#8220;Default View&#8221; options.</p>
<p><em><strong>1) Default View</strong></em></p>
<p><strong>Step 1.</strong> Select one of the four default view options. You may rearrange the camera allocation if you desire.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360013004593/dgfdgffd.PNG" alt="dgfdgffd.PNG" width="692" height="493" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 863"></p>
<p><strong>Step 2.</strong> Click the <img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360013004713/ryrgfhfhj.PNG" alt="ryrgfhfhj.PNG" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 864">  &#8220;Save View As&#8221; icon</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360012974394/ghfhfgh.PNG" alt="ghfhfgh.PNG" width="766" height="415" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 865"></p>
<p><strong>Step 3.</strong> Provide a name and then select &#8220;Save&#8221; to save your custom view and camera allocation.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360012974554/sdfsfd.PNG" alt="sdfsfd.PNG" width="561" height="312" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 866"></p>
<p><strong>Step 4.</strong> You may find your custom view under the Custom View tab on the left hand side. This will automatically bring up your channel and camera layout.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360013005093/sddfsdfd.PNG" alt="sddfsdfd.PNG" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 867"></p>
<p><em><strong>2) Custom Windows</strong></em></p>
<p><strong>Step 1.</strong> Select the <img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360013005413/dgdffg.PNG" alt="dgdffg.PNG" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 868"> Window Division icon on the bottom right corner.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360013005633/sdgdfgdf.PNG" alt="sdgdfgdf.PNG" width="737" height="546" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 869"></p>
<p><strong>Step 2.</strong> You may choose from a wide variety of default window divisions to increase or decrease the number of channels you have.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360012975654/dgfghfghg.PNG" alt="dgfghfghg.PNG" width="631" height="472" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 870"></p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="Cycling Live Views on Cameras">Cycling Live Views on Cameras</h1>
<p>By cycling the live view, you can have live view channels continuously switch from one camera to another after a set period of time. This can be set up as long as you have the NVMS7000. Kindly note that this can also be done on the recorder itself.</p>
<p>This guide assumes you have already added a device to the NVMS7000 PC Client. If you do not know how, learn more <a href="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/360009141694-Adding-Devices-to-the-NVMS7000-PC-Client" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">here.</a></p>
<p><strong><span class="wysiwyg-font-size-large">Live View Cycle Setup</span><br />
</strong></p>
<p><strong>Step 1.</strong> Run the NVMS7000 PC Client.</p>
<p><strong>Step 2.</strong> Go to your &#8220;Main View&#8221; by selecting it. If you cannot find it, you may find it under the control panel.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360012813133/ggddgdf.PNG" alt="ggddgdf.PNG" width="680" height="358" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 859"></p>
<p><strong>Step 3.</strong> Select one of the default view types on the left hand side.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360012784114/dfgdgddgg.PNG" alt="dfgdgddgg.PNG" width="734" height="369" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 872"></p>
<p><strong>Step 4.</strong> Select the cycle icon to begin cycling the cameras. This will cycle all of your cameras across all the channels.</p>
<p><em>Note: The number of channels you have is dependent on the type of view you selected in Step 3.</em></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360012784174/dfgdgdg.PNG" alt="dfgdgdg.PNG" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 873"></p>
<p><em>Note: If you want to save this layout, learn more <a href="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/360009142114-Saving-and-Viewing-Custom-Views" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">here.</a></em></p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="Viewing Playback on the Client">Viewing Playback on the Client</h1>
<p>You may view playback files on the NVMS7000 PC Client as if you were on the recorder itself.to learn more, continue reading.</p>
<p>Note: This guide assumes you have already added devices to the NVMS7000 PC Client. If you do not know how to add devices, learn more <a href="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/360009141694-Adding-Devices-to-the-NVMS7000-PC-Client" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">here</a>.</p>
<p><strong><span class="wysiwyg-font-size-large">How to View Playback</span><br />
</strong></p>
<p><strong>Step 1.</strong> Run the NVMS7000 PC Client</p>
<p><strong>Step 2.</strong> Select &#8220;Remote Playback.&#8221; If you do not see it, you may need to select it under the Control Panel.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360012977414/dfgdfdgd.PNG" alt="dfgdfdgd.PNG" width="674" height="495" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 874"></p>
<p><strong>Step 3.</strong> Select the <img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360013008653/dfgdgdfg.PNG" alt="dfgdgdfg.PNG" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 875"> calendar icon as shown below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360013008553/bchghfhfgh.PNG" alt="bchghfhfgh.PNG" width="665" height="484" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 876"></p>
<p><strong>Step 4.</strong> Select the desired start and end time/date that you would like to search under in your recordings. Finish by selecting &#8220;OK.&#8221;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360013008853/fgfhdfdfhjgj.PNG" alt="fgfhdfdfhjgj.PNG" width="419" height="427" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 877"></p>
<p><strong>Step 4.</strong> Double click the desired camera to begin searching for that camera&#8217;s playback files.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360012978094/ghjgfjgfjgfj.PNG" alt="ghjgfjgfjgfj.PNG" width="591" height="396" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 878"></p>
<p><strong>Step 5.</strong> You may either use the time bar on the bottom to scroll through the entirety of the recordings or you may select the recordings on the right hand side.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360013010133/dfdfgdfgf.PNG" alt="dfdfgdfgf.PNG" width="666" height="505" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 879"></p>
<p><em>Note: If you would like to download the recordings, learn more <a href="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/360009142394-Downloading-Recordings-with-the-NVMS7000-PC-Client" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">here</a>.<br />
</em></p>
<p><span class="wysiwyg-font-size-large"><strong>What Are the Basic Playback Functions?</strong></span></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360012980654/mceclip0.png" data-fancybox="" alt="mceclip0" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 880"> <strong>Reverse Playback:</strong> This plays your recordings backwards.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360013011493/mceclip1.png" data-fancybox="" alt="mceclip1" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 881"> <strong>Pause:</strong> This pauses your playback recording.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360013089374/mceclip0.png" data-fancybox="" alt="mceclip0" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 882">   <strong>Stop:</strong> This stops all recordings from playing and removes them from their channels.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360013089914/mceclip1.png" data-fancybox="" alt="mceclip1" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 883"> <strong>Slow and Fast Forward:</strong> This slows down or speeds up your playback speed</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360013125493/mceclip2.png" data-fancybox="" alt="mceclip2" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 884"> <strong>Volume:</strong> This allows you to adjust the volume of your playback recording if it has sound.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span class="wysiwyg-font-size-large"><strong>Viewing Multiple Playback Recordings</strong></span></p>
<p><strong>Step 1</strong>. Select a different window or channel by clicking it.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360013126813/mceclip3.png" width="601" height="438" data-fancybox="" alt="mceclip3" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 885"></p>
<p><strong>Step 2.</strong> Double click the camera to have the recordings appear on the selected channel.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360013091094/mceclip4.png" width="619" height="448" data-fancybox="" alt="mceclip4" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 886"></p>
<p><strong>Step 3.</strong> Repeat this process for other cameras if you desire. If you do not have any open channels, you may increase the number of windows by selecting the icon shown below.</p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="Setting Up Auxiliary Views">Setting Up Auxiliary Views</h1>
<p>Users may have more than one monitor. While you cannot maximize the NVMS700 Client to take up more than one whole monitor, you can create an additional window for the extra monitor. This auxiliary window would serve the same function as the NVMS7000 PC client in regards to live view.</p>
<p>This guide assumes you have already added cameras onto your client. If you do not know how, learn more <a href="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/360009141694-Adding-Devices-to-the-NVMS7000-PC-Client" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">here</a>.</p>
<p><strong><span class="wysiwyg-font-size-large">Auxiliary Setup</span><br />
</strong></p>
<p><strong>Step 1</strong>. Run the NVMS7000 PC Client</p>
<p><strong>Step 1.</strong> Select &#8220;View&#8221;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360012784314/gg.PNG" alt="gg.PNG" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 887"></p>
<p><strong>Step 2.</strong> Select &#8220;Auxiliary Screen Preview&#8221;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360012813853/dffff.PNG" alt="dffff.PNG" width="587" height="406" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 888"></p>
<p><strong>Step 3.</strong> You may now adjust the channels and camera allocation as if it was the main view on the main NVMS7000 PC client.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360012813913/gdgfff.PNG" alt="gdgfff.PNG" width="703" height="451" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 889"></p>
<p>If you do not know how, learn more <a href="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/360009142114-Saving-and-Viewing-Custom-Views" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">here</a>.</p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="Enabling Mainstream While Viewing Multiple Cameras">Enabling Mainstream While Viewing Multiple Cameras</h1>
<p>By default, the NVMS7000 PC Client will use your camera&#8217;s sub stream when viewing multiple cameras at once on the client. However, users may only want to see the main stream of the cameras. This is possible by configuring the client software itself.</p>
<p><span class="wysiwyg-font-size-large"><strong>Enabling Main Stream</strong></span></p>
<p><strong>Step 1</strong>. Run the NVMS7000 PC Client</p>
<p><span class="wysiwyg-font-size-medium"><strong>Step 2.</strong></span> Select &#8220;Tool&#8221;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360012814213/fhgffghggf.PNG" alt="fhgffghggf.PNG" width="598" height="395" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 890"></p>
<p><strong>Step 3.</strong> Select &#8220;System configuration&#8221; to bring up the system configuration window.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360012784994/dfgdfgdgdfg.PNG" alt="dfgdfgdgdfg.PNG" width="314" height="334" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 891"></p>
<p><strong>Step 4.</strong> Select &#8220;Image&#8221; on the left hand side.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360012814333/dgdfgdgdg.PNG" alt="dgdfgdgdg.PNG" width="497" height="453" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 892"></p>
<p><strong>Step 5.</strong> Uncheck Auto-Change Stream Type and select &#8220;Save.&#8221;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360012815293/dfghfhfhghh.PNG" alt="dfghfhfhghh.PNG" width="716" height="439" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 893"></p>
<p><span class="wysiwyg-color-red">WARNING: Viewing multiple cameras on mainstream will increase the resource demand on your computer. Users should only do this if they have the capability to support it.</span></p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="Managing User Accounts">Managing User Accounts</h1>
<p>If you expect other people to use the same computer or program, you may want to create accounts for them that limit their privileges on the program and recorder. Users should keep in mind that every installation of the NVMS7000 PC Client on a new computer will require the super user accounts to be created regardless if you already installed it on another computer.</p>
<p><span class="wysiwyg-font-size-large"><strong>Setting Up User Accounts</strong></span></p>
<p><strong>Step 1</strong>. Run the NVMS7000 PC Client</p>
<p><strong>Step 2.</strong> Select Account Management. If you do not see it, you will find it under the control Panel.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360013127973/mceclip1.png" width="765" height="507" data-fancybox="" alt="mceclip1" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 894"></p>
<p><strong>Step 3.</strong> Select &#8220;Add User&#8221;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360013091914/mceclip2.png" width="840" height="564" data-fancybox="" alt="mceclip2" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 895"></p>
<p><strong>Step 4.</strong> Select the User Type between Operator or Administrator</p>
<p><em>Note: The difference between the two is based on how many permissions are enabled.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360013092054/mceclip3.png" width="500" height="476" data-fancybox="" alt="mceclip3" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 896"></p>
<p><strong>Step 5.</strong> Fill in the User Name and Password the account will have</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360013092314/mceclip4.png" width="603" height="572" data-fancybox="" alt="mceclip4" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 897"></p>
<p><strong>Step 6.</strong> Select or deselect the permissions for the account.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360013092874/mceclip5.png" width="539" height="513" data-fancybox="" alt="mceclip5" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 898"></p>
<p><strong>Step 7.</strong> Select &#8220;Save&#8221; to finalize the account creation process.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360013094234/mceclip6.png" width="550" height="520" data-fancybox="" alt="mceclip6" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 899"></p>
<p><span class="wysiwyg-font-size-large"><strong>Editing User Accounts</strong></span></p>
<p>If you have existing user accounts and you would like to know how to edit their permissions, you need to select the user account and then select &#8220;Edit Users&#8221; to modify the settings as shown below.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360013130393/mceclip7.png" data-fancybox="" alt="mceclip7" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 900"></p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="NVMS7000 - PT Cloud Setup &amp; Login">NVMS7000 &#8211; PT Cloud Setup &amp; Login</h1>
<p>You must have the NVMS7000 PC client to be installed on your computer. If you do not have it installed, learn more <a href="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/360008697313-Downloading-and-Installing-the-NVMS7000-PC-Client" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">here.</a> Secondly, your personal computer must be on a Windows OS in order for the setup to work. This method is currently not supported by the Mac equivalent of NVMS7000.</p>
<p>Additionally, basic networking setup must already be done before PT Cloud Setup can be set up. To learn more, click <a href="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/360009786753-Basic-Network-Setup-for-Recorders" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">here.</a></p>
<p><span class="wysiwyg-font-size-large"><strong>Setup</strong></span></p>
<p><strong>Step 1.</strong> On NVMS7000, go to Device Management.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360011289314/image.png" data-fancybox="" alt="image" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 901"></p>
<p><strong>Step 2</strong>. Select &#8220;Add New Device Type&#8221;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360011337333/image.png" data-fancybox="" alt="image" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 902"></p>
<p><strong>Step 3.</strong> Select &#8220;PT Cloud Device&#8221; and &#8220;OK&#8221; to confirm your selection.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360011289414/image.png" data-fancybox="" alt="image" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 903"></p>
<p><strong>Step 4</strong>. Back at device management, select &#8220;PT Cloud Device&#8221;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360011337513/image.png" data-fancybox="" alt="image" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 904"></p>
<p><strong>Step 5.</strong> Select &#8220;Login&#8221;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360011337613/image.png" data-fancybox="" alt="image" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 905"></p>
<p><strong>Step 6.</strong> Select &#8220;Register&#8221;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360011289714/image.png" data-fancybox="" alt="image" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 906"></p>
<p><strong>Step 7.</strong> You may now create an account for PT Cloud.</p>
<p><em>Note: You must use a phone number or e-mail for the account creation. You can only use one of the two. The verification code is sent to the contact you chose. You may input the verification code you receive into the verification code section to proceed.</em></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360011289874/image.png" data-fancybox="" alt="image" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 907"></p>
<p><strong>Step 8.</strong> Once an account has been made. Log into your account on NVMS7000.Once logged in, select &#8220;Add Device.&#8221;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360011339233/image.png" data-fancybox="" alt="image" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 908"></p>
<p><strong>Step 9.</strong> You will now be prompted for the serial number and verification code of your device. Input the fields and then complete the adding by selecting &#8220;OK.&#8221;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360011291214/image.png" data-fancybox="" alt="image" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 909"></p>
<p>To learn more about where to find the serial number of your device, click <a href="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/360008600153-Finding-Your-Serial-Number" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">here.</a></p>
<p>To learn more about where to find the verification code of your device, click <a href="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/en-us/articles/360008194674-PT-Cloud-Setup-Using-the-Browser" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">here.</a></p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="How to check the Resource?">How to check the Resource?</h1>
<p>NVMS7000 has the resource limitation.    You can check it from the Help Menu</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360046634293/mceclip1.png" alt="mceclip1.png" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 910"></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360046634273/mceclip0.png" alt="mceclip0.png" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 911"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>for example, for NVMS7000 only can hold up to 1024 camera from the device management.</p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="Forgot Password on NVMS7000 (PC)">Forgot Password on NVMS7000 (PC)</h1>
<p>If you forgot the password at the beginning Login Screen, click the Forget Password button.<br />
Copy the Encrypted String and email to LTS Support team.</p>
<p>We can help you to generate a recovery password and email you back to unlock it.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360043074053/mceclip0.png" alt="mceclip0.png" data-fancybox="" title="NVMS7000 Setup Guide 912"></p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</section>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/nvms7000-setup-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
	</channel>
</rss>
